travel 3 weeks

Kate Abroad

Ultimate 3 Week East Coast USA Itinerary (+ 2 and 4 week options)

The USA is not a small country so if you’re planning a trip it’s best to focus on one region and this 3 week East Coast USA itinerary is a great place to start.

This itinerary is really the highlights of the East Coast as it’s impossible to see the whole place in only 3 weeks. However, if you have a bit more time, there’s a 4 week East Coast variation that squeezes more in.

The itinerary is designed to start in New York, which is the easiest place to fly into and ends in Miami so you can choose to fly home from there or return via New York. If you have more time you could continue on cross country to Los Angeles (I did this in reverse on my second USA trip). 

3 week east coast road trip map

How to get around the East Coast on this itinerary

Even though the great American road trip is an iconic experience, and definitely the most flexible way to get around, this East Coast itinerary is designed to be doable by train using Amtrak. I’ve travelled the East Coast by both train and road and both options have their advantages. 

On the whole, trains are a lot cheaper and the rail infrastructure is really good on the East Coast so you won’t find the train schedule particularly limiting. However, if you decide to travel by train you will need to plan ahead as tickets increase in price closer to departure.

If you’re driving, I would recommend picking up your vehicle on the morning of day 4 when you leave New York. You won’t need a vehicle to get around New York and you can save money by not paying for those days, plus you’ll avoid the hassle of parking. 

Where to stay on your 3 week East Coast road trip or train trip

This itinerary doesn’t work very well for campervanning/taking an RV as it includes several big cities without central campsites so you’ll need to book accommodation for each night.

Unfortunately, accommodation on the East Coast of the USA is far from cheap but I have included hostel options where available. 

Affordable independent hotels can also be hard to find so you may want to commit to using one chain of hotels (Marriott or Hilton are the most widely available I found) throughout your trip so you at least end with some loyalty benefits. 

The 3 week East Coast USA road/train trip itinerary

Days 1-3: new york.

There’s no better place to start a USA road trip than the Big Apple, the concrete jungle where dreams are made of…. While you can (and I have) easily spend a week or more in NYC, 3 days is a good amount of time to see the highlights and get a taste.

I recommend structuring this first part of the East Coast itinerary as follows:

• Day 1 – Mid-town Manhattan
• Day 2 – Downtown Manhattan 
• Day 3 – Brooklyn and Uptown

On Day 1 you’ll knock off the big ticket items including Times Square and the Empire State Building . Take a walk around Central Park and window shop on Fifth Avenue.

Start the next day at the bottom of the island with a ferry trip to the Statue of Liberty, either the free Staten Island Ferry or the paid Statue Cruises (I’ve done both and the paid version is worth the money). Then stroll down Wall Street, touch the bull, visit the 9/11 Memorial and grab some noodles in Chinatown.

Finally, make your way across the Brooklyn Bridge, get your photos in DUMBO and eat your way through Time Out Market. Then spend the afternoon taking in thousands of years of art at The Met and seeing how the other half live on the Upper East Side.

To help save money on attractions, try a Go City pass . They have 2 and 3 day all-inclusive passes that would be perfect for this itinerary – click here to see how you can save .

Don’t forget to make time for plenty of pizza slices, lox bagels, pretzels and hot dogs!

• Luxury: Kixby
• Mid-range: Hotel Indigo Downtown
• Budget: HI USA Hostel

Click here to compare NYC accommodation prices on Booking.com

Day 4-5: Boston

Drive: 220 miles – approx. 3.5 hours

Train: Amtrak Northeast Regional from Moynihan Train Hall – approx. 4 hours

After the craziness of New York, head up north for a dose of history in Boston. Take your time exploring Boston on foot, the city is super walkable and there are historical monuments almost on every corner. 

There are plenty of walking tours available but I’d recommend just downloading an audio guide for the Freedom Trail and going at your own pace. And don’t miss the Boston Public Library, it might not be on the Freedom Trail but it was my favourite spot.

Boston is no less a foodie city than New York. While you’re there make sure to try a lobster roll, chowder, Boston Cream Pie and of course some Italian food in the North End including one of the famous cannoli from Mike’s or Modern Pastry.

On your second day in Boston, head out to Cambridge to see the Harvard campus (students run walking tours ) and try some of the fun student bars.

If you have extra time, you can take the train out to Salem to explore the witchy museums and filming locations. It’s only a short ride from Boston’s North Station or you can take a day tour from Boston . 

• Luxury: The Liberty Hotel
• Mid-range: Revolution Hotel
• Budget: Found Boston Common

Click here to compare Boston accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 6-7: Providence/Newport

Drive: 50 miles – approx. 1 hour

Train: Amtrak Northeast Regional from Back Bay or South Boston – approx. 1 hour

Rhode Island, the smallest state in the USA, might not be on every East Coast road trip plan but it’s very much worth a visit.  

Providence itself is quite a small town with a very compact city centre. The main things to do are to explore the Rhode Island State Capitol – unlike the one in DC, here you’re allowed to just wander around at will and see all the rooms – and the Brown University campus.

The number one reason for coming to Providence however is because it’s the gateway to Newport, which you’ll want to dedicate at least one whole day to seeing. 

Newport is a beautiful seaside town full of cute boutiques and restaurants, but its biggest draw is the Gilded Age mansions.  These homes are straight out of The Great Gatsby and it’s 100% worth spending a few hours touring 2-3 of the mansions, you’ll feel like you’re in a European palace! 

While you’re in Newport check out the Cliff Walk, a stunning (but windy) hike along the ocean. Warm up afterwards with a hot chocolate or some of the famous New England clam chowder.

• Luxury: The Beatrice
• Mid-range: Graduate Providence
• Budget: Courtyard by Marriott Providence Downtown

Click here to compare Providence accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 8-9: Philadelphia 

Drive: 300 miles – approx. 4.5 hours

Train: Amtrak Northeast Regional from Providence – approx. 5.5 hours

If you didn’t get enough American history in Boston then don’t worry, there’s plenty more to find in Philadelphia. 

Historic Philadelphia is quite pretty with its open squares and occasional cobblestone streets. The main attraction here is Independence Hall which you’ll have to be organised to get into as it books out well in advance (despite visiting Philly twice I haven’t managed to go inside yet). 

Even if you miss out on tickets though you can still line up to go see the Liberty Bell across the street and wander through the remains of George Washington’s house. We also really loved the Museum of the American Revolution which is full of Revolutionary memorabilia and well worth a few hours.

One of the best places to go during your Philly stay is Reading Terminal Market. It’s a foodie paradise full of stalls churning out the best local dishes. And if you want to try an infamous Philly Cheese Steak then there are some great ones sold here (just look for the queues).

For a different side of Philly, go tour the Eastern State Penitentiary , once the biggest prison in the US and now incredibly haunting.

• Luxury: The Franklin on Rittenhouse
• Mid-range: The Warwick Hotel Rittenhouse Square
• Budget: Apple Hostels of Philadelphia

Click here to compare Philly accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 10-11: Washington DC

Drive: 150 miles – approx. 2.5 hours

Train: Amtrak Northeast Regional from Philadelphia 30 th  Street – approx. 2 hours

By Day 10 it’s time for a trip to the nation’s capital. One of the best parts of visiting DC is how much you can do there for free. There are so many museums, galleries, monuments and historic buildings to see it’s hard to know where to start.

One piece of advice, make sure to plan and book ahead because many places will book out months in advance or require anyone without an advance booking to queue, sometimes for hours in the full sun. 

If you want to go inside the White House it’s a whole process and to my understanding, you have to be a USA resident (the website says foreigners can book through their embassy but our embassy said they weren’t taking bookings post-COVID).

Some must-dos in DC include a walk along the National Mall, taking in the Washington Monument and Lincoln Memorial, a tour of The Capitol and seeing the Da Vinci painting in the National Gallery.

• Luxury: Eaton DC
• Mid-range: Lyle DC
• Budget: Hotel Harrington

Click here to compare DC accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 12-13: Charleston

Drive: 600 miles – approx. 9.5 hours

Train: Amtrak Silver Meteor from Washington Union Station– approx. 10 hours (can be overnight)

After DC it’s time to head south and there are few cities in America’s South prettier than Charleston. This coastal town is famous for it’s stunning antebellum architecture, especially the “Rainbow Row” of colourful mansions.

While you probably don’t need a full two days to see Charleston, the atmosphere of the South is to take things a bit slower, so enjoy having the time to stroll along the oceanfront and take in the views.

Charleston is also great for foodies so this stage of your 3 week East Coast vacation is a great point to try some popular Southern foods including barbecue, grits, biscuits and pies. If you’re wondering where to find these, the Charleston City market is a good place to start with both food and trinket stalls so you can do your souvenir shopping at the same time.

• Luxury: The Palmetto Hotel
• Mid-range: Francis Marion Hotel
• Budget: Holiday Inn Express DWTN

Click here to compare Charleston accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 14-15: Savannah

Drive: 120 miles – approx. 2 hours

Train: Amtrak Silver Meteor from Charleston – approx. 2 hours

If there’s one city that’s more beautiful than Charleston its Savannah, known for its countless squares lined with overhanging Spanish moss and full of graceful fountains and historic statues. 

Savannah is very walkable and the best way to discover it is on foot, popping into the cute boutiques down by the river (don’t miss River Street Sweets) and taking lots of photos. The classic Savannah photo is sitting on the bench from Forrest Gump where Forrest waits for his bus.

While it’s quite cliché and touristy, some fun Savannah activities include a river cruise or a trolley tour of the historic centre. 

You can also take day tours out to the surrounding plantations for a dose of history. Wormslow is the most popular for its photogenic tree-lined drive.

• Luxury: The Gastonian, Historic Inns of Savannah Collection
• Mid-range: Foley House Inn
• Budget: Springhill Suites by Marriott Savannah Downtown Historic District

Click here to compare Savannah accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 16-17: Orlando

Drive: 300 miles – approx. 4 hours

Train: Amtrak Silver Star or Silver Meteor from Savannah – approx. 6 hours

It’s theme park time! You’re not on an American vacation without a bit of Disney (or Universal Studios) magic. Orlando is really all about the parks, so pick two and spend a day at each or go all out on one park and work your way around as many rides as you can.

I’ve done Disney World and Universal Studios in Orlando and loved them both, but if you’ve done Disneyland in California then maybe go for something different like SeaWorld.

Personally, I went for the budget accommodation and spent all my cash on park tickets but there are some very fancy resorts in town so you could take the opportunity to stay somewhere nice. You’ll definitely appreciate a nice pool in the Florida heat!

• Luxury: Walt Disney World Swan Reserve
• Mid-range: Hilton Grand Vacations Club Las Palmeras  
• Budget: The Delaney Hotel

Click here to compare Orlando accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 18-19: Miami

Drive: 240 miles- approx. 3.5 hours

Train: Amtrak Silver Meteor from Orlando – approx. 6 hours

Miami is such a unique place, it feels like a mix of Las Vegas and the Caribbean, it’s definitely somewhere you must experience on any East Coast vacation itinerary.

There are so many different sides to the city and you won’t get to see them all in two days but you can make a good start. I’d suggest staying in South Beach to immerse yourself in the beachy, glamorous side of the city but still be close to Downtown and Little Havana.

If you can tear yourself away from the beach, make sure to visit the Wynwood Walls with their famous collection of murals and leave time to explore the greater Wynwood area as there is so much street art around that you don’t have to pay to see. 

Also on the arty side, there are some very cool digital art exhibits in Miami. We went to Artechouse in Miami Beach, which is free to visit with a Go City pass , but Superblue in Downtown Miami is also meant to be amazing.

While you’re in the mainland part of Miami, head to Little Havana for a taste of Cuban-American food and culture. Calle Ocho, the main street of Little Havana, is definitely touristy but it’s still fun to explore, whether you’re keen on joining a game in Domino Park or a dance in one of the Cuban bars.

Finally, Miami is built on the water, so you’ve got to get out in a boat of some kind to see it properly. I’ve tried both the sightseeing cruise option and the speedboat option and they’re both fun experiences in different ways, depending on whether you want an adrenalin-fuelled ride, or you’d rather take it slow and get more commentary on the sights you pass. Both will let you see some of the insane celebrity mansions lining the shores of Miami’s island.

• Luxury: The Betsy Hotel
• Mid-range: Avalon Hotel
• Budget: Freehand Hostel Miami Beach

Click here to compare Miami accommodation prices on Booking.com

Days 20-21: Florida Keys

Drive:  170 miles – approx. 3 hours

Bus (no train option): Grayline or Flix

Even though this East Coast in 3 weeks itinerary didn’t start at the top of the East Coast, it ends at the bottom, at the southernmost point of the USA in the Florida Keys.

While basically all of the Florida Keys are worth visiting, Key West is the best place to base yourself as it has the most accommodation and activity options. It’s a very fun place with a unique mix of chill beachy vibes and party atmosphere.

The drive there from Miami is incredibly scenic, so if you can take it slow and get heaps of photos. If you’re doing this East Coast trip without a car then you can book either a day trip or return transfers with several tour companies including Grayline who I’ve used in the past and can recommend.

While in the Keys, some of the fun things to do include snorkelling, diving, boat cruises and of course eating key lime pie!

• Luxury: Pier House Resort & Spa
• Mid-range: Opal Key Resort & Marina
• Budget: Southwinds Motel

Click here to compare Key West accommodation prices on Booking.com

Alternative: 2 week East Coast itinerary 

This shortened itinerary is very action-packed, suited to fast-paced travellers and those who want to see as much as possible in one trip. 

This is basically what I did on my first East Coast trip (but in reverse) and it definitely left me wanting to return and spend more time. 

• Philadelphia
• Washington DC

Alternative: 4 week East Coast itinerary 

This extended itinerary fits even more in, while also allowing some extra time in the top destinations for those who prefer to take things at a slower pace. 

• Providence/Newport
• Williamsburg
• Florida Keys

In Short: 3 Weeks on the East Coast of the USA

It’s hard to narrow down the best parts of the East Coast to a short itinerary as there’s so much to see and do and there’s no wrong way to see the USA. Hopefully, these East Coast itineraries give you some inspiration to get started.

P.S. Click here to find all of my USA trip-planning guides

Happy travelling!

USA Travel Resources

• Find the best prices on hotels with flexible cancellation at Booking.com
• Find tickets for attractions and awesome day tours on Viator
• Save $$$ on attractions in NYC, LA, Miami and more with a Go City Pass
• Compare prices on cars and campervans at RentalCars.com
• Sort your US dollars with a Wise currency card

Kate is the founder of Kate Abroad. She has travelled to nearly 40 countries from Austria to Vanuatu, and lived in 3. She's on a mission to empower other Gen Zs and Millenials travel affordably by sharing helpful travel guides, stories and tips to over 200,000 readers.

Similar Posts

10 Affordable Travel Destinations For Millennials In 2024

If you’re a 20/30 something traveller trying to decide where to book your next holiday without blowing your budget this article has you covered. As a late 20s traveller myself,…

15 Best Northeast Vacations to Book in 2024

Are you looking for some of the best Northeast vacations to start planning a trip this year? Luckily, there are so many great places to travel in this region of…

Ultimate 4 Days in San Diego Itinerary for 2024

Are you wondering what to do with just 4 days in San Diego? This itinerary will hit all the highlights and ensure that you see the very best that San…

9 Best Beaches in Northeast Florida for 2024

While you’ll find plenty of beautiful vacation spots in the sunshine state the beaches in northeast Florida along the Atlantic coast are truly some of the best in the USA….

9 Tips You Need for Visiting Disneyland Alone

You don’t need to take your whole family, or even a partner, to have a great time at Disneyland. I went to Disneyland Anaheim on my own and found that…

The Ultimate One Week in Los Angeles Itinerary [2024 Guide]

Spending a whole week in a city is a great way to really get to know it and, in a city as big as Los Angeles, you need at least…

3 weeks road trip in USA West Coast: An Epic 20-21 days itinerary

Usa west coast itinerary 3 weeks: the perfect 20-21 days road trip.

You’re planning to spend 3 weeks in the West coast of the USA  and you’re looking for  the best itinerary?

You’re at the right place!

In order  to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 3 weeks itinerary in USA West Coast.

During your  20-21 days trip starting from Los Angeles , you will discover some of  the country’s best places to visit such as the Grand Canyon, Monument Valley, Antelope Canyon and Bryce Canyon.

Then,  you will head to Las Vegas , Yosemite, San Francisco and the California Coast.

In this guide, in addition to the best things to do and must-see attractions, I will also give you all my best tips  as well as my list of the best accommodations  depending on your budget.

So,  how to spend 3 weeks in USA West Coast? Where to stay?

Let’s find out!

Renting a car for your 3-week road trip in the USA (West Coast)

Accommodation in los angeles, accommodation in kingman, where to stay around the grand canyon, day 6 – explore the grand canyon’s south rim, where to stay in monument valley, where to stay around lake powell, where to stay in bryce canyon, where to stay in zion national park, where to stay in las vegas, where to stay around death valley, where to stay in mammoth lakes, where to stay in the yosemite, where to stay in san francisco, day 16 – san francisco, day 17 – san francisco, accommodation in monterey, accommodation in pismo beach, day 20 – santa barbara and malibu, day 21 – end of your 3 weeks-itinerary in the american west, 20 or 22 days west coast itinerary, get your esta (electronic system for travel authorization), travel insurance, map of your 3 weeks itinerary in usa west coast, you’re traveling in the us these articles will help you.

To visit the west coast of the United States for 3 weeks, you’ll need a car. Don’t even think about doing this road trip by public transport, it’s impossible!

To rent a car , you should use Booking.com Cars website.

It’s the one I use for all my trips, as it’s super convenient: it allows you to compare all the rental companies’ rates in just one click and book your car rental at the best price!

And if you don’t have an insurance with your credit card, you can opt for the  “Full Protection Insurance” , to be fully refunded in case of accident or theft.  Tested and approved! (They refunded me more than 1200€ to date)

For this itinerary, you will need to rent a car in Los Angeles.

If you already know your travel dates to the American West, symply click on the button below to compare prices and rent your car: 

To rent a car in the United States, you need to:

• Be over 21 years old
• Have a valid license from your country of residence (you must have your driver’s license for at least 12 months)
• Have an international license: it’s not mandatory, but more and more rental companies require it, so it’s better to have it (especially if your driver’s licence is not in English)
• Provide a credit card in the name of the main driver
• Present your passport.

Day 1 / Day 2 / Day 3 – Los Angeles

To visit the USA West coast in 20 or 21 days , you will arrive in Los Angeles (if you prefer to do the same road trip from San Francisco that’s also possible).

When you arrive, pick-up your car in Los Angeles’ airport and go to your hotel.

Once at your hotel, take a good rest to recover from jet lag so you can be at 100% to start your 3-week itinerary in USA the next day.

After a good night’s sleep, let’s visit the city of Los Angeles!

For your 1st full day in Los Angeles, you should visit (in order):

• Hollywood Sign : catch a glimpse of the world-famous Hollywood Sign, an iconic symbol of Los Angeles. You can take the best pictures of the sign from Lake Hollywood Park’s viewpoint . But you can also opt for a walk if you want to go closer. Click here for information and to book!
• Griffith Observatory offers panoramic views of the city and a closer look at the Hollywood sign. If you are interested in space and stars, you can also visit the observatory for free.
• Walk of Fame : Stroll along the Walk of Fame, spotting stars dedicated to celebrities from the world of entertainment. And you can even get your own star (more information here!) .
• Sunset Boulevard : Drive through Sunset Boulevard, known for its lively nightlife and historic music venues.
• Rodeo Drive/Beverly Hills : Experience luxury as you pass by high-end shops on Rodeo Drive in Beverly Hills.
• Do a minibus guided tour of celebrities homes in Beverly Hills.  You need to book it in advance by clicking on the green button below:
• Santa Monica Pier/Pacific Park : Head to Santa Monica Pier to enjoy the Pacific Park amusement park and watch the sun set over the Pacific Ocean.
• Venice Beach : End your day with a relaxed stroll on Venice Beach, famous for its bohemian vibes and Muscle Beach gym. There, you will also find many shops and restaurants, so it’s a great place to have dinner and spend a nice evening!

Spend the night in Los Angeles.

If you don’t want to bother with transport, you should book this guided bus tour , which includes all the stops of my itinerary . It’s super convenient!

Click here to book your full-day guided tour of LA!

On your 2nd day in Los Angeles, it’s time to experience one of the most famous places: let’s go to Universal Studios Hollywood!

This iconic theme park offers thrilling rides, shows, and behind-the-scenes glimpses of your favorite films and TV shows.

You can experience the magic of Harry Potter at the Wizarding World, face dinosaurs in Jurassic World , or go on a Studio Tour to witness how movies are made.

And let’s not forget the all-new open world: Super Nintendo Word!

You should dedicate the entire day to the visit, as there’s so much to see and do.

As this is one of the most famous theme parks in the USA, you really need to book your tickets in advance to avoid long waiting times.

You can choose between the “Normal” or “Express” (the best choice if you want to do as many rides as possible!) ticket upon booking:

I can assure you that this day will be one of the best memories of your 3 weeks road trip itinerary on the USA West Coast .

Spend another night in Los Angeles.

To learn more about the best places to visit in Los Angeles, you should read my dedicated article: The 45 best things to do in LA .

As you probably know, hotels are quite expensive in Los Angeles, and the hotels offering the best value for money are fully booked very quickly.

To get the best rate, you should really book your accommodation in L.A as soon as you have your travel dates!

Here is my selection of the best hotels to stay in Los Angeles:

• HI Los Angeles – Santa Monica Hostel: Located 200 meters from Santa Monica beach. Dormitory beds from €50. Strong points: cleanliness, location next to the ocean. The perfect hostel if you’re looking for a cheap accommodation in Los Angeles.
• El Royale Hotel – Near Universal Studios Hollywood: Located close to Universal Studios, comfortable and spacious double room from €190, breakfast included. Strong points: friendly staff, free parking, comfortable beds.
• Park Plaza Lodge: Located close to LACMA and Farmers market. Modern and comfortable double room from €190. Benefits: swimming pool, parking, convenient location for sightseeing.
• citizenM Los Angeles Downtown: Located in Downtown Los Angeles, 400 metres from City Hall. Brightly decorated contemporary double room with large window overlooking the city, from €260, breakfast €19. Strong points: design, friendly staff, panoramic view of LA.
• Loews Hollywood Hotel: Located next to the Hollywood Walk of Fame. Beautiful double rooms, some with views of the Hollywood sign, from €255, breakfast €33. Strong points: heated swimming pool, geographical location, direct access to the shopping centre with lots of restaurants and a casino. My favorite hotel in LA for its excellent value for money!
• Pendry West Hollywood: This 5-star hotel on Sunset Boulevard offers sublime, elegantly decorated rooms with large picture windows. From €620 per night, breakfast €56. Strong points: the rooftop pool, the view over Los Angeles, the design of the hotel.
• Shutters On The Beach: Magnificent 5-star hotel located directly on Santa Monica beach. Rooms with balcony and some with ocean views from €880, breakfast €46. Strong points: the view, the good restaurant, the style of the hotel, the swimming pool, the attentive staff. This is my recommendation for a luxury stay in Los Angeles!

Day 4 – Route 66 from LA to Kingman

Moving on from Los Angeles, the next part of your 3 weeks road trip itinerary on the West coast leads you to the iconic The Route 66.

This legendary highway, also known as the “Main Street of America”, allows you to discover quirky roadside attractions and beautiful landscapes.

From Los Angeles to Kingman , given the distance (5 hours by car without stops), you should plan one full day for the journey.

Here are the best places to see on the Route 66:

• Elmer’s Bottle Tree Ranch : A unique art installation, where you’ll find hundreds of colorful bottles placed on metal rods, creating a forest of bottle trees.
• Calico Ghost Town : Step back in time in this restored silver mining town from the 1880s. It offers a glimpse of the Wild West with its old buildings and history.
• Bagdad Cafe : Made famous by the movie of the same name, this cafe is a perfect spot for a meal break and some Route 66 souvenirs.
• Amboy Crater : An ancient volcanic cinder cone, where you can take a hike to the top for a panoramic desert view.
• Oatman : A gold mining town, known for its wild donkeys that roam the streets. Don’t forget to catch a staged gunfight, a popular attraction here.
• Kingman : Your stop for the night.
• Arizona Inn: Old-fashioned but clean and comfortable double room, from 76€.
• Baymont by Wyndham Kingman: Double room from €95, breakfast included. The pluses: clean and comfortable, fridge and microwave in the room, good breakfast.
• Best Western Plus King’s Inn and Suites: Double room from €135, breakfast included. Strong points: copious and varied breakfast, large room, swimming pool.
• Best Western Plus A Wayfarer’s Inn & Suites: Double room from €150. Strong points: good bedding, pleasant staff, parking, well-equipped room with fridge.
• La Quinta by Wyndham Kingman: Double room from €190, breakfast at €6. Strong points: swimming pool, Jacuzzi, free parking, recent and modern hotel, spacious rooms.

Day 5 – Route 66 from Kingman to Grand Canyon

Today, the journey on Route 66 continues towards one of the world’s most iconic landmarks, the Grand Canyon.

Before leaving Kingman you should visit the Route 66 Museum. Here, you can learn about the history  of this famed highway.

Then, take the route from Kingman to the Grand Canyon , with plenty of fun stops along the way.

For example, I suggest you stop off at:

• Hackberry General Store : A classic Route 66 roadside stop, this store offers a mix of antiques and photo opportunities with old cars and gas pumps.
• Seligman: A picturesque town on Route 66. It’s a real throwback to simpler times with its retro vibe and vintage cars.
• Williams : Known as the “Gateway to the Grand Canyon”, this charming town offers a slice of Route 66 history with its vintage diners and neon signs.
• Bearizona Wildlife Park : Before reaching the Grand Canyon, make a detour to this drive-through wildlife park. It’s a chance to see North American animals like black bears, bison, and wolves in a natural setting.

Spend the night around the Grand Canyon.

You have 3 different options for sleeping near the Grand Canyon:

• Grand Canyon Village, right on the edge of the Canyon
• The town of Tusayan , 15 minutes from the Grand Canyon
• The town of Williams , an hour from the Grand Canyon

At the Grand Canyon Village, you could sleep at:

• Yavapai Lodge: Double room from €265. Strong points: free parking, the setting, close to the shops.
• Maswick Lodge: Double room from 320€. Strong points: free parking, very big bedroom, close to the best sites and shuttles.

Here is my selection of the best hotels in Tusayan:

• Squire Resort at the Grand Canyon, BW Signature Collection : Double room from 250€. Strong points: indoor and outdoor swimming pool, arcade, friendly staff, perfect location.
• Grand Canyon Plaza Hotel : Double room from 260€. Strong points: free parking, very clean, swimming pool, proximity to the Grand Canyon.
• The Grand Hotel at the Grand Canyon: Double room from 290€. Strong points: the friendliness of the staff, the decoration of the hotel, very comfortable, the peace and quiet.
• Holiday Inn Express Grand Canyon, an IHG Hotel : Double room from 300€. Strong points: indoor swimming pool, close to restaurants, clean, spacious.

Here is my selection of the best hotels in Williams:

• Travelodge by Wyndham Williams Grand Canyon : Double room from 80€, breakfast included. Strong points: friendly staff, free parking, close to shops, fridge and coffee maker in room.
• Ramada by Wyndham Williams/Grand Canyon Area : Double room from 100€. Strong points: indoor swimming pool, clean.
• Comfort Inn near Grand Canyon: Double room from 130€, breakfast included. Strong points: indoor swimming pool, comfort of beds, size of rooms, good breakfast, excellent value for money.
• Quality Inn Near Grand Canyon : Double room from 135€, breakfast included. Strong points: spacious, clean and comfortable room.
• La Quinta by Wyndham Williams-Grand Canyon Area : Double room from 175€, breakfast included. Strong points: new, modern hotel, lovely pool, free parking.

Let’s continue your 3-week road trip itinerary on the USA West Coast : today, you will visit the Grand Canyon!

One of the most celebrated natural wonders of the world, the Grand Canyon offers breathtaking views, challenging hikes, and once-in-a-lifetime experiences.

In particular, the South Rim of the Grand Canyon is the most visited and is known for its iconic viewpoints and trails.

Let’s dive into what you should absolutely not miss:

• Yavapai Point : This is one of the best places to get a panoramic view of the Grand Canyon . From here, you can see the Colorado River winding its way through the canyon floor. It’s particularly striking during sunrise or sunset.
• Free Shuttle : The National Park Service provides a free shuttle bus system in the Grand Canyon Village. It’s a convenient way to visit multiple viewpoints and landmarks.  Take the shuttle which runs alongside Hermit Road and stop at the different viewpoints: Mather Point / Trail View Overlook / Powell Point / Hopi Point / Mohave Point / Pima Point.
• Desert View Drive : This is a scenic 25-mile road that takes you from Grand Canyon Village to the Desert View Watchtower. Along the way, there are several viewpoints and pull-offs where you can admire the ever-changing vistas of the canyon. You will need to take your car for this road as there is no shuttle service.
• Bright Angel Trail : If you’re up for some hiking, this is one of the most popular trails. It descends from the rim to the Colorado River, but this is a very difficult hike with a steep gradient (allow between 9 and 12 hours).
• Guided Hummer Tour : For a more adventurous experience, consider taking a guided Hummer tour. These off-road excursions can take you to less-visited viewpoints and offer a thrilling ride along the way. Click here to book it!

A special mention should be given to the Helicopter Tour over the Grand Canyon .

There are few experiences in the world that can compare to flying above the Grand Canyon in a helicopter.

This aerial view gives you a unique perspective of the canyon’s vastness, depth, and the intricate play of light and shadow.

The flight usually lasts around 45 minutes, and you’ll be provided with headsets to hear the pilot’s commentary on the geological wonders and history of the Grand Canyon.

You need to book your helicopter flight by clicking on the button below:

If there is no more availability , you can also book with this other company (click here!) , it’s exactly the same thing.

Spend another night near the Grand Canyon.

There’s an entrance fee for all the national park in USA, which is approximately $30 / 35$ per park.

To save money, I’d recommend buying the “America the Beautiful Pass” , which costs $80 and gives you unlimited access to all the US national parks for 1 year. As long as you visit 3 parks during your stay, you’ll get your money’s worth!

The pass is valid for all occupants of the same vehicle.

You can buy the pass at the ticket booths at the park entrances or at the Visitor Center. 

Day 7 – Monument Valley

On Day 7 of your 3 weeks West Coast itinerary , it’s time to discover the red sands and stunning mesas of Monument Valley.

From Grand Canyon Village to Monument Valley Welcome center, it takes about 3 hours by car.

This landscape has been the backdrop to countless films, advertisements, and television shows.

Situated on the Arizona-Utah state line, Monument Valley is managed by the Navajo Nation .

Here are some of the best things to see:

• The View Hotel : Before visiting the valley itself, start with a visit to The View Hotel. As the name suggests, it offers one of the most breathtaking views of the valley. Even if you’re not staying here, the terrace is open to visitors, and it’s the perfect spot for photography.
• John Ford’s Point : Named after the famous director who shot many Western films here, this viewpoint provides a panoramic vista of the valley’s buttes and mesas.
• Artist’s Point : Another popular viewpoint, Artist’s Point offers varied perspectives of the East and West Mittens and Merrick Butte.
• Three Sisters : These are a trio of thin, towering rock formations that resemble nuns, hence the name. It’s one of the many unique formations in the valley.
• Ear of the Wind : A picturesque arch that’s perfect for a photo op. You should ideally go there in the morning, when the sunlight shines directly through the arch.

When it comes to exploring Monument Valley, you have 2 options:

1) If you’re on a tight budget or prefer to explore at your own pace, you can drive through Monument Valley using the 27 kilometer Valley Drive .

It’s a dirt road that takes you to many of the park’s main viewpoints and formations. A SUV or 4×4 is recommend, as the road can be a bit rough . Always check the weather before going, as the road can become challenging after rainfall.

You will also have to purchase a permit at the Visitor Center.

2) A guided tour is arguably the best way to experience Monument Valley.

These tours are conducted by Navajo guides who provide deeper insights into the history, geology, and culture of the region.

Not only will they take you to the most iconic spots , but they can also guide you to lesser-known areas that are off-limits to general visitors.

Opting for a tour also supports the local Navajo community.

You need to book this guided tour in advance by clicking here:

This excursion is also available in the late afternoon to enjoy the sunset. You can book it here!

Spend the night around Monument Valley.

• Wetherill Inn : Located in the city of Kayenta. Double room from 140€. Strong points: clean, spacious bedroom, good breakfast.
• Goulding’s Lodge : Located in Monument Valley. Double room from 190€. Strong points: the view over Monument Valley, comfortable room, good restaurant, location.
• Hampton Inn Kayenta Monument Valley : Located in Kayenta. Double room from 230€, breakfast included. Strong points: swimming pool, typical Navajo cuisine, excellent breakfast, peace and quiet.

Day 8 – Antelope Canyon / Horseshoe Bend / Lake Powell

Today, you’ll discover 3 other famous landmarks : Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend, and Lake Powell.

Located on Navajo land, 1.5 hours by car from the town of Kayenta, Antelope Canyon is a slot canyon made up of two parts: Upper Antelope Canyon (also called ‘The Crack’) and Lower Antelope Canyon (known as ‘The Corkscrew’).

The way sunlight dances through the cracks and crevices of these canyons creates a mesmerizing display of colors and shadows.

Visiting Antelope Canyon requires joining a guided tour (you need to book it by clicking on the green buttons below ).

The Navajo guides not only ensure the safety of visitors but also share fascinating stories and insights about the canyon’s formation and cultural significance.

• Upper Antelope Canyon : This section is famous for its light beams, which are best viewed between March and October. As it’s level-ground, it’s more accessible for all visitors. It’s in my opinion the best choice with you do only 1.
• Lower Antelope Canyon : Though it involves some climbing, the effort is rewarded with incredible rock formations and fewer crowds.

A mere 15 minutes away from Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend is where the Colorado River takes a 270-degree turn.

The view from the overlook, standing 1,000 feet above the bend , is nothing short of breathtaking.

Next and last stop of the day: Lake Powell.

A man-made reservoir on the Colorado River, it offers a lot of recreational activities like boating, fishing or simply relaxing by its shores:

• Rent a boat or go on a kayak tour : You can hire a boat or join a kayak tour to visit some of the lake’s famous spots, such as Rainbow Bridge, the largest natural bridge in the world.
• Swim : Designated swimming areas provide relief from the desert heat.

That was another great day of visits! Tonight, you will stay near Lake Powell. Have a good rest and get ready for the next day of your 3-week road trip in the American West!

All the hotels I’ve selected are in the town of Page, close to Lake Powell:

• Rodeway Inn at Lake Powell : Double room from 100€, breakfast included. Strong points: spacious room, clean, comfortable bedding.
• Baymont by Wyndham Page Lake Powell : Double room from 100€, breakfast included. Strong points: free parking, good breakfast, swimming pool and jacuzzi.
• Days Inn & Suites by Wyndham Page Lake Powell : Double room from 140€, breakfast included. Strong points: nice outdoor area with the swimming pool and jacuzzi, bedroom with sitting area and kitchenette, close to bars and restaurants.
• Best Western View of Lake Powell Hotel : Double room from 160€, breakfast included. Strong points: superb views from the terrace, ideal location, comfortable and spacious room.
• Country Inn & Suites by Radisson, Page, AZ : Double room from 170€, breakfast included. Strong points: friendly staff, modern rooms, swimming pool, jacuzzi, gym.

Day 9 – Bryce Canyon

On Day 9, you will discover the otherworldly landscape of Bryce Canyon (a 2h40-minute drive from Lake Powell).

Known for its hundreds of fairy chimneys (also called “Hoodos”) , this national park is unlike any other.

The myriad viewpoints, scenic drives, and breathtaking trails make it a must-visit on any American west coast 3-week road trip.

As mentioned above, the most iconic features of Bryce Canyon are the hoodoos – peculiar rock pillars shaped by centuries of erosion. These spire-like formations range in size and color, creating a visual spectacle that captivates visitors from around the world.

Stretching for 29 kilometers, the Bryce Canyon Scenic Drive offers some of the park’s best panoramic views.

If time allows, you should drive the entire route, but if you’re in a hurry, you should focus on these viewpoints:

• Bryce Point : This viewpoint provides a sweeping look at the Bryce Amphitheater and its numerous hoodoos.
• Inspiration Point : Offering three levels of viewpoints, this spot gives visitors different perspectives of the main amphitheater.
• Sunset Point : As the name suggests, it’s a prime location to witness the sunset over the canyon.

Bryce Canyon also boasts a variety of trails tailored to different fitness levels.

Two of the most popular are:

• Navajo Loop Trail + Queen’s Garden Trail : Combining these trails forms a loop. Starting from Sunset Point, the Navajo Loop descends into the amphitheater, passing the Two Bridges and Thor’s Hammer. Connecting with the Queen’s Garden Trail, you’ll meander through the floor of the canyon, reaching a rock formation that resembles Queen Victoria.
• Peek-A-Boo Loop : This 9 kilometers trail offers a close-up view of the park’s hoodoos and is best suited for experienced hikers. Starting at Bryce Point, the loop takes you deeper into the park, showcasing some of its most intricate rock formations.

If you don’t fancy taking your car to explore the park or if you want to add a fun activity during the day, there are several other ways to discover Bryce Canyon:

• Free shuttle buses
• A minivan tour with a local guide
• A quad bike tour
• Hiking with a guide
• Horse riding
• Guided E-bike tour
• A horse-drawn wagon ride.

All the hotels are located in Bryce Canyon City, just before the entrance to the national park.

• Bryce Canyon Pines : Double room from 160€. Strong points: clean, good restaurant, swimming pool.
• Bryce View Lodge Part of the Ruby’s Inn Resort : Double room from 185€, breakfast included. Strong points: big parking, quiet, indoor swimming pool.
• Best Western PLUS Ruby’s Inn : Double room from 200€, breakfast included. Strong points: good breakfast and restaurant, big indoor swimming pool, spacious and comfortable bedroom.
• Best Western PLUS Bryce Canyon Grand Hotel : Double room from 300€, breakfast included. Strong points: pleasant staff, heated swimming pool, free parking.

Day 10 – Zion National Park: The Red Rock Wonderland

Zion National Park is a 1h45 drive from Bryce Canyon. 

Renowned for its colossal red cliffs, emerald pools, and narrow canyons , Zion is a haven for outdoor enthusiasts.

You will for sure love its massive sandstone cliffs painted in hues of cream, pink, and red, standing tall against the blue sky.

While you can drive into Zion National Park, some areas are accessible only by the park’s shuttle bus during the high-visitation months.

Here’s what you should know:

• Own Car : Having your vehicle allows flexibility, especially for areas outside the main canyon. However, parking can be challenging to find during peak times.
• Shuttle Bus : Zion’s free shuttle service is not just eco-friendly but also convenient. Running frequently, the shuttles stop at major viewpoints and trailheads. Plus, you won’t have to worry about finding a parking spot. If you’re targeting popular trails like the Narrows or Angel’s Landing, the shuttle is your best bet.

Given the park’s popularity, using the shuttle system can save you a lot of time.

Talking about the trails:

• The Narrows : As one of the most famous hikes in the park, The Narrows has you wading through the Virgin River.

The river serves as your trail, and the hike can be as short as a few hours or an all-day affair. Ensure you have the right footwear as the riverbed is rocky.

The cool water and the towering walls on either side provide an experience unlike any other.

• Angel’s Landing : This hike is not for the faint-hearted.

While the initial segments are pretty straightforward, the final half-mile requires you to navigate a narrow ridge with steep drop-offs.

However, your efforts are rewarded with a panoramic view of the Zion Canyon. If you have a fear of heights (like me!), this might be a challenge.

The park also offers several activities (click on the orange links for more info and to book):

• Visit on horseback
• Sunset jeep tour
• Star-gazing with a guide
• Helicopter flight

All the hotels are located in Springdale, just before the entrance to the national park.

• Zion Park Motel : Double room from 130€. Strong points: free parking, heated swimming pool, fridge and microwave in the room, shuttle bus to the park stops right outside.
• La Quinta by Wyndham at Zion Park/Springdale : Double room from 190€,breakfast included. Strong points: nice area with swimming pool, clean and spacious room, view over the mountain
• Holiday Inn Express Springdale – Zion National Park Area, an IHG Hotel : Double room from 270€. Strong points: hearty breakfast, nice swimming pool with view, great welcome.
• Best Western Plus Zion Canyon Inn & Suites : Double room from 350€. Strong points: well-maintained, clean and well-tended complex, top-notch breakfast, beautiful swimming pool.
• SpringHill Suites by Marriott Springdale Zion National Park : Double room from 400€, breakfast included. Strong points: magnificent hotel decorated with great taste, beautiful room and large bathroom, magnificent setting, excellent breakfast.

Day 11 – Las Vegas

Next stop on your 3-week USA West Coast trip itinerary is Las Vegas , nestled in the heart of the Nevada desert.

It takes over 2h45 to drive from Zion to Las Vegas, often referred to as “The Entertainment Capital of the World”.

Even if you’re not into gambling , there’s plenty to keep you entertained on the bustling Strip.

The Las Vegas Strip is a 6.5 km stretch of Las Vegas Boulevard lined with mega-resorts, casinos, restaurants, shops, and performance venues.

If it’s your first time in Vegas or you’re just looking for the best highlights, here’s a route you can follow:

• Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign : Kick off your Vegas journey with a photo-op at this iconic sign.
• New York New York : Experience a slice of the Big Apple in Vegas. Marvel at the replica of the Statue of Liberty and for the thrill-seekers, take a ride on the Big Apple Coaster .
• MGM Grand : One of the largest hotels in the world, you can spot the MGM Grand by its signature emerald green. Step inside for a plethora of dining, shopping, and entertainment options.
• Bellagio and Fountain Show : A must-see, the Bellagio fountains put on a mesmerizing water show choreographed to music. Time your visit for the evening when the show is at its most magical.
• Paris and Eiffel Tower : Fancy a trip to Paris? Visit the half-scale replica of the Eiffel Tower and enjoy panoramic views of the city:

• Caesars Palace : Dive into Roman opulence at Caesars Palace. Wander its sprawling grounds, try your hand at the casino, or simply soak in its grandeur.
• The Venetian : End your strip tour in Venice – or at least, Vegas’s version of it. With gondola rides and its recreation of Venice’s landmarks, The Venetian offers a unique blend of gaming and romantic escapism.

While the Strip gets all the attention, I’d also recommend a visit to downtown Las Vegas and the Fremont Street Experience in particular.

A five-block entertainment district, this area is famed for its LED canopy, free concerts, street performers, and historic casinos.

It offers a different, more vintage Vegas vibe compared to the Strip.

Spend one night in Las Vegas.

Don’t hesitate to read my article about the city to learn more about the best places to visit: The 30 best things to do in Las Vegas.

When the sun sets, Las Vegas truly comes alive. Here are some nighttime activities you should consider:

• Try the Fly Linq Zipline Las Vegas (book it here!) .
• Ascend the STRAT observation platform (book your tickets here!) at sunset for breathtaking views of the city.
• Experience the city’s from the Ferris wheel (click here to book!) .
• Attend a show! Whether it’s a magic act , a comedy show , or a grand performance like Cirque du Soleil , Las Vegas’s offers some of the best shows in the world.
• Embark on an helicopter tour to fly over the iconic Las Vegas strip!

There are a lot of hotels in Las Vegas, and choosing the best for your stay can be a bit complicated.

In order to help you out, I have selected for you  the best hotels in Las Vegas depending on your budget.

As always, to get the best prices, you should  book your hotel as early as possible*!

*And a little clarification: in Las Vegas prices can explode for weekends or if there is a special event during a the day of the week. For example, you can have a night at Caesars Palace for €140 and the next day it will be €1,600.

Please note that prices “start from”, they can vary greatly (and I’ve got nothing to do with that 😅).

In any case, I can always help you find a hotel within your budget if you ask me in the comments.

Here is my selection of the best hotels to stay at on the Strip:

• Excalibur: With its castle-themed structure, it’s a hit among families and offers affordable rates starting at 70€ per night. Strong points: comfortable beds, size of rooms, price. An excellent choice for cheap accommodation on the Las Vegas Strip!
• Luxor: Have you ever dreamt of sleeping in a pyramid? Well, in Las Vegas you can! Double room from €80. Strong points: helpful staff, big bedroom, connected to Excalibur and Mandalay hotels.
• Caesars Palace Hotel & Casino: This famous 5-star hotel on the Strip offers rooms from €140. Strong points: its architecture, beautiful pools, nice and clean rooms.
• Treasure Island Hotel & Casino: Double room from 170€. Plus points: spacious room, fridge in the room, great location on the strip, self check-in so you don’t have to wait, self parking.
• Paris Las Vegas Hotel & Casino: Hotel located opposite the Eiffel Tower. Double room from 225€. Strong points: good restaurants, room and hotel decor, very comfortable.
• Las Vegas Hilton at Resorts World : Double room from 290€. Strong points: room and facilities are new, great pool area, super comfy bed, super clean. This is my recommendation for a top-of-the-range stay in Las Vegas!
• Bellagio: I can’t forget to mention the Bellagio in my selection of the most beautiful hotels in Las Vegas! The hotel offers sumptuous rooms from €480. Strong points: very luxurious, perfect location for exploring the Strip, fountain view. This is my recommendation for a deluxe stay in Las Vegas!

Here is my selection of the best hotels to stay in Downtown Las Vegas / Fremont Street:

• The D Las Vegas: Double room from 75€. Strong points: the price, friendly staff, clean, free parking.
• Downtown Grand Hotel & Casino: Nice and clean double room from 85€. Strong points: pool terrace, comfortable bed, great location, big room.
• Golden Nugget Hotel & Casino Las Vegas: Double room from 110€. Strong points: free parking, huge room.
• Circa Resort & Casino – Adults only: Double room from 180€. Strong points: rooftop bar, swimming pool area, new and modern.

Day 12 – Death Valley

Today, you will head to one of the most popular landscapes in the USA: Death Valley.

Allow around 2 hours 15 minutes’ drive from Las Vegas.

Often referred to as the “hottest place on Earth”, Death Valley holds the record for the highest air temperature ever recorded on Earth , a scorching 134°F (56.7°C).

Death Valley is also renowned for its landscapes, ranging from towering mountain peaks to vast salt flats, and from sand dunes to unique rock formations.

For your visit, you should take the Badwater Road is a scenic drive that showcases some of the most iconic spots in Death Valley.

Here are the essential stops:

• Badwater Basin : This is the lowest point in North America, sitting at 86 meters below sea level. The salt flats here give the area its surreal, otherworldly feel.
• Dante’s View : For a panoramic view of the valley, especially during sunrise or sunset, Dante’s View is the place to be. At 1,669 meters, it provides an elevated vantage point over the park.
• Devil’s Golf Course : This vast expanse of jagged salt formations got its name from the saying that “only the devil could play golf on such a surface”.
• Artists Palette : This is a spot where minerals have colored the rocks in hues of pink, green, and purple.
• Golden Canyon : A popular hiking spot, this canyon offers trails that lead to the Red Cathedral and the Gower Gulch, with beautiful vistas all along the way.

While driving along Badwater Road, always remember to carry plenty of water, keep your car’s AC working, and avoid hiking during peak afternoon hours.

• El Portal Motel : Located in Beatty. Double room from 90€. Strong points: free parking, outdoor swimming pool, clean.
• The Ranch At Death Valley : Located in Furnace Creek. Double room from 150€. Strong points: comfortable, nice swimming pool and outdoor area, ideal location.
• The Inn at Death Valley : Located in Death Valley. Double room from 320€. Strong points: the garden, the setting, the pool, provision of buggies to get around.

Day 13 – Mammoth Lakes

From Death Valley, allow 4 hours’ drive to get to Mammoth Lakes.

Nestled in California’s Eastern Sierra , this alpine haven is a gem that beckons travelers with its shimmering lakes, mountains, and dense forests.

Whether you’re seeking relaxation or adventure , Mammoth Lakes has something for you.

Known primarily for its world-class ski resorts in winter, Mammoth Lakes transforms into a paradise for nature lovers and outdoor enthusiasts during the warmer months.

Here’s what you can expect:

• Crystal Clear Lakes : As the name suggests, the area boasts numerous lakes. You should consider visiting Twin Lakes, Lake Mary, Lake George, and Horseshoe Lake, each offering unique vistas and recreational activities like fishing, kayaking, and paddleboarding.
• Scenic Drives and Viewpoints : The drive to Minaret Summit offers panoramic views of the Ritter Range, while the June Lake Loop provides glimpses of lush meadows, aspen groves, and beautiful alpine lakes.
• Hiking Trails : the area around Mammoth Lakes is dotted with hiking trails ranging from easy walks to challenging treks. Trails like the Mammoth Crest, Crystal Lake, and the trail to Rainbow Falls come highly recommended.
• Hot Springs : After a day of exploring, you can unwind at one of the natural hot springs in the vicinity. Wild Willy’s Hot Springs and the Hot Creek Geothermal Area are among the favorites.

The town of Mammoth Lakes itself has a charm of its own.

With its cozy eateries, local boutiques, and a warm, welcoming atmosphere, it’s the perfect place to relax before the next leg of your USA West Coast trip itinerary in 3 weeks .

• Alpenhof Lodge : Double room from 145€. Strong points: close to the lakes and the town centre, quiet, very comfortable.
• Cinnamon Bear Inn : Double room from 170€, breakfast included. Strong points: very warm welcome, good breakfast.
• Empeiria High Sierra Hotel : Double room from 190€. Strong points: modern, pleasant, very clean, laundry and swimming pool.
• Juniper Springs Resort : Flat for up to 6 people from €250.Strong points: real kitchen well equipped for cooking, spacious, friendly staff, barbecue.
• The Village Lodge : Studios and flats from 260€. Strong points: facilities, swimming pool, Netflix, size of accommodation, terrace with views, free parking.

Day 14 – Yosemite

From Mammoth Lakes, it will take you around 2 and a half hours to get to the Yosemite.

While it’s impossible to cover all the attractions of the National Park in a day, here’s how to make the most of your time:

• Yosemite Valley

The heart of the park, this seven-mile-long canyon is home to some of Yosemite’s most famous landmarks.

You can start your day early with a visit to Tunnel View, offering panoramic vistas of El Capitan, Bridalveil Fall, and the distant Half Dome.

Yosemite National Park is home to some of the tallest waterfalls in North America .

Don’t miss the Yosemite Falls, the tallest of them all, cascading from a height of 739 meters. Bridalveil Fall and Vernal Fall are also worth a look. The waterfalls are even more impressive during Spring season, as it’s at that time that the water flow is the strongest.

• Glacier Point

For an unparalleled view of the park, you should drive up to Glacier Point. Gazing at the vast expanse of the park with Half Dome standing proudly in the center is a great experience.

Note: The road to Glacier Point is usually open from late May to November, depending on snow conditions.

• Mariposa Grove of Giant Sequoias: Home to over 500 mature giant sequoias .

Walking amid these ancient trees, some of which are over 3,000 years old , will make you feel really small!

Considering the vastness of Yosemite, you can either explore the park in your own vehicle or opt for the park’s shuttle service. The shuttle service is an excellent choice as it reduces traffic inside the park and is environmentally friendly.

Also, remember that some areas in Yosemite require day-use reservations, so plan ahead and don’t forget to check the official website.

You should end your day by admiring the sunset at Valley View.

• Yosemite View Lodge : Double room from 300€. Strong points: nice view, quiet, 4 pools, room with kitchenette.

Day 15 – From Yosemite to San Francisco

Day 15 of your west coast America road trip in 3 weeks takes you towards the buzzing city of San Francisco.

But before you get there, there are a few stops to make.

As you approach San Francisco, take a slight detour to visit Muir Woods National Monument. Home to towering coast redwood trees, some of which have been standing for over 800 years, this forest is perfect for a walk.

Allocate a few hours to explore the main trail, which is easily accessible. If time allows, you can venture onto the Dipsea Trail or the Ben Johnson Trail for more extensive hikes.

Please note that parking reservations are mandatory here, so make sure to book your parking space on the official website before going.

Next, you will go to the coastal town of Sausalito.

Perched on the northern end of the Golden Gate Bridge , this town is a delightful blend of Mediterranean ambiance and Californian charm.

Wander along the waterfront, dotted with unique boutiques, art galleries, and seafood restaurants. The floating homes , typical of Sausalito, are worth a look!

For a panoramic view of the Golden Gate Bridge , the bay, Angel Island, and San Francisco in the background, you should head to Vista Point and Battery Spencer viewpoint.

Of course, you can’t go to San Francisco without crossing the iconic Golden Gate Bridge,  that’s what I suggest you do now.

This art deco suspension bridge is more than just a roadway: the symbol of San Francisco offers unparalleled views of the bay, Alcatraz Island, and the city skyline.

After these pit stops, San Francisco awaits!

There are a lot of hotels in San Francisco, and choosing the best for your stay can be a bit complicated.

In order to help you out, I have selected for you  the best hotels in San Francisco, depending on your budget.

As always, to get the best prices, you should  book your hotel as early as possible!

• HI San Francisco Downtown Hostel: Youth hostel located in Union Square. Beds in dormitories from €50. Strong points: location, warm welcome, friendly atmosphere. An excellent choice for cheap accomodation in San Francisco!
• Grant Hotel: Located 5 minutes’ walk from Union Square. Rooms are decorated in a slightly old-fashioned style but are spacious and clean from €105 per night. Strong points: location, free coffee and biscuits, friendly staff.
• Greenwich Inn: Located between Presidio Park and Fisherman’s Wharf. Double room from €150 per night. Strong points: free parking, warm welcome, spacious room, plenty of restaurants in the area.
• Handlery Union Square Hotel: Located in Union Square. Very spacious and comfortable double room with large windows from €210. Strong points: outdoor swimming pool, perfect for visiting San Francisco, comfortable beds.
• Riu Plaza Fisherman’s Wharf: Located in Fisherman’s wharf. Modern, comfortable double room from €270, breakfast included. Strong points: outdoor swimming pool, location, good breakfast, very helpful staff.
• Hotel Nikko San Francisco: Located in Union Square, this 5-star hotel offers tastefully decorated rooms from €500. Strong points: indoor pool, spa, attentive staff, design, valet parking.

Here are the best things to do on your first day in San Francisco:

1) The Presidio and viewpoints over the Golden Gate

Start your day at the Presidio, a former military post turned national park. Here, you’ll find multiple vantage points offering spectacular views of the Golden Gate Bridge, especially from Fort Point, Golden Gate Overlook , or Crissy Field.

2) Walt Disney Family Museum  

Nestled within the Presidio, this museum is a must-visit for Disney fans. Walk through galleries filled with early drawings and cartoons that trace Walt Disney’s life and innovations. The miniature model of Disneyland is a particular highlight.

3) Palace of Fine Arts: A short drive from the Presidio, the Palace of Fine Arts, with its Greco-Roman architecture, is the perfect place to snap a few nice pictures.

4) Alcatraz or San Francisco Bay Cruise

Head to Pier 33 and embark on a journey to t he infamous Alcatraz Island.

To visit Alcatraz, you need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the green button below:

If prisons aren’t your thing, opt for a Bay Cruise , where you can enjoy views of the city, the Golden Gate, and the surrounding islands.

5) Fisherman’s Wharf + sea lions at Pier 39

A bustling hub of activity, Fisherman’s Wharf is full of seafood restaurants, quirky shops, and street performers.  This is the perfect place to have your lunch.

And don’t forget to go to Pier 39 to witness the playful antics of the resident sea lions.

6) Lombard Street

Known as the “crookedest” street in the world, this steep hill with eight hairpin turns is both a driving challenge and a tourist favorite.

Whether you take it by car or on foot, this street, lined with classic San Francisco houses, is well worth a visit.

7) Coit Tower: For a panoramic view of San Francisco, head to Coit Tower on Telegraph Hill. The frescoes inside the tower, painted during the Great Depression, add a touch of history to your visit.

8) Chinatown: Dive into the rich culture and history of the oldest and one of the largest Chinatowns in North America .

9) Ferry Building Marketplace: End your day at this historic building turned gourmet marketplace. With a range of artisanal shops and cafes, it’s the perfect spot to grab a bite and relax by the bay.

Spend a second night in San Francisco.

You can find all the details about the best things to do in San Francisco in my dedicated article: The 27 Best Things to Do in San Francisco.

To visit San Francisco and save money , you should buy the San Francisco All-inclusive pass by Go City. 

The pass is valid for 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 days and give access to more than 30 tourist attractions .

Here are some of the activities included:

• San Francisco Bay Cruise
• Aquarium of the Bay
• Fisherman’s wharf walking tour
• Entrance to all the museums
• Chinatown walking tour
• Mission district tour.

For more information about this pass and the activities included, click on the button below :

Has you had a glimpse of San Francisco’s best places to visit yesterday, it’s now time to explore the most beautiful districts of the city.

Start with the Golden Gate Park.

Wander along the tranquil pathways, relax by the lakes, or visit the picturesque Japanese Tea Garden.

For those with a penchant for the arts and sciences, you have the choice between:

• de Young Museum : This fine arts museum houses a collection ranging from American art to African and Oceanic artifacts.
• California Academy of Sciences : A natural history museum, aquarium and planetarium rolled into one, the perfect visit for the curious minds.

Then, head to  The Haight Ashbury district.  Once the heart of the 1960s counterculture Hippie movement , today it’s a neighborhood filled with vintage stores, quirky boutiques, and a rich musical history.

Not far away, you will find the Painted Ladies.

These Victorian and Edwardian houses , painted in multiple colors, are an iconic sight. You will get a great view over the Painted Ladies from Alamo Square .

Next, I’d like to recommend 2 other areas to walk around in San Francisco:

• Mission District: Home of Hispanic culture in San Francisco, it’s the place to taste authentic tacos and burritos. It’s also home to a lot of murals, which depict the district’s history and cultural diversity.
• Castro District: Known as the gay district, the Castro brims with history. The Castro Theatre, a city landmark, often hosts classic movie screenings or drag queen show.

And if you like modern art, you should visit the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art.

As the evening approaches, head to Union Square.

It’s the city’s main shopping, dining, and entertainment hub. Whether you’re looking to shop high-end brands, dine at a local bistro, or simply watch the world go by, Union Square is the perfect spot.

Spend a third night in San Francisco.

Day 18 – Monterey and Carmel by the sea

Today, you will head south from San Francisco to disocver the Pacific Coast .

On the Road from San Francisco to Monterey, you can make a few stops at:

• Half Moon Bay: This quaint town is known for its sandy beaches and eateries. Perfect for a short break and to have your morning coffee!
• Pescadero: Here, you can visit the Pigeon Point Lighthouse and perhaps spot some seals lounging around.
• Santa Cruz: With its iconic boardwalk and lively surf culture, it’s an essential stop for beach enthusiasts.

Upon arrival in Monterey, you can visit the Monterey Bay Aquarium.

Then, take a stroll on Cannery Row. Once the center for sardine-packing factories, it’s now a bustling waterfront street with shops, eateries, and historical buildings. 

You should also pass by the Fisherman’s Wharf. Here, you can indulge in seafood delicacies, shop for souvenirs, or embark on a whale watching tour.

Monterey Bay is famous for being home to many species of whales. Whatever the time of year , you’re guaranteed to see them!

The boat trip is also commented by a biologist who will teach you more about these extraordinary marine mammals.

Book your whale-watching cruise in Monterey by clicking here:

A short drive from Monterey, Carmel by the sea offers a different vibe.

With its pretty cottages and art galleries , it has a charm that’s hard to resist.. Here are some things to do:

• Carmel Beach: Known for its soft white sands and cypress trees, it’s an idyllic spot for a leisurely walk
• Downtown Carmel: Meander through the cobblestone streets, visit the boutiques, and enjoy the artistic aura of the town. If you’re an art enthusiast, there are numerous galleries showcasing local talents.
• Carmel Mission: A historic Spanish mission founded in 1770, it stands as a testament to California’s early history.
• Arbor Inn Monterey: Double room from 110€. Strong points: cleanliness, location, peace and quiet.
• Casa Munras Garden Hotel & Spa: Double room from €180. Strong points: swimming pool, a warm welcome, comfortable beds.
• Svendsgaard’s Inn: Double room from €200. Strong points: free parking, close to the sea, quiet.
• Carmel Bay View Inn: Double room from €240. Strong points: room with sea view, free parking, spacious, close to shops, restaurants and beach.
• Carmel Beach Hotel: Double room from €440, breakfast included. Strong points: on the seafront, very comfortable bed, very friendly staff.

Day 19 – Discover California coast on Highway 1

Let’s continue your 20-21 days itinerary in western USA.

Today, you will experience one of the most scenic routes in the USA: Highway 1.

This stretch, from Carmel to Pismo Beach , offers magnificent ocean views and plenty of stops.

With the Pacific Ocean on one side and the rugged California coastline on the other, Highway 1 is the perfect road for a road trip!

On the road, you shouldn’t miss:

• Big Sur with the Bixby Creek Bridge , a symbol of the California coast and Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park, where you can wander among the redwoods and even see a waterfall or two.
• San Simeon, where you can visit the Hearst Castle and go to Elephant Seal Vista Point to witness the spectacle of elephant seals in their habitat.
• Cambria, a picturesque coastal town
• Harmony: this tiny town boasts a rich history of dairy farming. You can visit Harmony Glassworks to see glass blowing in action or Harmony Pottery for beautiful handcrafted goods.
• Harmony Cellars: A little outside the town, it’s a spot where you can enjoy wine tasting with views of the rolling countryside.
• Morro Bay and Morro Rock: This imposing volcanic plug is the centerpiece of Morro Bay and offers a perfect backdrop for photos.
• San Luis Obispo: Often termed as the happiest city in America, you should stroll through its downtown and visit the historic Mission San Luis Obispo.

The town of Pismo Beach is your final destination for the day. It’s known for its large sandy beaches.

• Edgewater Inn and Suites: Double room from €140. Strong points: by the ocean, heated swimming pool, close to shops.
• The Grove at Pismo Beach: Double room from €150. Strong points: clean, perfect for an overnight stay.
• Cottage Inn by the Sea: Double room from €260. Strong points: heated outdoor swimming pool, the magnificent view, the waterside location.
• SeaCrest Oceanfront Hotel: Double room from €320, breakfast included. Strong points: the design of the hotel, facing the beach and ocean, good breakfast, elegant rooms.
• Inn at the Cove: Double room from €350, breakfast included. Strong points: beautiful, modern and spacious rooms with superb sea views, jacuzzi and heated swimming pool.

Today, you will continue on Highway 1 towards Los Angeles.

On the way, I suggest you first stop off to visit Solvang Danish Village.

As you stroll around Solvang, you’ll discover windmills and traditional Danish buildings . It’s for sure very different that what you’ve seen in California so far!

After your visit, get back in your car and drive to Santa Barbara.

The main place to visit there is State Street. Lined with shops, restaurants, and galleries , it’s the heart of the city.

You can also visit the Santa Barbara Courthouse whic offers panoramic views of the city from its clock tower and Santa Barbara Mission for a peek into California’s colonial past.

From Santa Barbara, it will take 1h30 by car to reach Malibu.

There are 2 famous beaches in Malibu:

• Zuma Beach: Known for its wide sandy stretches, Zuma is ideal for sunbathing, surfing, or simply enjoying the ocean views.
• El Matador Beach: this beach is renowned for its sea caves and rock formations.

Reach Los Angeles for the last night of your 3-week stay in the American West.

And that’s it, you have discovered the best of Western USA in 3 weeks!

Head to Los Angeles airport  to catch your return flight.

If you only have 20 days to visit the West coast , you should remove a day in San Francisco or Los Angeles.

On the contrary, if you’ve got 22 days for your West coast road trip , you can add a day in one of the National parks , depending on your preferences.

Tips before setting off on your road trip in the USA

Here are some tips to consider before embarking on a road trip in the USA.

If you don’t live in the US, it’s mandatory. You can’t enter the country without it. 

• What is it? It’s an online application system introduced by the U.S. government to pre-screen travelers from Visa Waiver Program (VWP) countries.
• Before You Apply: Ensure your country is a member of the VWP.
• Duration: It’s typically valid for two years or until the traveler’s passport expires, whichever comes first.

Apply for your ESTA at least 72 hours before your travel.

Use only the official website to avoid scams.

• Why is it Important? Medical care in the U.S. is extremely expensive. Having insurance is the only way to avoid unexpected medical bills and other travel-related mishaps.
• Coverage: The basic insurances cover medical emergencies, and more expensive ones also cover trip cancellations and lost luggage.

On my side, I always opt for ACS: it’s a great deal and they are very reliable. You can check their price and purchase your travel insurance by clicking here.

I already talked about that at the beginning at this article but here is a quick reminder. To drive in the US, here are the important things to know:

• International Driving Permit (IDP): If your driver’s license is not in English, or if you’re planning to rent a car, it’s a good idea to get an IDP from your home country.
• American cars are usually automatic. If you’re not used to it, learn the basic functions and controls before hitting the road.
• Stay Updated: Download navigation apps like Google Maps or Waze for real-time traffic updates.

To help you visualize your itinerary a bit better, I’ve created a map of all the best places to visit during your 3 weeks in the USA.

You can display the map legend by clicking the button with a small arrow located in the top left corner.

Don’t hesitate to ask me your question if you need help to plan your 3-week itinerary in the USA!

Discover all my articles about USA : All my articles to help you plan your trip to USA are listed there.

• Itinerary: 2 weeks USA West coast – The perfect 14-15 days road trip!
• Las Vegas: Top 30 Best things to do and must-see attractions
• Los Angeles: The 45 best places to visit
• New York: The 57 best things to do
• San Francisco: The 27 best things to do and must-see attractions
• 2 Days in New York – The best itinerary to visit the Big Apple in 48h
• 3 Days in New York – All the best places to visit + Detailed itinerary
• 4 Days in New York – The perfect itinerary for your visit
• One Week in New York – The perfect 7-day itinerary

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

2 Days in San Francisco: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

3 Days in San Francisco: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

4 Days in San Francisco: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

3 Week Europe Itinerary: Planning the Perfect Europe Trip

This 3 week Europe itinerary explains how to plan a trip, the best destinations to visit, and how to hit the highlights of Europe in three weeks.

Europe is a stunning continent with so many places to visit and is a bucket list vacation for many. Planning an itinerary to see many destinations can be overwhelming.

My first “big” international trip as a kid was a Europe trip that included a couple days in London, Paris, and Rome followed by a 10 day Mediterranean cruise.

Then, my first “big” trip with my boyfriend was a similar trip that included a few days in Iceland, London, Amsterdam, Rome, and Venice followed by a week long Adriatic cruise.

If you are planning one of your first “big” trips like those listed above or if you are a seasoned traveler, this guide to planning a Europe itinerary is for you.

This guide breaks down the best destinations in Europe to visit, how long to spend in each location, the best way to travel around Europe, and a guide to European cruising.

Some links on this blog are affiliate links, meaning I may earn a commission at no extra cost to you if you make a purchase through them. All opinions are my own, and I only recommend products and services I personally use and believe in. Thanks for your support!

3 Week Europe Trip Itinerary at a Glance

The below itinerary is my favorite way to travel Europe in 2-3 weeks. It’s a great itinerary because it covers a variety of different countries and cultures with minimal transit time between stops.

The itinerary has 16 location days and approximately 4 travel days. Keep reading this guide for more detail on how to plan this itinerary or something similar.

• Travel Day from USA to Reykjavik
• Reykjavik, Iceland – 2 Days
• London, England – 2 Days
• Amsterdam, Netherlands – 1 Day
• Rome, Italy – 3 Days
• Venice, Italy – 1 Day
• Adriatic Cruise – 7 Days
• Travel Day from Venice to USA

Map of this Europe 3 Week Itinerary

Using this planning guide.

This guide walks through a sample three-week Europe trip itinerary that we followed but can be easily tweaked to fit your trip. To personalize the itinerary based on your interests and availability, utilize the tips below.

Adding a destination you have always dreamed of visiting. To do this, look for a stop on this itinerary that is nearby and add a train trip to visit for a few days.

Adjust for flight efficiency . Sometimes, the most direct flights from your home may land in a country not in this list. If that is the case, spend a few days in your arrival city then connect to this itinerary where it makes sense.

Availability when booking may dictate your ability to visit certain locations, especially the cruise portion. Opt for what is available and adjust accordingly.

Daily Itineraries for 3 Weeks in Europe

Reykjavik, iceland.

Coming from North America, Iceland is a great stopover location on the way to Europe. Icelandair offers a stopover program that allows you to stay up to seven days in Iceland for no additional cost.

In my sample itinerary, I spent 48 hours in Reykjavik , which is the perfect amount of time to get (slightly) adjusted to the time change and see a few of the highlights of the country.

Three reasons why an Iceland Stopover is a great idea:

1. Save money – Icelandair is a budget airline so you will save money on airfare and save money with their stopover program by not having to book multiple legs.

2. Break Up the Trip – We can all agree long-haul flights can be a drag. Breaking up the journey to Europe with a couple days in Iceland makes the journey more bearable.

3. Iceland is wonderful – Regardless of the above reasons, Iceland is a beautiful country that is worth seeing. From the natural beauty to the fun adventures, an Iceland stopover is a great option for anyone.

Where to Stay in Iceland

Canopy by Hilton

Located in the main area of downtown Reykjavik, the Canopy by Hilton is a wonderful hotel that is walkable to many sites. This hotel has a modern Icelandic style with comfortable luxury.

The rooms are sleek, functional, and large. This hotel is a great option for those who want to be located in the city center near bars, restaurant and shopping.

The Retreat at Blood Lagoon

For a unique and luxurious stay, check in to The Retreat at Blue Lagoon . This spa-like hotel is onsite at the popular Blue Lagoon.  The rooms overlook either the lava fields or the blue lagoon.

The hotel offers luxury spa services, private access to the lagoon and onsite upscale restaurants. The proximity to the airport makes this a great option for quick trips.

Iceland Day 1: Relax and Wander

The first stop you need to make when arriving in Iceland is the Blue Lagoon . While this site is known for being touristy, it is popular for good reason. The entire facility has a luxury spa atmosphere.

Since the Blue Lagoon is located between the airport and Reykjavik, it makes the most sense to visit upon arrival. The lagoon is the perfect way to quickly recover from jetlag and rejuvenate your skin after a long flight.

Tip : book your Blue Lagoon tickets ahead of time, they are not available for purchase day-of.

Later, spend the rest of your day exploring Reykjavik on foot. The city is very safe, so wander the streets and visit any stores that pique your interest.

For a great dinner option, visit the Grill Market restaurant for high-end steaks and local bites.

Iceland Day 2: Explore Nature

If you have ever seen a photo of Iceland, you know it has outstanding natural beauty. During your 48-hour Iceland stopover, you must explore some of the natural sites Iceland has to offer.

First, I suggest is a superjeep tour of the golden Circle. The golden circle is a popular drive near Reykjavik that has multiple waterfalls, geysers, and the continental divide. Superjeep.is is a great tour operator for the golden circle.

Your day will begin by getting picked up by a private driver in a recreational vehicle. You will round the golden circle at your own pace while learning about local history and culture from your driver. The benefit of this private tour is the ability to avoid crowds and make stops based on your interests.

If visiting during the winter months, you must do a northern lights tour at night. Iceland is one of the prime places in the world that you can hunt for the elusive northern lights. Superjeep.is offers a wonderful northern lights tour.

Their professional drivers know the best spots to see the lights and will persist for hour trying to find the perfect viewing location.

For more details to plan the perfect 48-hour Iceland stopover, read my guide here .

London, England

The next stop on your Europe Itinerary will be London, England. After a quick flight from Iceland, London is a great hub to start your European tour.

To make the most of your two days in England, balance time between London and visiting the nearby town of Oxford.

Where to Stay in London

The Chesterfield Mayfair

Located within walking distance of Hyde park, The Chesterfield Mayfair is a great hotel option. This hotel models old-money luxury with wood paneling, elegant chandeliers, and wallpaper. Each room has a slightly different design that adds to the charm of the Chesterfield.

London Marriott Grosvenor Square

The London Marriot Grosvenor Square is an elegant, sleek, modern hotel located in the London City center. As a Marriott Bonvoy member, I seek out Marriott properties around the globe and this one stands out among them all.

The highlight of this hotel is the lush courtyard that is a nice escape from the city.

London Day 1: City Exploration

Your first day in London will be focused downtown. For transportation, take advantage of the advanced train station to easily get all around town.

Some great stops are listed below, pick and choose which sound the most interesting to you. Harrods : This expansive, high-end mall overshadows all other malls in the world. Therefore, you could spend hours wandering the different sections of Harrods and even get lost in there.

Choose 2-3 spaces that sound the most interesting then move on with the city tour.

Westminster Abbey : One of the most famous churches in London, Westminster Abbey is a great stop during your day in London.

For some, a simple walk-by will be sufficient while others may choose to purchase tickets to go inside.

Big Ben : Another iconic landmark, Big Ben is must-see. I recommend doing a walk-by and snapping pictures but forego entering to save time.

London Eye: This giant Ferris wheel provides stunning views of the city from above. The London Eye is a great midday stop to rest your legs while taking in the stunning views.

This London Eye ticket with fast track admission will allow you to skip the line and save time.

Tower of London: The Tower of London is one of my favorite sites on this list.

A ticket for entry will grant you access to both the crown jewels and the palace where you can see medieval torture chambers. Dedicate 1-2 hours of your day to this historic site.

You will only be able to see all the above sites of you move at super-human speed. Instead, select which ideas best suite your interests and enjoy the day at a leisurely pace.

London Day 2: Small Town Visit

For your second day in London, hop on the tube and get out of the city.

The nearby town of Oxford is charming and showcases beautiful architecture. This old, university town has many beautiful churches and lecture halls to visit.

Spend your day walking between the different buildings of the campus and reading the educational placards. Be sure to time your visit because some buildings close based on event or class schedules.

For a super easy day trip, take this full day tour that visits Windsor, Stonehenge, and Oxford. It includes roundtrip transportation, entrance to the sites and guided walking tours.

Amsterdam, Netherlands

For the next leg, catch a quick 2 hour flight from London to Amsterdam. I will not pretend that one day in Amsterdam is enough time.

This wonderful city deserves at least three full days. However, due to the breadth of this Europe itinerary, we will focus on just the highlights of this city.

Where to Stay in Amsterdam

Park Plaza Victoria Amsterdam

From the outside, the Park Plaza looks like a palace. On the inside, it looks like a modern luxury hotel. This hotel is within walking or biking distance of all the major sites in Amsterdam.

Since it is located on a major canal, the views from the hotel are stunning.

Sheraton Amsterdam Airport Hotel

Since your time in Amsterdam is so short, staying in the Sheraton Amsterdam Airport Hotel may make the most sense logistically.

This hotel is clean, modern, and comfortable. Since it is attached to the airport, you will save a lot of time commuting back and forth.

Amsterdam Day 1: City Highlights

Wander the Canals : The canals are what make Amsterdam so unique and charming. Spend time wandering the canals by foot or bike to find the hidden gems of Amsterdam.

This World War II walking tour is great if you prefer to explore with a guide.

Canal Boat Tour : Another way to see the city is through a canal boat tour. There are many tour operators throughout the city, and you do not need to book ahead.

One option is an open-air booze cruis e which I would recommend for a sunny day.

The other option is a closed-top tour with a commentator. While the second option is less exciting, it is good in poor weather.

Anne Frank House : The Anne Frank house is an absolute must during your one day in Amsterdam. The museum and tour are incredibly well done.

This tour will be emotionally and mentally difficult but extremely important and educational. Be sure to book your tickets early; they can sell out months ahead of time.

Cheese Museum : For all my dairy-lovers, the Amsterdam cheese museum is fun and tasty. You can sample many variations of local cheeses then learn about the cheese making process.

See a two day itinerary for Amsterdam here .

Rome, Italy

Next up on this ultimate Europe trip itinerary is Rome. Rome is one of my favorite cities in the entire world and your three days here are guaranteed to be memorable.

In addition to the below activities, be sure to eat all the things. Indulge yourself with wine, pasta, pizza and gelato. Remember, vacation calories do not count.

Where to Stay in Rome

St Regis Rome

$700 per night

The St Regis Rome is above and beyond beautiful. Located in the coveted Piazza Navona, you cannot go wrong with this hotel. The rooms are large, elegant, and luxurious.

This hotel showcases. world-class service that St Regis is known for. in other words, you will have all of your needs taken care of.

Airbnb Near the Spanish Steps

$150 per night

On my past trip to Rome, I stayed in this gorgeous Airbnb apartment near the Spanish Steps. This place provides incredible value for your money.

The accommodation had the perfect location and great amenities. Since you will be spending a bit more time in Rome, it is great to have a fully functional home-base with a small kitchen.

Rome Day 1: Ancient Rome

The first day in Rome, you will be heading back in history. First, visit the Colosseum. The ticket line for the Colosseum gets extremely long so plan to book your tickets ahead.

If visiting in the summer, plan to visit early in the day before the sun gets too intense.

Next, walk a short distance to the Roman Forum. The entrance here will be included with your Colosseum ticket .

Wander the ancient rubble and learn from the informational signs posted throughout.

With any extra time, visit the outdoor market in the Trastevere neighborhood. There are many vendors selling local food, crafts, and alcohol.

Rome Day 2: Modern City

Day 2 in Rome will focus on the modern city center. If you are staying in one of the accommodations listed above, this will be the area directly surrounding your hotel.

Warning : These sights are all extremely busy so keep an eye out for pickpockets.

Trevi Fountain : Story says, if you toss a coin in the fountain, you will return to Rome someday. If you want to get a classic photo in front of the fountain, arrive at sunrise. Otherwise, you will be shoulder to shoulder with other tourists trying to toss their coin in as well.

Pantheon: A beautiful church in the center of modern Rome. Entrance is free and there is usually little to no line. Walk in, look up, and take in the architectural beauty of this site.

Piazza Navona : One of many vibrant squares in Rome, Pizza Navona is the most famous. This is a great place to relax on a park bench and watch the entertaining street performers. Visit the local artists showcasing their work all around the square and even think about buying a piece to bring home.

Spanish Steps : The Spanish Steps are in the area of Rome with the high-end designer shopping. Walk through the stores and admire the beautiful shoes, purses, and fashion.

If you are looking to splurge, treat yourself to buying something. I bought my first Gucci purse at the Spanish Steps location and it is a fond memory to this day.

Warning : This area is notorious for a tourist scam where a vendor will “gift” women with a rose then harass them to pay for it. To avoid this, do not accept any “gifts” and keep walking.

Rome Day 3: Vatican City

Enter a completely new country tucked into the center of Rome. The Vatican and Sistine Chapel are another opportunity to buy tickets ahead of time and save time.

Meander through the museums, take in the beautiful artwork and if you are lucky, spot the pope.

On our most recent trip to Rome, we noticed extra security when entering St. Peters Square. Oblivious, we continued walking around then heard voices booming from speakers.

In front of us, was the Pope giving a speech on a stage. This is one of the best travel memories I have to date.

Complete Rome travel guide here .

Venice, Italy

Unpopular opinion, but I think Venice is a bit overrated. While I think everyone needs to visit, 24 hours in Venice is plenty.

This gives you the perfect amount of time to enjoy the canals and visit the major sites without wasting unnecessary money on the expensive accommodations and food.

Where to Stay in Venice

Baglioni Hotel Luna

This hotel is absolutely gorgeous. Baglioni Hotel Luna is in the famous St Marks Square and is well worth the high price tag. The rooms are large, elegant and overlook the canals.

The rooftop lounge is to-die for and will make your 24 hours in Venice unforgettable.

Bauer Palazzo

Another great place to stay in Venice is the Bauer Palazzo . Also, nearby St Marks Square, the located of this hotel will optimize your travel time to all of the major sites during your 24 hours in Venice.

The rooms and hotel facilities are decorated in a traditional style that will make you feel like royalty.

Venice Day 1: City Highlights

St Marks Square: The center of action in Venice, St Mark’s Square is a great starting point for your day. Admire the landmark clock tower, visit local shops, and visit Saint Mark’s Basilica.

To avoid lines, purchase your basilica tickets ahead of time and arrive early.

Gondola Ride: When people think of Venice, their first though is likely the romantic gondolas that float the canals. This is a must when you visit.

If you wait to book a gondola until you arrive, it will cost around $80. You can book ahead here for $30.

Get Lost in the Canals : Some of my favorite memories of Venice have been getting lost in the canals. Away from the tourist centers, you will wander upon small squares where locals are drying laundry and kids are playing.

These areas showcase the true culture of Venice which in my opinion, overshadows the tourist attractions.

One Week European Cruise

From Venice, your next stop during your 3 weeks in Europe will be a European cruise. After a fast-paced trip with many stops, full travel days and constantly changing hotels, a cruise is the perfect way to relax while still seeing more destinations.

Benefits of Cruising

One Home-Base – A huge benefit of cruising is the ability to unpack and get comfortable in your cabin. You can also get comfortable with the layout of the cruise, the staff and the food options which can be comforting after a couple weeks of jumping around.

See Many Places – It would take at least double the time to see all these ports by land and air travel. Cruising allows you to optimize your time by traveling while you sleep and exploring during the day.

Meet New People- While these cruises hold thousands of passengers, you will find yourself running into the same people time and time again. This is a great way to meet people and make friends from all over the world.

Sample European Cruise Itineraries

There are many different European cruise itineraries leaving from many different ports. For the purposes of this European itinerary, I suggest finding one that embarks from Venice.

I highly recommend Royal Caribbean International , as it is our all-time favorite cruise line. Below, find two sample itineraries that are currently being offered.

European Cruise Itinerary #1: 7 Night Greek Isles Cruise

Venice, Italy — Kotor, Montenegro — Corfu, Greece — Athens, Greece — Mykonos, Greece — Argostoll, Greece — Cruising Day — Venice, Italy

European Cruise Itinerary #2: 7 Night Italy & Adriatic Cruise

Venice, Italy — Cruising — Olympia, Greece — Valletta, Malta — Cruising — Ibiza, Spain — Palma de Mallorca, Spain — Barcelona, Spain

European Cruise Port Guides

The below guides are samples of what you can do in some of the European cruise destinations.

Kotor, Montenegro Port Guide

Kotor, Montenegro is a lesser-known town in the Adriatic. Tucked at the base of mountains, this port town has great old-world charm.

Hike to the Castle of Saint Johns . This hike is tucked into the back of old town and consists of approximately 800 steps. At the end, you will be rewarded with panoramic views of the town and port.

Wander the old town of Kotor . Kotor has old-world charm with large walls, fortresses, and community squares. Wandering the streets will allow you to get a sense of the beauty of culture of this town.

Meet the local kittens . Kotor is known for having many stray kittens. These playful creatures are cared for by local businesses and are adorable.

If you prefer to explore with a guide, this private walking tour with food and wine tasting is the perfect way to see the city and learn about its history.

Dubrovnik Croatia Port Guide

Dubrovnik is an absolutely stunning city that has many things for visitors to do. It’s one of my favorite cities in the world, and a great cruise port.

Here are some of the top things to do in Dubrovnik: 1. Explore The Old Town: Dubrovnik’s beautiful old town is a must-see. Its winding, cobbled streets and ancient architecture make it one of the top tourist attractions in Croatia. Spend some time here wandering around and taking in the sights! 2. Go Island Hopping: Take a boat tour and visit some of the nearby islands, such as Lokrum or Mljet. On these islands you’ll find some gorgeous beaches, caves to explore, and plenty of opportunities to relax. 3. Visit Fort Lovrijenac: This fortress was built during the 11th century and offers incredible views over Dubrovnik’s old town as well as the Adriatic Sea beyond. Climb up to the top for a great photo opportunity!

Olympia, Greece Port Guide

Olympia, Greece, or the Port of Katakolon is the site of the original Olympic games. The main activity here is visiting the Olympic grounds.

Book a tour of the Olympic stadium through your cruise line or a local company. I highly recommend this private guided tour . You will be transported to and from the port, tour the entire stadium and learn about the local history.

Santorini, Greece Port Guide

Santorini is my favorite island in Greece due to the stunning beauty and carefree culture. To get to the town of Oia from the cruise port, be sure to book a boat or bus transfer.

Wander the town of Oia and shop local vendors. The white buildings and cobblestone pathways of Oia are world famous. The entire town is clean, luxurious, and very safe. Wander the hilly streets while stopping at local shops.

If you are there late enough, be sure to catch the sunset . Santorini is world-famous for having the best sunsets. The sky will glow with shades of orange which is a stark contrast to the whites and blues of the town.

Read more about one day in Santorini.

Barcelona, Spain Port Guide

Barcelona is one of the most visited cities in Spain, for good reason. It is a great place to sample the food and culture of this country.

Go to La Sagrada Familia and tour the inside. La Sagrada Familia is a modern church that was designed by Antoni Gaudi. This building is unique for two reasons: the non-traditional architecture and the extended build time (it is still under construction today). This ticket allows you to skip the line and includes a guided tour.

Visit the beaches for relaxing time in the sun. As a beautiful, coastal city, Barcelona has stunning beaches that attract both tourists and locals.

The Best Time to Visit Europe

Europe is a year-round destination. In the summer, focus your itinerary on coastal destinations where you can enjoy the water. In the winter, focus your itinerary on mountain destinations where you can enjoy the snow.

This Europe itinerary focuses on some coastal destinations that are more popular in the spring and summer but will be enjoyable in any season. To adjust this itinerary for the winter, perhaps add a few more destinations in France or Switzerland that known for snow, mountains, or Christmas markets.

Other Great Cities to Visit in Europe

Zermatt, switzerland.

Zermatt Switzerland is one of my favorite towns in Europe. If you are planning a trip for the winter, be sure to include Zermatt on your itinerary. In Zermatt, you can ski beside the Matterhorn, eat authentic cheese fondue, and play in the snow.

Check out my complete guide to Zermatt for more information.

Lake Como, Italy

Lake Como, Italy is not only one of the most beautiful places on Earth, but it’s also one of the most romantic getaways.

Located in the foothills of the Alps, Lake Como has a stunning natural landscape and is home to some of Italy’s finest villas. With its dramatic views, world-renowned cuisine and luxury accommodation options, this Italian paradise is perfect for couples looking for a romantic escape. If you are taking a cruise to or from Italy, Lake Como is a great addition.

Florence, Italy

Florence is my favorite city in Italy . I even like it more than Rome! If you have an extra two days, Florence can easily be added to the end of this itinerary by taking a train from Venice.

In Florence, enjoy the local food and shopping and soak in the last bit of European magic before heading home.

Summary of this Three Week Europe Trip Itinerary

Between the travel days and touring days, this itinerary will be approximately a full 3 weeks in Europe. I find this the perfect amount of time to see many places without getting burned out on full-time travel.

As mentioned above, this Europe trip itinerary is only a sample of how you can spend 3 weeks in Europe. Be sure to adjust based on your interests, budget, or logistics.

Related Posts:

• Balkans Road Trip 10 Day Itinerary & Travel Guide
• Best European Countries to Visit in November: 28 Trip Ideas
• Travel Guide & Itinerary For One Day In Dubrovnik Croatia
• One Day In Santorini – The Top Things To Do And See
• The Top Things To Do In Iceland In 2 Days – Guide To 48 Hours In Reykjavik
• One Day In Venice Italy – Quick Travel Guide & Itinerary
• Epic 4 Day Rome Itinerary And Travel Guide
• Two Days In Amsterdam – Quick Travel Guide & Itinerary

Pin for Later:

• 13 Best Acai Bowls in Honolulu, Waikiki, and Haleiwa on Oahu

2 Days in Split: The Top Things to Do and See in Split Croatia

• Two Days in Tucson: The Top Things to Do and Weekend Itinerary
• 12 Best Things To Do in Disneyland for Adults & Travel Tips

Lauren is the creator of The Traveling Moore blog. She's travel obsessed, having been to nearly 50 countries and all 7 continents. She has a full time corporate job, and loves showing others that it's still possible to travel the world with limited PTO hours. Lauren is also travel hacking obsessed, finding every way to travel more often and more luxuriously.

Similar Posts

One Day in Kotor: The Best Things to Do and One Day Itinerary

Share via: Facebook Twitter LinkedIn Copy Link More This guide to one day in Kotor shares everything about the…

Luxury Lake Como 2 Day Itinerary and Summer Travel Guide

Share via: Facebook Twitter LinkedIn Copy Link More This Lake Como 2-day itinerary explains the top things to do…

Share via: Facebook Twitter LinkedIn Copy Link More One of my favorite countries in Europe is Croatia. When I…

The Top Things to Do in Iceland in 2 Days: 48 Hour itinerary

Whether you are visiting Reykjavik as a stopover, weekend trip or portion of a Icelandic tour, this guide will help you optimize the time you have. Follow along our journey to the Blue Lagoon, Golden Circle and Northern Lights. Enjoy this step-by-step itinerary and other tips!

The 18 Best Warm Places in March in Europe for Vacation

Share via: Facebook Twitter LinkedIn Copy Link More Looking for warm places in March in Europe? There are many…

Travel Guide to a Zermatt Ski Vacation & 4-Day Itinerary

From skiing in the swiss alps to devouring fondue. A complete guide to getting there, what to do, what to eat and most importantly- how to hit the slopes.

3 Weeks in Europe Itinerary

By Author Katie

Posted on Last updated: August 9, 2022

Want to explore Europe? We share this 3 week in Europe itinerary so you know where to go and how to plan the perfect trip.

It’s finally happening! You are all set to embark on your long-coming vacation to Europe and the UK. You have the budget, the fashion accessories to stop people on the tracks of European roads, your passport, and 3 weeks of free days ahead. But there is one problem. How do you choose which places to visit in only 3 weeks?

Europe is full of scenic cities to revel in and thrilling activities that must be ticked off the bucket list. But you can’t fit all this in a 3-week trip. Don’t get paralyzed by stress just yet, as here is your perfect travel solution — the 3-week Europe itineraries.

These itineraries are carefully selected to help you make the most of your “Euro-cation.” Whether you are the type to go backpacking through Central Europe or want all the peace of the beautiful Scandinavian countries, let’s get you through some of the paths that will take you on the best 3 weeks in Europe. Dig in!

Tips for traveling to Europe

Before you get on to choosing your route, you must take note of the tips below, especially if you are a first-time traveler to Europe . They will make sure you get a smooth trip without wasting any time.

Keep 3-4 Nights for One City

This is a mistake most first-time visitors make. They either keep too many days or too few days for sightseeing in one city. You can count off the days you will arrive and leave, as most people won’t be able to see too much then.

The optimal number is 3-4 days for one city. Setting aside one day for leaving for another city,  2-3 days will give ample time to see all the top exciting places in a city. It is better to see the top spots of multiple cities than all the sights in just one city.

Eurail Pass

When you are traveling for three weeks, you don’t want to be stuck in a new city every few days figuring out their transport system. To prevent this, get a Eurail Pass before hopping on a flight to Europe. Eurail Pass is like a Europe-only ticket that will allow you to board any intercity train in Europe by simply showing the pass. You can order it before entering Europe if you are not a native European.

Claim Compensation for Delayed or Canceled Flights

When you are on the clock, delayed flights are a buzzkill. However, all is not lost if your flight was late. You are eligible for claiming compensation for delayed or canceled flights no matter what citizenship you have. Most people don’t know about their passenger rights, but these rights give you the benefit of getting up to $700 back if a flight is delayed, through no fault of your own, without spending a penny.

It doesn’t apply if you didn’t check in on time. The flight needs to reach the destination late by more than 3 hours for you to get a solid compensation. One of our friends had a flight delay on his way to Europe and he managed to claim TUI flight delay compensation via AirAdvisor. Know your flight delay rights as a passenger before you board one.

Take a Route through the Most Famous Cities

If you are very indecisive on the route but have a solid budget, this is the most spectacular itinerary. It will get you to see the best of Europe in 3 weeks. It is straightforward. It involves going through all the major cities of Europe. In this, you take a route through the following cities:

• Venice, Italy
• Vienna, Austria
• Budapest, Hungary
• Prague, Czech Republic
• Berlin, Germany
• Amsterdam, Netherlands
• Paris, France

Venice is just 2.5 hours by train from Milan. You can take a 1-hour 10-minute flight from Venice to Vienna. From there, it will take 2 hours and 20 minutes by Railjet train to reach Budapest. An overnight train takes 8 hours to reach Prague.

There is a direct train to Berlin from Prague in 4.5 hours. The intercity Berlin train takes 6 hours and 20 minutes to reach Amsterdam. A Thalys train will take you to Paris in just 3.5 hours. And you are done. All the major cities in one 3-week trip!

Europe in 3 weeks – where to go?

Venice – Italy

It’s one of the finest places in the world surrounded by boats, bridges, and canals; there are plenty of things to do in Venice, Italy . The city gives off vintage, romantic vibes. You can take a ferry to go over the Grand Canal or visit the Bridge of Sighs. The museums, bakeries, and synagogues of the historic Jewish District are a must-visit too. Also, check out the Rialto Bridge and squares of San Polo for markets.

Vienna – Austria

This is a place to enjoy grand architecture from imperial palaces to classic gardens. MuseumsQuartier District is dedicated to a variety of art. Vienna Prater is the world’s oldest amusement park. The Schönbrunn Palace, with its wide gardens, sculptures, and amazing interiors, is a must-visit too.

Budapest – Hungary

Some of the popular sites to visit include Buda Castle during the day and Chain Bridge during the night. Make sure you don’t miss taking some spa time at Gellért or Széchenyi thermal baths. Lake Balaton and adjacent areas are a great place to witness rural Hungarian life.  Take a tram ride to see the scenic view along the Danube River.

Prague – Czech Republic

Prague gives off medieval vibes. It is known for its colorful baroque buildings and distinctive architecture. Go witness the astronomical clock striking the hour and take a look at the Old Town Square as well. Stroll through the Gothic cathedrals. Vytopna Railway Restaurant is a great place to grab some beer.

Berlin – Germany

Berlin is a vibrant city with a full social life awaiting you. You must check out the East Side Wall in the capital of Germany if you are an ardent art fan. The East Side Wall is a part of the Berlin Wall. While you are there, check out the Berlin Wall Memorial too. Some other sites include Grunewald and Tempelhofer Feld.

Paris – France

The city of love and wine! The name that pops into mind when you hear of Paris is the Eiffel Tower, a place on almost everyone’s bucket list. For art lovers, you can’t miss the Louvre and Centre Pompidou. Make sure to get a taste of one of the amazing flans in the Montmartre neighborhood.

Amsterdam – Netherlands

The art scene here is striking, with narrow streets and many canals. You can take a canal cruise here or take a bike for a tour of the city. Van Gogh Museum and Galerie De Appel display some of the artists’ works in Amsterdam. For something brainy, go for a tour at the Rijksmuseum.

The ideal time would be to spend 3 days in each city, but if you are willing to let go of one of the cities, you can work off more nights in one of your favorite cities on the list. The important thing while traveling is not the area you covered, but how much you enjoyed it. 

Have fun in Europe!

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Expert Guide: 3 Weeks in Europe Where to Go - Unveiling Hidden Gems and Renowned Landmarks - Night Box

Friday 15th of December 2023

[…] Sources: 1. Three Week Traveller – Europe in 3 Weeks: 6 Itineraries 2. Creative Travel Guide – 3 Weeks in Europe Itinerary […]

Friday 22nd of April 2022

I'm spending two weeks in Europe for the first time this fall. So excited to go to Paris, Amsterdam, and Munich! I will definitely look into your tip on getting a Eurail Pass. Sounds like it's necessary for a first-timer. Thanks for the info!

Travelling Without a Passport

The Perfect Thailand Itinerary (3 Weeks) For First Timers

If you’re dreaming of adventuring to a radiant country that pairs exceptionally-friendly people with an unforgettable landscape, Thailand may be just what the doctor ordered. From the beaches of Koh Tao to the opulent palaces in Bangkok, this jewel of the Southeast finds a way to effortlessly blend old-world charm with ultra-modern experiences, which makes it a must-visit destination for travellers from all around the world.

So, if you’re ready to take the leap and book your next trip to one of Asia’s highlight countries, use this helpful guide, inspired by our friends at Intrepid Travel, to plan the perfect three-week Thailand itinerary.

Tip: don’t have time to read the whole article? Bookmark it instead and watch the video now or check out the best 2 week Thailand itineraries .

What city should you arrive into?

Suvarnabhumi International Airport in Bangkok is a hub for both domestic and international travellers arriving by air. Also referred to as Bangkok Airport, this bustling building is one of two international airports that serve Thailand’s capital. It’s located 30km from Bangkok’s city centre, and the average taxi ride will only cost approximately 120 Baht (or $4USD)

How can you get around?

However you choose to travel through Thailand is entirely up to you, but if you’re looking for a stress-free way to manoeuvre around this awe-inspiring destination, a tour is your best bet. Just remember, every tour operator worth their weight in brochures has built a name for themselves by crafting perfect itineraries filled with local secrets and unique experiences that you won’t find on your own.

While travelling solo in Thailand is certainly possible, public buses and trains can be challenging to navigate and they typically only connect you with major cities, which means you risk only getting a small taste of this incredible country. Of course, you can always rent taxis and arrange private transport for yourself, but these aren’t always cost-effective options, and you should always be wary of scams.

When should you visit?

The short answer is that Thailand is prime for a visit all year round! The long answer is that the climate varies throughout the country, and the effect of the seasonal rains differ from one region to another. For most of Thailand, the wettest months are usually from August to October, and the driest part of the year is between November and early April.

Where should you visit?

Now it’s time we answered the ultimate question: where should you go during this three week trip to Thailand? To make things easier, we’re breaking down each day and telling you the best food, sights, and experiences you absolutely can’t miss along the way to ensure your first time in Thailand is unforgettable.

How long to stay: 2-3 nights

Starting your adventure in Bangkok is an excellent way to kick things off in this impressive country. The metropolis of Bangkok is teeming with diverse experiences, ornate shrines, and vibrant street life that rivals the world’s most energetic cities. Dive right in by visiting the unofficial backpacking capital of the world, Khao San Road. Here you’ll be able to crunch on fried grasshoppers, shop at the market stalls, and hit up a bar to round off the night.

Once you’ve had your fill of this lively street, you can move on to Chinatown, where you’ll no doubt continue to indulge your taste buds with delicious seafood and behold the hundreds of paper lanterns that line the streets. But if you’re in search of a truly unique shopping experience, then check out the floating markets of Khlong Lat Mayom or Thaling Chan. Prioritize this as a morning activity, so you can avoid the crowds while basking in this truly unique experience. Keep your wallet close by so you can pick up some savoury or sweet treats from the shops that float by.

Of course, a visit to Bangkok wouldn’t be complete without visiting a few of the city’s iconic temples and palaces. Can’t-miss sites include the magnificent Grand Palace, the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, and Wat Pho, where you can see both the famous reclining Buddha and the Golden Buddha. Visit a massage studio for a chance to rejuvenate after your time in this chaotic city, so you feel refreshed and ready for the rest of your trip.

How long to stay: 3 nights

Next up, you can take a 6-hour train ride to the small city of Sukhothai. Established in the 13th century, the ancient kingdom of Sukhothai is famous for its UNESCO-designated historical park. We’d suggest spending a couple of nights or so in the surrounding area, unwinding from the hustle and bustle you just enjoyed in Bangkok. The park itself is an impressive celebration of the Golden Age of Thai civilisation, with the remains of 21 historic sites, dramatic depictions of Buddha’s image, and four large ponds, which are often filled with blooming lotus flowers.

The best way to experience the park is by hiring a bicycle and riding around the grounds at a relaxed pace for a few hours. Stop for a picnic lunch along the way, and if you have enough free time, visit a local ceramics factory to see this artwork in action.

And if you’re travelling with Intrepid, you’ll also get the chance to experience a homestay in a neighbouring village. Homestays are often a unique chance to get a glimpse into how locals live, as they provide a truly intimate perspective on their customs and traditions. Spend the night with a family and share in their daily activities to gain a little understanding of what it means to be Thai before carrying on to another of Thailand’s major cities, Chiang Mai.

Travel to: Thailand

Located in the mountainous region of Northern Thailand, this ancient city was originally founded in 1296, and its impressive visual history has stood the test of time for travellers to enjoy today.

The city is home to some of the best restaurants and cafes in the country, but the Buddhist temples shrouded in mist and fog from the nearby mountains are what make Chiang Mai truly shine. Make time over the next three days to visit these imposing temples, including Wat Doi Suthep, Wat Pan Tao, and Wat Phra Singh. Depending on the temple, you can participate in a monk chat and enjoy time speaking with the local monks about temple life and Buddhism, or complete a meditation course.

Bonus: You may have heard about travellers commemorating their Thailand experience with a sak yant, or bamboo tattoo. If this is on your bucket list, then Chiang Mai is considered the place to do it. But it can be challenging to find a safe and clean place to get this kind of tattoo. Check out our article for more information.

Once you’ve had your fill of cultural experiences, take a walk down San Kamphaeng Road, also known as the Handicraft Highway, where you’ll find merchants selling things like handmade pottery, sculptures, and silkwear. When night falls, make your way over to Chang Klan Road to shop at the night market and put your bartering skills to practice. Make sure you arrive with an empty stomach because there will be plenty of treats to feast on throughout the evening!

Another bonus of travelling with Intrepid is the opportunity to partake in a Thai cooking class. Study the secrets of Thai cuisine and learn about the ingredients that form your favourite dishes and how to prepare them yourself. Or if you’re in the mood for an active adventure, rent a bike and cycle along the banks of the Ping River, past fruit orchards, down country roads, and into the villages that surround the outskirts of the city for a peaceful, quiet moment away from a busy city centre.

Bangkok (again!)

How long to stay: 1-2 nights (including a night train)

After Chiang Mai, it makes sense to return to Bangkok and cross off any experiences you missed the first time around before you continue your journey down south. Catch a longtail boat down the Chao Phraya River where you can escape the chaos of Bangkok’s busy streets canalside. You can also spend another day eating or shopping your way around the city by tuk-tuk, or if you need an adrenaline kick then watch a Muay Thai fight in the downtown core.

Next, it’s time to head down south to Koh Pitak. To accomplish this, you’ll be partaking in a signature experience: riding an overnight sleeper train.

A tip from the experts is that no matter how humid it is outside, you should anticipate freezing cold temperatures onboard. Pack a sweater and long pants to stay comfortable as you ride in one of the train’s many air-conditioned bunk beds for a surprisingly comfortable 12-hour train journey.

How long to stay: 1 night

You’ll arrive in the area surrounding Koh Pitak early in the morning, so of course, breakfast will be a priority. Head straight to the Luangsuan market and sit down to a local style breakfast of porridge or rice noodle soup with pork liver. Next, you can walk to the pier and take a 10-minute boat ride to the quaint little island of Koh Pitak.

This place is worthy of an overnight stay, and the island is especially memorable for the genuinely local experience it provides its visitors compared to other more touristy islands. The island and its population are modest, and most of the residents are either fishermen or farmers.

During your visit spend time with the local fisherman and observe how they construct their creative fish traps. Again, if you’re travelling with Intrepid, you’ll have another opportunity to do a homestay that will include a homemade lunch, dinner, and breakfast. It’s safe to say that fresh local seafood will play a significant role in all your culinary experience on Koh Pitak!

How long to stay: 2 nights

Come morning it’s time to leave Koh Pitak and travel back to the mainland for a 1-2 hour long journey to Chumphon. By this time you’ve earned some luxury, so choose from a few stunning resort-style places located along Thung Wua Lan Beach. Spend the afternoon strolling along the pristine beaches of this uncrowded piece of coast, grab a drink or visit the local lookout point, Kaho Matsee.

You can also enjoy a full day of snorkelling, visiting spots that offer a diverse variety of underwater wildlife.

If picture-perfect beaches, spectacular coral reefs, and incredible diving opportunities are your thing, then you’ll love Koh Tao. You can reach this must-see island by ferry, which takes around two hours. But we’ll warn you: once you set foot on the island, you may never want to leave. You can while away the hours diving (or learning to dive), or perhaps by partaking in a cooking class, or with a spa visit. No matter what you decide, there are plenty of experiences that will keep you entertained. The best part is that while Koh Tao might look small, the nightlife is just as lively as the larger islands nearby. Enjoy a distinctly more intimate atmosphere while you dance the night away either on the beach or at a bar.

If you missed out on the chance to explore the marvellous coral reefs hiding below the surface, your second day could be spent on a snorkelling adventure. During this undersea adventure, you might be lucky enough to see a rare leopard shark, along with other colourful sea creatures or schools of fish. If you prefer to keep your head above water, you can still join the boat trip and relax on the deck with a beer in hand, or enjoy time lazing on the beach as you hop between multiple islands.

See Also: We Rank 11 of Thailand's Best Islands

Considered one of the most iconic destinations in Thailand, Koh Samui is even more impressive in real life and lives up to the idyllic image of white sand beaches and soaring palm trees. Accessible only by boat from the mainland, the journey will take about 2-3 hours, depending on the weather and the conditions on the water. You might be surprised to learn that Koh Samui is the third largest island in Thailand, which means there’s something for everyone and you’re free to explore the area exactly the way you want to.

Take day one to join an optional cooking class and flex your skills and ability, or spend time on a sightseeing tour and visit the many markets, temples, impressive waterfalls, and vibrant stops along the way.

If you want to step away from Koh Samui and extend your travels further, why not explore the archipelago of Ang Thong Marine National Park? You’ll find over 40 islands in a small cluster just off Koh Samui. Travel by a speedboat and spend the day hopping between the islands of Ko Wao or Ko Tai Plow, and marvel at the steep limestone formations jutting out from the water.

Stop at the inland saltwater lagoon called Emerald Lake (Talay Nai), which is connected to an underground cave. From here you can reach a magnificent hilltop lake viewpoint and if you packed your lunch, this will be the best spot to eat and enjoy the scenery. By the time you are done exploring the lagoon and its surroundings, you can round off the day with a stop at one of the many bars that are only a short distance away.

See Also: Most Beautiful Places To Get Scuba Certified In Thailand

As you finish up your days in Thailand you can rest assured knowing that with a 3-week itinerary like this one, you’ll have left few experiences undiscovered. Of course, one of the country’s strengths is that it’s so jam-packed with nature, culture, and activities that it requires multiple visits, perhaps over one’s lifetime, to truly be fully and entirely experienced. You can also take the hassle out of organizing your first trip yourself by booking one of Intrepid Travel’s many tours. Need more convincing? Watch our friends Sam and Laura take one of Intrepid’s very own tours through Thailand and put yourself in the shoes of a first-time visitor!

And don’t forget to tell us if we’ve missed any of the essential must-have experiences for a three-week trip through Thailand! Let us know your favourite things to do and we’ll add it to our itinerary.

Jackie is a travel-addicted Canadian who currently resides in Vienna, Austria. When she’s not writing travel guides or reading her new favourite book, she’s planning her next weekend getaway somewhere in Europe.

Related Articles

• Food & Drink

Your Guide to Amsterdam’s Secret Bars and Speakeasies

One of the most popular cities in Europe, Amsterdam has no...

• North America

Your Guide to Easter Around the World

Easter is a time to celebrate new beginnings. The symbols and...

• Central America

The Best Spring Break Destinations

As long as academics have been a part of our lives,...

The Best Yoga Festivals in Europe

Get unlimited access to the world's best travel stories. subscribe now., privacy overview.

Colombia Itinerary: The Complete 3-Week Travel Guide

Discover the unexpected in extraordinary Colombia ! In a country of two sides, expect to find steel skyscrapers bordering colorful pueblos, beaches backing onto snow-capped mountains, and dense green jungle merging into red deserts. Travel this immense country with our 3-week Colombia itinerary, eating plenty of arepas as you go and always saying ‘yes’ to every adventure—whether that’s dancing in the street or tubing down roaring rivers.

Ultimate Colombia Itinerary

Colombia is such a diverse country; it’s home to a turquoise blue sea, beautiful beaches, mountains, coffee farms, colonial towns, and the tallest palm trees in the world. It’s vast, and with all this scenery, you’ll need months to discover it all. However, in 3-weeks, you can still explore various destinations with this ultimate Colombia itinerary. 

Tip: Looking for a more relaxed trip? Either have a look at our 2-week Colombia travel guide or consider dropping Tatacoa , Minca , or Palomino from your 3-week Colombia itinerary.

Day 1: Bogota (Arrival)

On day 1, arrive in the capital city of Colombia: bustling Bogota . This city is often missed in favor of other cities on a Colombia itinerary. However, it’s well worth staying for a few days. The city is a melting pot of old and new—a place where towering glass skyscrapers fill the spaces between old colonial buildings and mammoth murals.

Where to stay in Bogota

Stay in the beautiful area of La Candelaria with its quiet pedestrianized streets and colorfully painted houses. It’s also the safest area in Bogota and is a reasonable distance from all the things to do in the city. See all hotels in Bogota here .

Hotels in Bogota 😴

Day 2: Bogota

Wake up on day 2 and enjoy a typical Colombian breakfast of Bandeja Paisa before joining a street art tour. On the tour, you’ll learn about the work of CRISP and the turbulent history between street artists and police. However, these days, artists have far more creative freedom in Bogota as they’re less likely to face persecution. Because of this, you’ll find colorful murals painted all around the city.

La Candelaria is a great neighborhood for your art tour and a nice spot for cafes and boutique shops.

Book your art tour in Bogota

Monserrate Mountain, Bogota

In the afternoon, set your sights on the majestic mountain ridge that towers over Bogota: Monserrate. It’s possible to hike up here, but it can take anything between 2-4 hours (and the trail can only be entered in the morning). Because of this, we recommend taking the cable car/funicular instead.

Enjoy a cup of tea at the top, looking out over the views of sprawling Bogota below and reflecting on your time in this fascinating city.

Read: Top things to do in Bogota

Day 3: Bogota to Tatacoa Desert  

On Day 3 of your Colombia itinerary, get up early to embark on your journey to Tatacoa Desert (a 7-hour bus ride). Although the journey is long, it’s well worth it when you reach the otherworldly landscapes of Tatacoa.

The temperatures here are very hot. However, it does get an unusual amount of rainfall, making it greener and not technically a ‘desert’. 

How to get from Bogota to Tatacoa

By Bus: 6-9 hours, depending on stops to the nearest big town, Neiva. Here take a taxi or bus for another hour to get to Tatacoa.

Book your bus to Tatacoa

By Plane: Short on time? Consider flying from Bogota to Neiva (1 hour) and then taking a taxi or bus to Tatacoa. 

Book your flight to Neiva

However, if you want to travel sustainably , you could take an overnight bus on night 2. This means you’ll arrive in Tatacoa Desert first thing in the morning on Day 3.

Where to stay in Tatacoa

Tatacoa desert has a mix of lodges and glamping options, providing you with the real desert stargazing experience. However, if you want more accommodation options (especially hotels with pools), consider staying in the nearby town of Villavieja. From here, it’s only a 10-minute tuk-tuk ride into the desert.  See all hotels in Tatacoa Desert .

Hotels in Tatacoa 😴

Day 4: Tatacoa Desert

Day 4 is here, and it’s time to explore Colombia’s best-kept secret: the incredible Tatacoa Desert! Jump in a tuk-tuk and embark on your tour of the two deserts. In the red desert, you’ll find different minerals which create a rainbow effect (much like the rainbow mountain in Peru ).

In contrast, the gray desert is nicknamed the ‘valley of the ghosts’ because of its unique shapes and moon-like landscapes.

Spend a day here hiking among the otherworldly landscapes and, in the evening, stargaze in one of the most beautiful spots on earth. There are incredible stars because there is almost no light pollution in Tatacoa.

Read: Tatacoa Desert (Colombia’s best-kept secret)

Day 5: Tatacoa to Salento

The drive from Tatacoa to Salento takes around 7 hours, back north towards Bogota . Make sure to keep your eyes open for fantastic views as you worm up into the green mountains of Colombia’s most famous coffee region. 

How to get from Tatacoa to Salento

Take the bus back to Neiva (1 hour) by taking a bus or jeep from the square on the west side of Villavieja (cost 10,000 COP). From here, take a direct bus from Neiva to Armenia or Pereira (6.5 hours). Once you reach Armenia/Pereira, jump on a smaller bus to Salento , which takes 1 hour.

Please note: Bus times are slightly tricky, as they run mainly in the very early hours of the morning or later at night.

Book your bus to Pereira

You can fly from Neiva to Pereira or Armenia airport. However, there are no direct flights (each flight will make a change in Bogota, Colombia). Usually (including stopover), this will take around 3 hours. Please note that once you’ve added luggage, the flights often cost more than the bus. 

Book your flight to Salento

Where to stay in Salento

Stay anywhere in the village as it’s tiny and will locate you near the center. If you want a more remote experience, consider staying at an eco-resort or glamping in the nature of the Cocora Valley. See all your accommodation options in Salento .

Hotels in Salento 😴

Day 6: Salento

Salento is one of the most beautiful places to visit on your 3-week Colombia itinerary. Nestled deep in the mountains and the coffee highlands, it’s home to some of the most epic scenery in the country, including the legendary Cocora Valley . Here, you’ll find the world’s tallest palm trees towering over green rolling hills as the mountain mist creeps in.

Spend day 6 on a tour of the Cocora Valley . Jump in a Willy (the old-fashioned jeep) from the town center and choose to do the complete valley hike (5-6 hours) or one of the shorter trails.

Alternatively, you can also go horseback riding, which offers you a completely different perspective of the landscape. It’s also a fantastic way to see the secret corners of the valley.

As with all animal tours, always do your research to check that the provider is ethical and sustainable (an important form of wildlife tourism ).

Read: Best things to do in Salento

Day 7: Salento

On day 7, enjoy the delights of this Colombia backpacking town. The main street, Calle Real, is lined with colorful storefronts in all the colors of the rainbow. Make sure to come early before the shops open (before 9 AM) so you can see the colors at their best before the doors are open.

Afterward, follow signs from Calle Real to the Mirador Salento, where you’ll find incredible views of the town and valley below. 

In the afternoon, book a coffee tour and make the most of this UNESCO World Heritage Site (Salento is part of Colombia’s cultural coffee landscape). Alternatively, if you’d like a dip, head for the Santa Rita la Cascada, a beautiful waterfall just outside town.   

Book your coffee tour in Salento

Day 8: Salento to Medellin

Say goodbye to the luscious greenery of Salento and head for the metropolis of Medellin—one of the best cities to visit if you’re backpacking in Colombia ! It sits around 7 hours north of Salento, and it’s easy to take a direct bus there. However, if you want a shorter journey, you can take a direct flight from Pereira or Armenia airport.

How to get from Salento to Medellin

By Bus: Take a bus from Salento to Periera or Armenia (roughly 1 hour). You can then take a direct bus to Medellin from either of these destinations in 5-6 hours. Buses should cost anything between 17-20 USD.

Book a bus to Medellin

By Plane: Fly direct to Medellin from Pereira or Armenia. The flight time is between 40-50 minutes, so it’s a good option if you don’t have much time on your Colombia itinerary.

Book your flight to Medellin

Where to stay in Medellin

The most popular area to stay in Medellin is El Poblado, which is more expensive as it’s known as the neighborhood for tourists and ex-pats. However, it’s also one of Medellin’s friendliest and safest areas. For something cheaper, look in the safe (but less touristy) neighborhood of Laureles. See all hotels in Medellin .

Hotels in Medellin 😴

Day 9: Medellin

Medellin is a wonderfully unusual city, nestled in a valley inland. Here you can find an urban landscape with plenty of amazing things to do.

It’s also known as the city of ‘La Primavera Eterna’, meaning ‘eternal spring’ because the weather is so good all year round. Because of this, it’s the perfect place to go on a bike tour , checking out the colorful buildings of El Poblado and the unique sculptures of Fernando Botero.

Book your electric bike tour in Medellin

Comuna 13, Medellin

In the afternoon, head to the most interesting neighborhood of Medellin: Comuna 13. This was once one of the most dangerous areas of the city, known for its gangs and guerillas.

The history here is very somber. However, its sad past has led its inhabitants to push forward into the world of creativity.

In fact, now it’s known all over the country for its street art, graffiti, and music scene. Join a free tour and learn about the area (one of the top things to do on your Colombia itinerary!).

Read: Best things to do in Medellin

Day 10: Medellin ( Guatape )

Wake up early on day 10 and head for one of the prettiest villages in Colombia , just a 1.5-hour drive away. Guatape and its rock is a super colorful village lying close to the mountains and surrounded by many lakes. Spend the morning walking its cobbled streets and admiring all the colorfully painted doorways and windows. 

Click here to read everything about Guatape and its rock .

From the village, jump in a tuk-tuk to ‘The Rock’, a 10 million tonne rock that can be seen from far and wide. Steps are now zig-zagged into the rock (675 in total), so you can climb to the top for awesome views of the valley and the many surrounding lakes. 

Book your tour to Guatape

Day 11: Medellin to Minca

Minca is 15 hours away in the very north of Colombia. For this reason, taking a flight or an overnight bus is best, so you don’t waste too much time on your Colombia 3-week itinerary. 

Take a morning flight to make the most of your time in Minca; it’s one of the most beautiful natural areas—nestled in the dense green hills of northern Colombia.

It’s also the gateway to the ruins of the ‘lost city’, which are thought to be 650 years older than Machu Picchu . It’s the perfect place to unwind, drinking coffee while you look out over the treetops and the coast in the far distance. 

How to get from Medellin to Minca

By Bus: You can take an overnight bus from Medellin to Santa Marta, which takes around 15-16 hours. This will also save you from wasting valuable time on your Colombia itinerary. 

Book your bus to Santa Marta

By Plane: The nearest airport is Santa Marta, which is around a 45-minute taxi ride away, and normally costs 90,000 COP (21.50 USD). Alternatively, take a shared taxi (Collectivo) from Estacion de Minca (in the center of Santa Marta), which is a much cheaper option at 9,000 COP (2.25 USD) per person.

Book your flight to Santa Marta

Where to stay in Minca

Stay somewhere with a pool as during the day it gets very hot. You can stay anywhere in Minca as you’ll need to get on a motorcycle taxi to get around anyway. Choose from beautiful eco-lodges, treehouse-style hostels, and glamping; this is nature at its finest!  See all accommodation in Minca.

Hotels in Minca 😴

Day 12: Minca

On day 12, explore the sights in this natural paradise, including the blue lagoon and the Marinka Waterfall. Both spots are also great for a dip and are walkable from the village, although the hot temperatures of the day can make it a little harder. For this reason, we recommend using a motorcycle taxi to get around.

Not far from the Blue Lagoon, you can also find the famous Finca la Victoria, which is one of the oldest coffee farms in Colombia. Join a coffee tour and learn all about the process from bean to cup, including their eco-friendly and organic techniques.

Discover the jungle town: all things to do in Minca!

Day 13: Minca to Tayrona National Park

On the coast just below Minca, discover the incredible Tayrona National Park , a beautiful protected area that isn’t dissimilar to the scenery you’d find in the Caribbean! 

The park has two entrances, either El Zaino (the main entrance) or Calabazo. Arrive as early as possible (before 8 AM), so you’re guaranteed entry, as the park limits how many people can enter each day. Make sure to also wear suitable footwear as you’ll be doing lots of walking inside Tayrona.

Entrance Fee: 68,500 COP (± 16 USD) during the high season. 57,500 COP (± 13.5 USD) in the low season. Please note that you’ll also have to pay mandatory park insurance, which costs 10,000 COP (± 2.5 USD).

How to get from Minca to Tayrona National Park

By Car: Either hire a car for yourself or jump in a taxi which takes 50-60 minutes from Minca . Prices for taxis can range from 60,000-80,000 COP (14 – 19 USD).

By bus: you can take a shared taxi (Collectivo) back to Santa Marta and then jump on the local bus, which runs between Santa Marta and Palomino . This local bus leaves every 30 minutes and costs 7000 COP (1.70 USD) to the El Zaino entrance at Tayrona.

Where to stay in Tayrona National Park

There are no hotels inside Tayrona National Park itself, so if you’re looking for something a little more comfortable, you’ll need to stay on the main road just outside the park.

Hotels in Tayrona 😴

Within the park, you can stay in a bungalow or eco-lodge, like Ecohabs Bamboo . However, if you want an authentic experience in nature, we recommend hiring a hammock or a tent; it’s the perfect way to see the stars after a fantastic day in Tayrona.  See all accommodation in Tayrona National Park .

Day 14: Tayrona National Park

Wake up in the refreshing morning air after a night of stargazing from your hammock. Take a moment to admire the dense jungle surrounding you, with only the sounds of birds for company. 

Spend day 14 walking along the trails within Tayrona, discovering secret coves and beautiful blue water for swimming. The park is situated on the Caribbean coast of Colombia , which is known for its dangerous waters.

Because of this, some of the beaches within the national park aren’t safe for swimming. However, some places are suitable, for example, the most popular beaches of Cabo San Juan del Guia and Playa Cristal (great for snorkeling because of its clear water!). 

Read: Best things to do in Tayrona National Park

Day 15: Tayrona to Palomino

Say goodbye to your hammock and the luscious landscapes and wildlife of Tayrona National Park, and hello to another charming village on the Caribbean Coast: Palomino! Just a 45-minute bus ride away, discover this laidback town that’s popular for those that are backpacking in Colombia.

There isn’t much to do here, but that’s the beauty of it—it’s all about taking it slow, sunbathing in the shade of mango trees, watching the toucans fly between the palms, and enjoying the refreshing temperatures of the waterfalls outside of town. 

How to get from Tayrona to Palomino

By Bus: A local bus travels between Santa Marta and Palomino, stopping along the way at Tayrona. You can jump on this bus just outside the national park entrance (just wave down the driver). The ticket price is 8,000-10,000 COP (1.85 – 2.30 USD)

Please note: There is one hour of walking from the end of the trail to the Tayrona National Park entrance. Skip this and take a motorbike taxi for 5,000 COP (1.15 USD).

Where to stay in Palomino

The beaches in Palomino aren’t great for swimming, so we recommend finding accommodation with a pool to cool down in. Choose somewhere like Casa del Pavo Real (only a 5-minute walk from the ocean).  See all hotels in Palomino, Colombia .

Hotels in Palomino 😴

Day 16: Palomino

Head to the main Palomino beach to relax and enjoy the sights and sounds of the Caribbean coast. There’s plenty of space to sunbathe under the shade of the palm trees, and we recommend buying yourself a freshly squeezed fruit juice from one of the many beach shacks.

If you want a bit more action, head across the river to the next beach where you can book a surf lesson. 

In the afternoon, enjoy Palomino’s most famous activity: tubing! This is an absolute must-do on any Colombia itinerary. Arrange a tour in town (or with your hotel), and you’ll be dropped at the river with a large inflatable tube. From here, you’ll spend a few hours floating down the river. It’s the perfect thing to do with friends and a great way to get a different perspective of Palomino from the river.

Read: Best things to do in Palomino

Day 17: Palomino

A top thing to do in Palomino is to visit one of the many dog shelters. Sadly, stray dogs are everywhere in Colombia, and many kind people are working hard to rescue and rehabilitate them. We did a tour with Dog Shelter Palomino, where we did a river walk with rope swings, enjoyed a picnic, and cuddled all the amazing dogs. It was such a lovely experience! 

Book your tour on their Instagram

Tip: Still got some time in Palomino? A 30-minute bus ride away, discover the incredible Quebrada Valencia Falls—the perfect place for a refreshing dip! 

Day 18: Palomino to Cartagena

After a relaxing few days on the coast, it’s time to head back to city life. This time, head for the colorful Cartagena, a city unlike any other you’ll find in Colombia. Discover a place where every house is painted in the brightest colors, and street sellers wander with tropical fruit baskets. 

The distance between Palomino and Cartagena is not that long in itself (just under 6 hours). However, the transport links can be a little strange, and with buses, you’ll generally need to change in Santa Marta. 

How to get from Palomino to Cartagena

By Bus: 7-9 hours with a change in Santa Marta (no need to prebook in advance). To get to Santa Marta, you’ll need to take the local bus, which takes 1.5 hours. Once you’re in Santa Marta, head for the central bus station. Buses leave for Cartagena every half an hour, costing 43,000 COP (10 USD). 

Book a bus in Colombia

Where to stay in Cartagena

The old town is the most charming area (within the walled city). You’ll also find the Getsemani neighborhood next door, which is a little cheaper and still convenient for seeing everything in Cartagena. Find your hotel in Cartagena here .

Hotels in Cartagena 😴

Day 19: Cartagena

Cartagena showcases city life unlike any other place on your Colombia 3-week itinerary. It’s not got the urban feel of cities like Bogota and Medellin. Instead, you’ll find tropical vibes and beautiful bright colonial buildings. Everywhere you look, there’s color; look out for the ladies carrying fruit on their heads and wearing vibrant dresses.

Spend your first full day in Cartagena exploring the different neighborhoods, from the colonial houses of the walled city to the street art of Getsemani. After a day of wandering, make sure to also visit the famous Cafe Havana in Getsemani, where you can enjoy an authentic salsa dancing experience. 

Read: 10 best things to do in Cartagena

Day 20: Cartagena  

On your penultimate day in Colombia, book a boat tour and discover the Baru Islands, a group of islands that lie just off the coast of Cartagena. You’ll find white sandy beaches and beautiful blue water. Plus, it’s a local favorite, so there’s a buzz that’s hard to beat, with beach bars playing music and serving cocktails.

As you return to Cartagena by boat (45 minutes), you’ll also have exceptional views of the Cartegena skyline, bathed in sunset colors. It’s a beautiful way to end your time in this incredible country. 

Book your Baru Islands tour

Tip: If you want an authentic Caribbean island experience, choose the Rosario Islands instead. This group of 28 islands is 1-hour boat ride from the city and is home to the most pristine beaches and fantastic snorkeling. 

Day 21: Cartagena (Departure)

On the final day of your Colombia itinerary, it’s time to say goodbye to this vibrant country. 

Cartagena is a great destination to leave from, as it’s a top-rated holiday destination for Americans, so there are plenty of flight options to the USA. The airport (Rafael Nunez) also has direct flights to bigger cities like Bogota and Medellin . 

How to Visit Colombia in 3 Weeks

Whether you’re backpacking in Colombia or choosing a more upscale experience, there’s something for everyone, and it would be easy to carry on exploring for months! The country is enormous, but 3 weeks is a reasonable amount of time to see some of the main destinations in Colombia. This Colombia itinerary includes all the best activities, places, and transport options to make your trip one to remember.

Tip: If you want a more relaxed backpacking trip in Colombia, you can eliminate Tatacoa, Minca, or Palomino from your itinerary.

Getting to Colombia

There are a few international airports in Colombia. You can fly to the USA from Cartagena airport, and from Bogota and Medellin, you can find direct flights worldwide. The best flights arrive at El Dorado Aiport (Bogota), where your Colombia itinerary starts. 

Tip: you can also cross borders from Panama or Ecuador if you’re already traveling in those countries. 

Getting Around Colombia

Traveling by local bus in Colombia is the cheapest way to get around. However, the country is enormous, and the distances can be very far between destinations on your Colombia itinerary. Because of this, we recommend taking overnight buses, so you don’t miss out on valuable sightseeing days. Plus, you’ll save on a night’s accommodation—win-win!

Book your bus in Colombia

By Plane: 

Because of the long distances, many people opt to fly between cities. However, tickets can be expensive, and once you’ve added the luggage cost, it can seem pretty unaffordable. If you’re short on time, though, it’s one of the easiest and most comfortable ways to travel. For more remote destinations like Tatacoa Desert and Minca, you’ll need to fly to the closest airports (normally about a 1-2 hour bus/taxi ride away).

Book your flight in Colombia

By Organized Tour

For ease of travel, book an organized tour to take you to various destinations on your Colombia itinerary. These types of tours will typically include return transportation (usually in a shared bus), as well as a guide to teach you more about each place. Whether it’s a day tour to the Baru Islands or a 4-day walking to the lost city (Minca), there is something to fit every type of traveler. 

Our Favorite Colombia Accommodations

There are so many fantastic places to stay in Colombia, whether it’s hammocks under the stars of the Caribbean Coast, a treehouse in the mountains, or a hotel with a rooftop pool among the skyscrapers of the big city. Below are our favorites for each destination on this Colombia 3-week itinerary.

• Bogota: Botanico Hostel , Selina La Candelaria
• Tatacoa Desert: Mana Star Hotel , El Penon de Constantino , Star Eco Hotel (Villavieja)
• Salento: Coffee Tree Boutique Hostel , Terrazas de Salento , Montana Glamping , Hotel Terasu Salento
• Medellin: Los Patios Hostel , Range Boutique Hostel , Nomanda Hotel , Sites Hotel
• Minca: Siembra Boutique Hostel , Mundo Nuevo Eco Lodge , Hostel Sierra
• Tayrona: Eco Lodge Chayrama , Ecohabs Bamboo
• Palomino: Casa del Pavo Real , Reserva Natural El Matuy
• Cartagena: Sofitel Santa Clara , Republica Hostel Cartagena

How Much Does 3 Weeks in Colombia Cost?

Colombia is known as a cheap destination to travel in, especially for food, accommodation, and activities. Transport can be a little more expensive because of the long distances and the need to take flights between a few locations on this Colombia itinerary. However, generally, it’s excellent for those who are backpacking in Colombia on a budget.

Costs of Traveling in Colombia

Travel on a budget in Colombia, from $150 − $1040 USD weekly per person, mid-range $570 − $1180 USD, and high-end from $1140 − $2060 USD. However, costs depend on factors like accommodation, transportation, and activities. We did not include flights. Check flight prices here

• Hotels: $15 − $250 USD Check available hotels
• Hostels: $8 − $100 USD Check available hostels
• Transport: $3 − $80 USD Book public transport
• Food: $3 − $20 USD
• Activities: $5 − $15 USD See tickets & tours
• Sim: $1 − $3 USD Get an eSIM or SIM here
• Travel Insurance: $2 − $6 USD Get Travel Insurance

Best Time to Visit Colombia

The driest months to travel with this Colombia itinerary are December – March. This is the best time to visit most destinations. Outside of these months can be stormy. However, it’s still a good time to visit, and the prices will be much lower.

We also recommend avoiding the month of December for places like Tayrona National Park , as it gets very popular with locals on holiday and may be busy. 

Do I need a Visa for 3 Weeks in Colombia? 

Most passport holders do not need a visa to enter Colombia for a stay of fewer than 90 days. However, you will need a valid passport and may need to show evidence of a return or onward journey.

Is Colombia Safe?

Colombia has a reputation for being unsafe, mainly because of drug cartels, gangs, and guerilla warfare. Its history has been turbulent. However, in general, things have been looking up in recent years. We had a very positive experience and always felt safe. However, as with all destinations, always exercise caution. For example, stick to safe neighborhoods, don’t walk down dark streets at night, and keep anything valuable locked up at your hotel.

Learn more about travel safety

Travel Insurance for Backpacking in Colombia

You might only be traveling in Colombia for 3 weeks, but we recommend purchasing single trip insurance to protect against any unforeseen circumstances. For example, lost baggage, phone theft, or a motorbike accident.

Travel Insurance Don't forget a travel insurance for your Colombia trip! Heymondo covers medical emergencies, theft, delays, cancellations, lost luggage, and more, with 24/7 worldwide assistance and medical chat. As a Salt in our Hair reader, we've got you 5% off! Check Heymondo here

If you’re backpacking in Colombia, taking out travel insurance is particularly important, as you’ll likely want to participate in group activities like surfing, mountain trekking, or horseriding.

What to Pack for a 3-Week Colombia Itinerary

Depending on the time of year you visit, you may have different weather when backpacking in Colombia. Especially during the nights in the mountains or desert, temperatures can drop, so make sure to always have extra layers with you.

Colombia Packing List

• Take layers – Layers of clothing are essential to add or remove items, especially in mountainous destinations like Minca, when the temperatures can drop in the evening.
• Quick-dry clothing – Depending on when you visit, you may have a little rain during your trip to Colombia. Take clothing made of fabrics that dry quickly because items take very long to dry due to the tropical, humid weather.
• Microfiber towel – Like quick-dry clothing, it’s beneficial to take microfiber towels as they dry much faster and are incredibly lightweight.
• Waterproof backpack – Keep your valuables dry in a waterproof backpack or a rain cover that comes with your bag. 
• Raincoat – The final item for rain is a waterproof jacket/raincoat. Some can also be easily folded into a package that you can take anywhere.
• Hat – Always take a hat/cap to protect you against that beautiful Colombian sunshine
• Long socks & trousers – You might also want to take long socks & trousers for some hikes, night walks, or evenings outside to cover your legs and prevent mosquito bites.
• Suitable footwear – Good walking shoes/sneakers/sandals are a must. Hikes can be somewhat challenging with muddy or rocky paths. It’s not wise to wear flip-flops here. 
• Earplugs – Your nights can be disturbed by animal sounds, music, or the sound of the waves when sleeping in your hammock/tent in Colombia. Earplugs save you from having a sleepless night! 
• Camera – Capture memories of your 3 weeks in Colombia with a waterproof camera like a GoPro, or get good protection gear for your camera so you won’t have problems if it rains unexpectedly. 
• Power bank – For long hikes, power outages, or moments in the jungle, it’s helpful to have a power bank to recharge your phone ( get one here ).

Packing Sustainable Items

• Insect repellent – Bring an insect repellent but get a non-toxic product to prevent harming nature or animals.
• Sunscreen – An obvious addition to repellent is also sunscreen. We recommend a product without toxic ingredients, so it doesn’t harm the environment. ( Read about alternative sunscreens here )
• Refillable water bottle/purifier – Water is drinkable from the tap in most places in Colombia, except on the coast and in less developed areas. Bring a reusable water bottle with you, which will save you from buying single-use plastic bottles; refill instead!
• Stainless steel straw – Coconuts and fresh fruit juice are often sold on Colombia’s streets. Carry a stainless steel straw with you and avoid plastic or single-use straws. Top tip: With stainless steel, you can also scrape out the delicious inside of the coconut.

By purchasing through our links, you support us at no additional cost. Thank you for your support. ♥️

• Find Hotels via Booking.com
• Find a Rental Car via Sunny Cars
• Find Flights to Colombia via Skyscanner
• Get a Travel Insurance via Heymondo
• Book Tours & Attractions via GetYourGuide
• Book a Bus/Train/Transfer via 12Go

13 Best Things to do in Medellin, Colombia

Guatapé: tips for the colorful village and el peñol rock (colombia), cocora valley, colombia: hike along the world’s tallest palm trees.

Looking for more travel information? Plan a chat with us for personalised travel advice or get an answer from the Salt in our Hair Travel Community on Facebook.

I’ve been using several of your blog posts about Colombia for a couple weeks now. I must say that it is genuinely the best layout I could have imagined to get information and recommandation for my 3-week trip coming up. Wonderful job ! :)

Ah thank you so so much Raphaelle! Truly appreciate that you’re taking the time to let us know. That’s super motivating to us ♥️

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

  Notify me when new comments are added.

The Perfect 3 Week Indonesia Itinerary: Best Places to Visit in Indonesia

Lush landscapes. Pristine beaches. Friendly locals. Indonesia is one of the most magnificent destinations in the world!

If you’re planning your Indonesia itinerary and looking for the best things to do in 3 weeks, you’ve come to the right place.

I spent over 12 months in the country and ventured from the volcanoes in Java to the rice terraces in Bali. I backpacked my way overland from Lombok to Sumbawa then to Flores and finally, Sumba Island.

But with only 3 weeks in Indonesia, you won’t have enough time to do everything!

So, to help you craft the perfect trip, this Indonesia travel itinerary will take you to those magnificent landmarks you won’t want to miss. It’s a great balance of adventure and culture for first-time visitors and can be easily customized into a 2 week or 1 month itinerary for Indonesia.

Quick Navigation

How many days in Indonesia

You’ll need at least 3 weeks in Indonesia (or more)! The country is massive and with over 17 000 islands, there are endless amounts of things to do and see.

But not everyone has time on their side, so you need to decide where your priorities lie.

Are you planning a backpacking itinerary for Indonesia? Do you want to travel slowly? Are you in search of natural attractions or cultural sights?

When is the best month to plan your trip to Indonesia

April to October are the best months to visit Indonesia. This is the dry season so you can expect warm sunny days with little to no rain.

The peak tourist season runs from July to September. There are larger crowds and higher prices during these months.

If you’re planning your Indonesia itinerary for December to March, you can expect a fair bit of rainfall. This is the rainy season after all, and it also gets extremely humid during these months.

If you’re backpacking Indonesia or doing lots of hiking, island hopping and outdoor activities, then I recommend avoiding travel during the rainy season.

3 week Indonesia itinerary Summary

Below is a summary of where to go in Indonesia. This includes island hopping and seeing all the top attractions.

• Day 1 – 3: Seminyak, Bali
• Day 4 – 5: Ubud, Bali
• Day 6 – 7: Gili Islands, Lombok
• Day 8 – 9: Kuta, Lombok
• Day 10 – 13: Komodo National Park, Flores
• Day 14 -15: Uluwatu, Bali
• Day 16-20: Optional (Java, Bali or Flores)
• Day 21: Fly home

Indonesia itinerary: Where to go, eat, play, and stay

This 3 week Indonesia itinerary starts on the Island of the Gods, Bali!

You’ll spend 6 days exploring the best of Bali , from the beaches to the rice fields.

You’ll then hop on a ferry and head east to Lombok.

Here you’ll soak up the sun on the Gili Islands before making your way to the mainland of Lombok. You’ll choose between climbing an active volcano, exploring hidden waterfalls, or sipping on cocktails on the beaches.

After 10 days in Bali and Lombok, you’ll catch a flight from Lombok to Flores Island, the home of Komodo National Park.

Flores is my favorite island and something that should be included in every Indonesia itinerary.

Finally, your last 4 days in Indonesia are up for debate! You can either venture off the beaten path in Bali or Flores or hike Mount Bromo in Java.

I’ll leave that decision up to you.

Day 1: Start your Indonesia itinerary in Bali

It’s best to start your Indonesia itinerary in Bali as the tropical island vibes will quickly get you into holiday mode!

On the first day of your 3 weeks in Indonesia, you should keep your schedule empty. After a long flight, the last thing you’ll want is to spend more time in a car driving to all the main attractions.

Instead, beat the jetlag by exploring the area around your hotel or by sipping on cocktails on the beach.

Where to stay in Bali

During this Indonesia 3 week itinerary, you’ll be staying at 3 different places in Bali . The first of those is Seminyak.

Why Seminyak? Because it’s a lively area with some of the best beach clubs, trendy cafes, and fun markets in all of Bali.

It’s the perfect introduction to the island – plus is pretty close to the airport!

Luxury: Enjoy beachfront views and 5* service at W Bali Seminyak . This hotel is hard to beat and the location could not be better. If you’re planning your honeymoon or romantic getaway, this is the perfect place to stay.

Mid-range: If you want personal space in your own private villa, look no further than Mayaloka Villas . Set amidst a lush tropical garden in the quieter side of Seminyak, you’ll have your own pool and luxury open-plan living.

Budget: Sleepwell Seminyak is a great place to stay if you’re traveling on a budget. With large private rooms, air-conditioning, and breakfast included, you get a lot of bang for your buck when staying here.

Day 2: Seminyak

It’s day 2 and you should be ready and rearing to go!

Today, you’ll stay close to Seminyak and Canggu, exploring the coastline and bustling streets.

Things to do in Seminyak or Canggu

Hit a beach club. I love Finns Beach Club! With a swim-up bar in a pool overlooking the ocean, there’s no better place to celebrate life. Other popular beach clubs include Potato Head Beach Club, Ku De Ta, Mrs. Sippy, and more!

Day trip to Canggu. Just 30 minutes from Seminyak is the digital nomad capital of Bali, Canggu! Many people choose to include Canggu in their Bali travel route as it’s a great place to learn to surf and enjoy a seafood lunch at one of the many beachside restaurants.

Relax at Double Six Beach. Double 6 Beach is one of the most popular beaches in Bali. Bear in mind that the coastline here isn’t as pristine as the beaches in Uluwatu. But that’s ok because you’ll be going to Uluwatu a bit later in this Indonesia itinerary.

Sunset at La Plancha. You can’t miss La Planch at Double 6 Beach! Here’s where you’ll find the colorful beanbags and umbrellas. It’s a great place to watch the sunset and the vibe is awesome.

Visit Tanah Lot. Tanah Lot is a Hindu temple found in the sea north of Seminyak. During low tide, visitors can access the temple from the mainland.

Go shopping. Seminyak boasts some of the best shopping in Bali.

Day 3: Ubud

On your 3rd day in Indonesia, you’ll head to Ubud, the cultural capital of Bali.

Unlike the popular areas along the coast, Ubud’s main attraction lies in its lush surroundings that ooze tranquility and peacefulness.

Where to stay in Ubud

If you’re planning an Indonesia backpacking itinerary, I suggest you stay in central Ubud, near Monkey Forest Road. Ubud is a small village bustling with tourists and everything is within walking distance or a quick taxi ride away.

If you’re looking for a more relaxed stay, you can’t go wrong with picking a place near Campuhan Ridge Walk or the neighboring villages of Penestanan and Nyuh Kuning, all of which offer quaint bungalows with views of the rice paddies.

Luxury: The Kayon Jungle Resort sure lives up to its name! The infinity pools which overlook the jungle paired with spacious Balinese-inspired rooms, make this the best place to stay in Ubud if you’re looking to live in luxury.

Mid-range: Byasa Ubud is surrounded by rice paddies and is the perfect place to spend your time in Ubud. Situated in a quieter neighborhood, you’re guaranteed a remote escape if you stay here.

Budget: Surya Bagus Homestay is ideally located near the center of Ubud and is all you need if you’re traveling on a budget. The private room comes with a complimentary breakfast and the friendly owners will ensure you have a memorable stay in Ubud.

Things to do in Ubud

Take the Campuhan Ridge Walk. Campuhan Ridge Walk starts in the heart of Ubud and passes through rice fields and villages. It’s a leisurely nature walk that takes about 2 hours to complete and covers 9 km in total.

Visit Ubud Monkey Forest. Home to over 600 mischievous monkeys and 120 different species of trees, you’ll find the Ubud Monkey Forest right in the center of bustling Ubud.

Indulge in all the food. Ubud has some of the most delicious Indonesian cuisines, so be sure to visit one of the many local restaurants.

Day 4: Ubud

Today will be your first day trip from Ubud where you’ll visit towering waterfalls, lush forests, and ancient temples.

I recommend getting a private driver for the day

Things to do

Visit a rice field. Tegalalang Rice Terrace – the most famous of all rice fields in Bali, if not the whole of Indonesia! The Tegalalang Rice Terrace lies to the north of Ubud and is the source of those iconic photos you see all over social media. Jatiluwih Rice Field is slightly further and not nearly as crowded

Explore a waterfall. Leke Leke is one of the most picturesque waterfalls in Bali and is close to Jatiluwig Rice Terrace. If you’re looking for something closer to Ubud, Tegenungan is also a popular choice.

Visit a temple. There are several temples close to Ubud. The Tirta Empul Holy Water Temple is one of the most famous, but you may also want to check out Goa Gajah (The Elephant Temple).

Lunch in the rice fields. During your day trip, ask your driver for a restaurant recommendation. You’ll be spoiled for choice when it comes to restaurants offering sprawling views of the rice fields below.

Go for a massage. After a busy day of exploring, there’s no better way to relax than by going for a massage. You’ll probably go for quite a few during your time in Indonesia as they’re so affordable. Where else will you pay less than $10 for a full body massage!

Tip: Ubud is truly a magical place. If you had more than 3 weeks in Indonesia, I would recommend spending an extra night in Ubud. You will then have time to go river rafting and explore more waterfalls.

Day 5: Ubud to Gili islands

Day 5 of your Indonesia itinerary is going to be a long day (if you decide to climb Mount Batur) !

You’ll be heading to the Gili islands, a trio of spectacular islands located off the coast of Lombok. It’s just what you’re going to need after a busy few days of exploring Ubud and Seminyak.

But before you do that, I recommend that you climb Mount Batur . This is a sunrise hike to the top of an active volcano close to Ubud. You should be back at your hotel by 10 am, just in time to have a quick shower before going to Padang Bai Harbour.

To get to Gili Islands, you’ll hop on a fast ferry which will take 2 hours to reach the Gilis. Then it’s time to soak up the sun and relish in the island vibes!

Where to stay in the Gili Islands: Gili T, Gili Meno, or Gili Air?

All three of the Gili islands are tiny and there are no motorized vehicles allowed on any of them.

Gili Trawangan is the biggest and most developed of the three islands. It attracts a backpacker crowd and is perfect if you’re looking for a bit of a bustling vibe. In contrast, Gili Meno is the smallest and quietest island. Gili Air is a good mix between the two!

For this 3 week Indonesia itinerary, I recommend that you stay in Gili Trawangan.

Luxury: Looking for your dream island home? Majo Private Villas is for you! The tastefully decorated rooms are paired with floor-to-ceiling windows ensuring lots of natural light. With a gorgeous outdoor living area and private pool, this place oozes luxury.

Mid-range: The staff at Kaleydo Villas make this one of the best places to stay in Gili Trawangan. Start your day off strong with a complimentary breakfast from your very own porch and cool off in the large pool after.

Budget: Jimador’s Homestay is one of the cheapest places to stay on the island but it has everything you need for a peaceful sleep including a large double bed, air-conditioning, free wi-fi, and a private bathroom.

Things to do on day 5

Cycle around the island. The only way to get around Gili T is by foot or bicycle. As a result, the Gilis are best explored by bike. There are many hidden paths leading to untouched corners of the island and you can visit all of them in less than an hour.

Find a sunset spot. The best way to end your first day on Gili Trawangan is by watching the sunset from the western side of the island. The beach bars here are often bustling with tourists and offer live music. This is also where you’ll find the famous Gili T swings.

Visit the Night Market. This Gili T night market is located off the main road near the harbor. The food is absolutely delicious, and great value for money. The market is open daily from 6-10 pm.

Day 6: Gili Islands

Go snorkeling with turtles. Turtles are often seen in the shallow waters close to Turtle Point and you don’t need to swim out too far to encounter them. Snorkeling equipment can be rented from one of the many vendors near the beach.

Find underwater statues. The underwater statues are without a doubt the biggest attraction near the Gili Islands. The 48 life-size human sculptures are located just off the shore of Gili Meno.

Go scuba diving. The Gili’s are known for their vibrant underwater life which attracts beginner and experienced divers alike. With over 20 dive sites, great visibility, and turtles galore, scuba diving is one of the best things to do in Gili Trawangan.

Explore the other islands. Gili Meno and Gili Air are both a short 15 min boat trip from Gili Trawangan. You can spend the day soaking up the sun on one of their many beaches or exploring the island by bike.

There’s a lot more you can do around the Gilis! For more activities, check out my post on the best things to do in Gili Trawangan.

Day 7: Gili Islands to Lombok

And so, your 3 week Indonesia itinerary continues.

This time you’re on a quick ferry ride from the Gili Islands to Lombok. This is one of the most underrated islands in Indonesia and is a good mix of untouched beauty meets creature comforts.

It’s best to get an early start to your day. To get from the Gili Islands to Lombok, you’ll hop on a 15 minute fast ferry to Bangsal Harbour, Lombok.

After reaching Lombok, you’ll get a driver and make your way down south to Kuta, Lombok with a few exciting stops along the way.

Tip: I haven’t included Mount Rinjani hike on this Indonesia travel guide? Why? Because it’s a 3D2N hike and quite expensive. If you’re an adventure traveler who’s up for the challenge, I recommend you head to Senaru after arriving in Lombok. This is the starting point of the Mount Rinjani hike.

Where to stay in Lombok

Many people choose to stay in Sengiggi on the west coast of Lombok. Given that you only have 3 weeks in Indonesia, I recommend that you skip Sengiggi and head straight to Kuta, Lombok which is a 2-hour drive from the harbor.

But don’t confuse Kuta in Lombok with Kuta in Bali. They are two very different places.

Kuta, Lombok is the main hub for backpackers, honeymooners, and solo travelers. While it’s a small village, you’ll enjoy a great selection of restaurants, bars, and accommodation options.

Luxury: Segara Lombok may not be in Kuta itself, but it’s right on the beach which is even better if you’re looking for an ocean escape. With its outdoor showers, minimalist design, and seafront views, Segara Lombok is the perfect place to stay on the island.

Mid-Range: Rascals Hotel is a trendy hotel in the heart of Kuta, Lombok. You could spend all day here relaxing in the lounges alongside the pool. It’s within walking distance of the main street where you’ll find an array of restaurants and shops.

Budget: Galus Homestay is just the place to stay if you’re traveling on a tight budget. You’ll receive a warm Indonesian welcome from the hosts who are extremely kind and caring.

Things to do in Lombok

Visit Benang Stokel and Benang Kelambu waterfalls. These are the most incredible waterfalls I’ve ever seen! You’ll pass them on the way from the harbor to Kuta so there’s no excuse not to see them!

Laze on Tanjung Aan Beach. After you’ve checked into your accommodation in Kuta Lombok, rent a scooter and head to Tanjung Aan Beach, one of the best beaches in Lombok.

Sunset at Merese Hill. Alongside Tanjung Aan Beach lies Merese Hill which is a great place to watch the sunset.

Day 8: Kuta, Lombok

On day 8 of your Indonesia Itinerary, you’ll go on a scooter mission to find some of the best beaches in Lombok. Personally, I felt that the beaches here are way better than those in Bali so it’s really worth checking them out!

Things to do in Kuta, lombok

Go beach hopping. My faves are Mawun Beach and Selong Belanak which are both west of Kuta, Lombok. Here you’ll find the bluest water and soft white sand!

Learn to surf. Selong Belanak is a great beach to learn how to surf. The beach is lined with surf shacks where you can rent boards or organize a surf lesson. There are also sunbeds to laze on, and several warungs where you can buy fresh coconuts, beer, or food.

Views at Shu Restaurant. On your way back from the beaches, stop at Shu restaurant which offers one of the best views over Kuta Beach.

Day 9: Lombok to Flores Island (Komodo Islands)

On day 9 of your Indonesia itinerary, we’re heading to Flores! This is my favorite island and the highlight of my Indonesia trip.

I spent 2 weeks doing a Flores overland trip and while you won’t be able to fit that all in during this trip, you can see some of the highlights! These include the world-famous Komodo Dragons, manta rays, pink beaches, and epic viewpoints.

To get from Lombok to Flores, you’ll take a short flight from the airport in Kuta, Lombok to Labuan Bajo which is the gateway to Komodo National Park.

Where to stay in Flores

It’s best to stay somewhere close to the Labuan Bajo harbor. This area is bustling with tourists and offers a great variety of food options.

Luxury: If you’re looking for something more private (and more luxurious), you’ll love Villa Domanik . Set on a hillside with panoramic views over the Labuan Bajo port, it’s the perfect base for couples or those looking to escape the hustle and bustle.

Mid-range: Seaesta Komodo Hotel is the perfect place to spend your first night in Labuan Bajo. Not only is it situated in a prime location, but the views from the rooftop pool are also pretty epic! With shared dorm rooms and private ensuite alternatives, it’s a great option for all travelers.

Things to do in Labuan Bajo

I hate to break it to you, but Labuan Bajo isn’t too exciting! You’ll spend the night here before and after your liveaboard trip but that’s about it.

The best way to explore the Komodo Islands is on a liveaboard boat. Why? Because the national park is quite far from the mainland.

It takes just less than 3 hours to commute from Labuan Bajo to Komodo National Park. So while you can do a day trip, you’ll spend most of the day boating to and from the islands, leaving you very little time to explore.

Komodo liveaboard options

Because of just how big Komodo National Park is, I recommend booking a 2N 3D liveaboard. This is what I did and you can read all about my liveaboard experience here.

Below are a few things that will be included in your liveaboard trip.

• Komodo Dragon sighting at Rinca Island
• Climbing Padar Island
• Snorkeling at pink beach
• Swimming with Manta Rays at Manta Point
• Sunset from Gili Lawa

If you’re scuba diving certified, I highly recommend Dive Komodo’s liveaboard. Other snorkeling options include Wanderpus and Travass.

Day 10-11: Komodo Liveaboard

Day 12: return to lubuan bajo.

You’ll return from your liveaboard trip late in the afternoon.

Unfortunately, there are no flights from Labuan Bajo to Bali after 4 pm. But this is also a good thing as it gives you time to rest and recover after spending 3 days on the water!

Day 13: Komodo Islands to Uluwatu, Bali

You still have a week left of your Indonesia itinerary, and today you’ll fly back to Bali to visit Uluwatu.

Because you’ll need to fly to Bali anyway and Uluwatu is yet another must-visit destination in Bali.

With its dramatic coastline, stunning beaches , and local vibes, Uluwatu is the one place where many people wish they could stay longer.

Book an early flight from Labuan Bajo to Bali so that you have a full day to explore Uluwatu.

Where to stay in Uluwatu

Uluwatu lies in the far east of Bali, in the Bukit Peninsula. It spans a large distance consisting of 6 districts, each with its own unique charm. Unlike other areas in Bali, you could spend a few days here and still not see all the neighborhoods in the area.

As a first-time visitor to Uluwatu, you’ll love Bingin. If you’re not comfortable riding a scooter, then Padang Padang is a better option as it’s more centrally located.

I recommend that you read my Uluwatu accommodation guide to find the perfect area for you.

Luxury: The Anantara Uluwatu Resort is absolutely incredible – wait until you see the rooms. I spent two days here and didn’t leave the resort! With private access to the beach, and an infinity pool overlooking Impossibles surf break, this is the perfect place to sit back, relax, and sip on a cocktail or two!

Mid-range: In search of boho vibes in a tropical paradise? Hari Indah Boutique Hotel is within walking distance of Bingin Beach. The rooms are stunning and every detail is taken into consideration.

Budget: If you’re traveling on a tight budget but don’t want to compromise on accommodation, Wira Homestay & Spa is where you should stay in Uluwatu. Situated in a quiet neighborhood, you’ll be treated to a large private room with an ensuite bathroom, air conditioning, and a communal pool.

Things to do in Uluwatu

Visit the beaches. The beaches in Uluwatu are the best you’ll find in Bali. While there are more than 12 to choose from, Padang Padang Beach and Suluban Beach are more conveniently located so visit these 2 today and the rest tomorrow.

Watch the surfers at Uluwatu surf break. This is a world-famous wave for only those experienced surfers. Ulu’s is also the best place to watch the sunset! There are scores of warungs lining the cliffs – Give Single Fin a skip and walk down the stairs to find a local spot.

Watch Kecak Fire Show at Uluwatu Temple. This famous temple sits on the edge of a cliff with dramatic views of the crashing waves beneath. Pair this with the Kecak Fire Show, a local dance and musical performance.

Day 14: Uluwatu

Today you’ll explore more of Uluwatu. I recommend renting a scooter for the day or organizing a private driver.

Check out the Balangan Viewpoint. Not only is Balangan Beach the best beach in Uluwatu, but it also has an iconic viewpoint that Instagrammers will love.

Seafood BBQ at Bingin. Enjoy a sunset swim and take your pick from the massive seafood spread on Bingin Beach.

Go to a beach club. If you thought the beach bars in Seminyak were awesome, just wait until you see what Uluwatu has to offer. My top picks are Sunday’s Beach Club and Karma Kandara.

Day 15-20: Uluwatu and beyond

You’re on day 15 of your Indonesia itinerary and with only a few days left, you can take your pick of how you end your trip.

What I’ve detailed above at the must-dos on any Indonesia itinerary, no matter how much time you have.

Here are my recommendations for other things to do.

Option 1: Explore the Kelimutu Crater Lakes in Flores

Time needed: 2 nights

After your liveaboard in the Komodo National Park, take a quick flight from Labuan Bajo to Ende in Flores to see the Kelimutu Crater Lakes.

Ende is the main city near the smaller village of Moni. Moni is home to the stunning Kelimutu Lakes and the entire area off the beaten track. If you’re looking for raw and real experiences in Indonesia, be sure to visit the Kelimutu Crater Lakes before flying back to Bali.

Option 2: Visit Mount Bromo in Java

Forming part of the Bromo Tengger Semeru National Park in East Java, Mount Bromo is one of the best-known peaks of Indonesia. At almost 2,330 meters high, its summit isn’t as tall as some of the others in the range, but it attracts the highest number of hikers.

To get to Mount Bromo, you will need to fly from Bali to Surabaya on East Java. You then have the option of doing a day tour from Surabaya to Mount Bromo, which is a 2-hour drive away. Or you can take a bus (or train) and stay at Probolinggo which is the gateway to Mount Bromo.

Option 2: Nusa Penida, Bali

If you’ve got your heart set on seeing more Bali landmarks, then spend 2 days in Nusa Penida where you can visit the famous Ketiling Beach, Angels Billabong, Crystal Bay as well as Broken Beach.

You can also visit Nusa Penida on a day trip from Bali as it’s a short boat trip away.

Option 3: Munduk, Bali

This itinerary for Indonesia takes you to many seaside locations. But if you’re looking for lush forests, coffee plantations, and waterfalls, then Munduk is a great addition.

Munduk lies toward the northern part of Bali and offers a cooler climate and fewer tourists compared to those areas down south.

Day 21: The end of your 3 weeks in Indonesia

Today’s the last day of your Indonesia itinerary. Make sure you’re staying in the same area as the airport as there can be traffic or ferry delays.

What to pack for Indonesia

Bali has a tropical climate and you need to pack for this. Also, remember to pack lightly. If you’re following my recommended Indonesia travel route, you’ll be moving around quite a bit. here are a few must-haves

• A backpack: Don’t bring hard luggage if you’re traveling between islands.
• Trainers: Hiking shoes aren’t necessary, but be sure to bring a good pair of trainers for all the walking you’ll be doing.
• A light jacket: Although it will be hot, bring a light jacket to wear in the mornings, on boat trips, and for your flight.

Here’s my comprehensive Indonesia packing list which includes everything you need to pack (and leave at home)!

Is Indonesia expensive to visit

No, Indonesia is extremely affordable. You can easily get by on $50 per day! The flight and ferry costs are also really affordable.

Do I need a visa for Indonesia

Previously, if you were spending 3 weeks in Indonesia, you wouldn’t need a visa to visit the country.

This has now changed!

All travelers need to pay for a Visa on Arrival (VoA), which costs IDR 500 000 ($35 USD). This 30-day tourist visa can be extended for an additional 30 days.

You can pay in cash using USD, AUD, GBP and Euro. Alternatively, Visa or Mastercard payments are also accepted.

Frequently Asked Questions

Best time to visit indonesia.

The best time to visit Indonesia is during the dry season from April to October.

How long to spend in Indonesia

If you want to visit a few islands, I recommend planning a 2 to 4 week Indonesia trip itinerary.

Final thoughts on 3 weeks Indonesia itinerary

Planning the perfect Indonesia itinerary is no easy task! With so many amazing attractions, you’re going to have to make a few compromises.

From my personal experience, this guide includes the best of Indonesia and I have no doubt that after your visit, it won’t be long before you return.

Have you traveled to South East Asia? What destinations would you recommend for the perfect Indonesia itinerary for 3 weeks? Let me know in the comments section below!

Looking for more Indonesia travel inspiration? Check out my other posts!

• Living in Bali: Pros And Cons of Island Life
• Comprehensive Guide to Renting a Scooter in Bali
• 7 Incredible Bali Hidden Gems
• 26 Things I Wish I Knew About Backpacking Indonesia
• The Ultimate Bali Packing List

Did you find this post helpful? Save it for later on Pinterest!

There is a really good chance that this post contains affiliate links. If you click one of them, I may receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. As always, views are my own!

Hi, I'm Carryn. I’m an adventure travel blogger trying to figure out my way through life by traveling and exploring. Join me as I share my travel guides and tips for life abroad. Find out more about me here .

Where to stay in Seoul for first time visitors: Best areas, hotels and more

Living in bali: pros and cons of island life [from an expat], 2 thoughts on “the perfect 3 week indonesia itinerary: best places to visit in indonesia”.

Hello Carryn, Thank you for this itinerary! it has been super helpful for me, I am planning my first solo trip, but I have a few questions for you:

– Did you book all your hotels before arriving there or can we do it there last minute? – Did you have to book any of the attraction with anticipation? – How is the security there (considering we are both females and I will be by my own)

I really hope to hear from you soon, Best Regards, Fernanda

Hi Fernanda, I’m so excited for your trip!

– I booked accommodation last minute (a day or 2 prior) through Booking.com . I recommend you do the same as you may have slight changes to your itinerary, depending on the people you meet (or the weather). If you’re short on time and you have a fixed itinerary, you could book in advance, but it’s not necessary (unless you’re really particular about where you stay) – Yes, I booked my Komodo islands boat trip about a week before, but for other tours, such as Mount Batur, Kelimutu Crater Lakes, day trips etc, I booked a day or two in advance. – I felt very safe in Indonesia and never had to watch my back. The locals are so friendly and helpful. Of course, there’s always the chance of petty theft, especially in Bali. So keep your valuables close, but you don’t have to worry about violent crime in the country.

Let me know if you have any more questions. Enjoy your trip!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

3 Weeks In The UK Itinerary

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

The UK has been my dream destination for the longest time. In College, I had a fascination, borderline obsession with the UK’s medieval history. It was a dream to see the castles, paintings, and even the burying place of iconic British figures.

That has finally happened and I honestly can’t believe I got to see as many places as I could in just 20 days. I can’t wait to go back that’s for sure.

The UK is such a great destination to spend your 3-week vacation. It comprises four beautiful countries: England, Wales, Scotland, and Northern Ireland. Visiting the UK will make the most out of your annual holiday.

You will get to chill at the beach (if visiting in summer), hike a mountain or two, visit ancient cities and ruins, explore vibrant cities, and, well, finally, have the best fish and chips you will ever have.

In this article, I will show you how to spend 3 weeks in the UK. I will first list things you should prepare before you book anything, and then I will proceed to show you must-see places and must-do activities during your holiday, plus tips on places to stay in each country.

RELATED POST: 3 weeks in Europe on a budget and 3 different East Europe itineraries for 3 weeks

THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE GOING TO THE UK

The United Kingdom, also known as Great Britain, can be confusing to people who are not local. The name Britain came even before the now-known United Kingdom.

When Scotland and Wales joined England in 1707, the name Britain was used. Ireland has always been part of the English colony since the 12th century, but not officially. When Ireland was divided into two, Northern Ireland formally joined Great Britain, and the term United Kingdom of Great Britain became official.

Today, the terms the United Kingdom and Great Britain are used interchangeably. Here are some quick tips for travelling to the UK; before you book anything, take a look and plan your trip properly:

When is the best time to go to the UK

Normally, when we talk about the best time to visit a place for a holiday, the summer season in the Global North is the preferred time to go on a holiday.

But for the UK, the best time to visit is during spring. It’s the time when it’s drier and warmer. Summer in the UK is filled with rain, while winter is freezing and still raining. If you get allergies from the pollen that spring brings, remember to bring your medications.

Are 3 weeks enough for the UK

The UK is not a massive country when it comes to land size; however, there is just so much to see. I really want you to focus on creating a travel itinerary , even though it is just a basic one. In this way, you can see how much you are willing to spend in one place and what type of attractions you prefer to see.

Renting a car will only save you time if you plan to use it anywhere but London . In that city, it’s better to use public transport. But in countries such as Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland, having your own vehicle can help you see more places.

Average cost of 20 days in the UK

The cost depends on many things, such as your preferred type of accommodation, dining, and transportation. But to give you a quick idea, $2,300 is a good mid-range budget . You’ll dine out in a private room in a mid-range hotel.

But if you have a tight budget, you can bring that down a little bit to $1,500, where you’d be staying in youth hostels and probably half cooking at the hostel and half eating out.

If you want to make this a luxury trip, $4,500 will be an amazing budget for sleeping in 5-star hotels and eating out at fancier restaurants.

Accommodation will cost the most when travelling in the UK, especially in London, where a room can easily cost as much as $90 per night for a basic mid-range hotel. If you can minimise your stay in London to 2-3 days, it will make a big difference in your budget.

How to get around the UK

The UK have one of the best transportation systems in place. There are domestic flights, buses, and the most popular – train. Sure, they can be annoying for being late sometimes, but it’s still reliable.

If you have an international driver’s license that is valid here, you can also rent a car , which will give you so much more freedom with your schedule.

If you need to get out of the UK, there are a lot of affordable flights going to other parts of Europe. At the same time, Heathrow is one of the busiest airports in the world. Flights here go all over the place, to Latin America, North America, Asia, Africa, and even all the way to Australia.

On the other hand, taking the bus and the train will be more affordable, but you have to plan accordingly to ensure you won’t be wasting too much time in bus terminals or train stations.

CHECK-OUT: Scandinavia for 3 weeks itinerary

The UK always had a different visa policy than the EU, which is a member of the Schengen States. So, Brexit didn’t really affect travellers visiting the UK.

If you are from an EU country, you can enjoy a 180-day visa-free , the same goes for North Americans, countries from Oceania, some countries in Latin America, Namibia and Botswana, East Asia, Malaysia and Singapore. On the other hand, Ireland has freedom of movement with no time limit.

Other travel tips

For basic tips like where to look for accommodation, booking a car rental, and even where to find awesome tours, I always use these services:

PINNED MAP OF THE MUST-SEE PLACES IN THE UK

Click the top-right logo to enlarge the map. Credit: map data: Google

3 WEEKS IN THE UK ITINERARY

In this travel itinerary, I will be covering all 4 countries in the UK, which are composed of England, Wales, Scotland, and Northern Ireland. I must say, though, this itinerary is a bit packed.

If you want to slow it down or spend more time in other countries, you can cut down some days from England and leave some for your next visit.

If you want to travel slower , you can reduce the number of countries you want to see. Here are a few samples: 7 days in England, 6 days in Scotland, and 6 days in Northern Ireland. You can also try 7 days in England, 6 days in Scotland, and 6 days in Wales. Then explore the country you missed on your next holiday in the UK.

Day-to-day overview

• Day 1: Arrive in London – pick up your car rental if you decide on that
• Day 2-4 : Explore London – get a hop-on, hop-off bus tour or The London Pass valid to 90+ attractions
• Day 5-8 : Either day trips outside of London, or choose a smaller city around English such as Bath, Birmingham, or Manchester
• Day 9 : Travel from England to Wales by train , driving, or bus
• Day 10-12 : Explore Wales
• Day 13: Travel from Wales to Scotland by train , driving, or bus
• Day 14-16 : Discover Scotland – dont’t forget the day trip to Loch Ness, Glencoe, Scottish Highlands
• Day 17 : Get to Northern Ireland from Scotland by bus and ferry, car and car ferry, or plane
• Day 18-19: Travel around Northern Ireland
• Day 20 : Catch a flight back home, you might have to travel back to London or to Dublin, Ireland

England for 9 days

England is not a very big country, but there’s too much to see; maybe 10 days won’t even cut it. While reliable train connections exist between all the big areas of England, it can still take some time to travel around. Renting a car will give you a bit more flexibility.

England is known for its historical spots , very diverse culture, and people, and it is home to many food hubs and pubs. Not to mention, most Harry Potter film locations are around England (some are in Scotland).

London alone has so much to offer, from history, architecture, adventure, and local pubs. If you are staying right in the city centre, you can see many iconic landmarks just by walking around. You won’t run out of things to do near Tower Bridge and of course Buckingham Palace.

If you only want to see England in the UK, we have an itinerary for 3 weeks in England as well.

Best places to see in England:

Let’s start with London, it’s easier to get around by either using hop on-hop off bus or using public transport. There’s also a bus tour with cruise .

• Tower of London and Crown of Jewels – you can book a tour
• Tower Bridge and Big Ben
• Join a fun Harry Potter guided walking tour and get a ticket to Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio
• The British Museum
• Kensington Palace – you can join a sightseeing tour or a Royal high tea
• Buckingham Palace
• Book a spooky Jack the Ripper tour
• Westminster Abbey – hop on a boat cruise from Westminster to Greenwich
• The National Gallery
• London Eye – you can get a fast-track ticket to save time
• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Stonehenge – you can get on a tour from London
• Madame Tussauds – visit one of the most popular museums in London, get your entry ticket
• Windsor Castle – get your admission ticket
• World War II – walking tour with a visit to Churchill war rooms
• Trafalgar Square
• The Shard – you can get a ticket to enjoy a panoramic view
• Book a dinner cruis e at the Thames River

South and Southwest of London:

• The Royal Pavillion
• Leeds Castle
• Bodiam Castle
• Hever Castle & Gardens
• Hampton Court Palace
• Thorpe Park Resort
• Salisbury Cathedral
• Stonehenge – get your ticket here if you’re planning to get there on your own

North and northwest of London (Leeds/Liverpool/Manchester):

• Cadbury World
• Get a hop-on-hop-off bus for Liverpool – this includes a city tour and Beatles tour – or simply book The Beatles Story tour
• Shakespeare’s Birthplace
• Mersey River – book a cruise
• Dayton Manor Theme Park
• National Railway Museum York
• Blackpool Pleasure Beach

This list is just a few of many. Check out our pinned map; from there, you can see which attractions are close to each other. You can uncheck the layers per city to see a better look. You can plan your trip to start in London , then go south, southwest, then the north part – Machester/Liverpool/Leeds area.

Accommodations in England:

• Budget hostels (London): Wombat The City Hostel or YHA London Central
• Mid-range hotels (London): The Lilac Door or The Brownswood
• Luxury hotel (London): Montcalm Royal or The Landmark London
• Budget hostels (Brighton): Selina Brighton or The Queensbury Hotel
• Mid-range hotels Brighton): The Twenty One or Sea Spray
• Luxury hotel (Brighton): The Grand Brighton or Jurys Inn Waterfront

Wales for 3 days

Wales is the place for people who love the outdoors but perhaps not planning to travel all the way to Scotland. The great National Park of Snowdonia is popular with foreign tourists and locals.

Even though Wales is significantly smaller than England, there are still many places in Wales that you must see during your visit, such as the following:

Best places to see in Wales:

• Join the wandering tour of South Wales – read the reviews and check the price
• Caernarfon Castle
• Devil’s Bridge
• Snowdonia National Park and Snowdon – book this tour with 3 castles visit or Snowdonia with Portmeirion tour
• Conwy Castle
• The National Waterfront Museum
• Llangollen – go on a whitewater rafting or canoeing tour
• Cardiff Castle
• Prembrokeshire Coast National Park
• West Wales – there’s a mystical tour you can join
• Harlech Castle
• National Trust – Bodnant Garden
• Barry Island – filming locations of Gavin and Stacey
• Swansea Castle

Accommodations in Wales:

• Budget hostels (Cardiff): BunkHouse
• Mid-range hotels (Cardiff): ibis Budget Cardiff or Cardiff Sandringham Hotel
• Luxury hotel (Cardiff): Lincoln House or Hotel Indigo

Scotland for 5 days

If you have 3 weeks in the UK, you must include Scotland on your itinerary. When one thinks of Scotland, we quickly go to the inaudible England accent and the very traditional kilt (a Scottish skirt-like). But this country is more than that.

Not only is it filled with beautiful destinations for hiking, camping, and historical spots, but Scotland is also rich in culture and offers such wide and interesting varieties of whisky .

If you’re a fan of Harry Potter, there are more filming locations and activities you can do here. Do you know that golf came from Scotland?

Best places to explore in Scotland:

• If you can spend five days in Scotland, check the itinerary on this 5-day tour to save you time and make the trip more convenient
• Edinburgh Castle – get your skip-the-line ticket
• The Royal Palace
• National War Museum
• Loch Ness – join a full-day Scottish Highlands tour or this tour
• Palace of Holyroodhouse
• Dean Village
• Hogwarts Express – ride the train from Inverness or from Edinburgh
• See more of the Harry Potter – HP guided walking tour
• National Museum of Scotland
• Arthur’s Seat – you can take the trail from Holywood Park
• St Andrews and Fishing Villages – check the tour price
• Calton Hill
• Camera Obscura & World of Illusions
• Craigmillar Castle
• Portobello Beach
• Don’t miss the spooky features – haunted underground and graveyard tour
• Duddingston Golf Club
• Kelvingrove Art Gallery and Museum
• Loch Lomond – you can enjoy an hour of boat cruise
• The Trossachs National Park
• Tease your taste buds with – chocolate tour and Scotch whiskey tour or food tour with drinks
• The Gatehouse
• Scottish National Portrait Gallery
• From Inverness – you can do a full-day tour to the Isle of Skye and Eilean Donan Castle
• Stirling Castle

Accommodations in Edinburgh:

• Budget hostels: High Street Hostel or Royal Mile Backpackers
• Mid-range hotels: Native Edinburgh or Holyrood Aparthotel
• Luxury hotel: Apex City of Edinburgh Hotel or Kimpton – Charlotte Square

Northern Ireland for 3 days

I’m not going to lie; I didn’t have a lot of expectations from my visit to Northern Ireland, but that’s on me for not being aware enough about Northern Ireland. But I was super surprised. I can now say that 3 weeks in the UK are not complete without visiting Northern Ireland.

Northern Ireland (especially the city of Derry) may be known for having a long and dark war history that happened not long ago. Some people might even think that the tension is still as strong as it was about 30 years ago.

There are places you should visit to learn more about the war in the 1990s. There are also so many beautiful spots to see. Many are related to the famous Titanic.

Not to mention how adorable and honestly hard-to-understand accents people have. And if you love whiskey or are simply curious, make sure to try traditional Irish whiskey.

If the Potterheads had their day in Scotland and England, Game of Thrones fans would also enjoy a great time in Northern Ireland.

ALSO READ: 3 weeks in Ireland and Northern Ireland itinerary

Best places to explore in Northern Ireland:

• Crumlin Road Gaol Visitor Attraction and Conference Centre – get a self-guided tour
• Titanic Belfast
• Peace Wall Belfast – combine Peacewall and Mural in a tour
• Northern Ireland War Memorial Museum
• SS Nomadic – you can book a guided tour for SS Nomadic and Titanic Experience
• Vertigo Titanic Park
• Wall Mural – join a political taxi tour
• CS Lewis Square
• Game of Thrones – book a day tour that includes Giant Causeway
• From Dublin – there’s a package tour for Giants Causeway, Dark Hedges, and Belfast
• Have fun at Beer Bike tour in Belfast
• Giant’s Causeway – you don’t want to drive there, you can enjoy a luxury coach tour
• Get the hop-on, hop-off bus for Belfast
• National Trust – Divis and the Black Mountain
• Join the Bloody Sunday and Bogside Mural guided tour
• Museum of Free Derry
• Bishop’s Gate, part of the Derry Walls

Accommodations in Northern Ireland:

• Budget hostels (Belfast): Vagabond Hostel or Belfast International Youth Hotel
• Mid-range hotels (Belfast): Tara Lodge or ETAP Hotel
• Luxury hotel (Belfast): Ten Square Hotel or Titanic Hotel

SUMMARY OF 3 WEEKS IN THE UK

The UK has so much to offer every kind of visitor. History lovers, hikers and, nature enthusiasts, even people who want to explore the UK through different dishes – there’s always something for everyone. You can cover all four countries and do so many things during this time.

I hope that you found these 3 weeks in the UK itineraries helpful and that you will have a fun holiday in this region.

SAVE THIS TRAVEL ITINERARY ON YOUR PINTEREST:

What are you looking for?

Our ultimate 3 week thailand itinerary {updated 2024}.

Over the years I’ve travelled to Thailand 3 times and explored it from top to bottom.

Along the way, stopping off at the most popular towns, cities and islands and having an unforgettable time!

Based on my experiences, I wanted to put together what I believe to be the ultimate way to spend 3 weeks in Thailand .

It includes a mixture of everything, along the way you’ll experience:

• The crazy nightlife in Bangkok
• Stunning beaches in the southern islands
• Day trips to waterfalls
• Endless golden temples
• And much, MUCH more!

Excited to get planning your own adventure ? 

You should be!

Strap yourself in and prepare for the ultimate 3 week Thailand itinerary!

Interactive map of our 3 week Thailand itinerary

Travellerspoint

Getting Into The Country: Getting A Visa

First up: Do you even need a visa for Thailand?

Well, it all depends on where you are from.

If, like us, you are a British or Irish citizen then you get 30 days in without a visa, as part of the visa exempt programme.

This can be reset once you stamp out of the country and back in again. 

For example, our 3 week itinerary was actually broken into two parts:

• We visited the southern end of Thailand before heading off into Cambodia, Vietnam and then Laos
• We then re-entered the north of Thailand to visit our final 3 stops

As such, we never actually needed to get a visa as you can travel in twice from land borders in one year, but air travel borders are different and I don’t believe there is a limit.

You can extend to 60 days in the country by going to an immigration office; learn more about the process here .

Of course, things are regularly changing in Asia, so be sure to check whether or not these are the most up-to-date visa regulations for Thailand.

Rough 3 Week Overview: North & South

Now down to the good part … the ultimate route for 3 weeks in Thailand!

As a rough idea, this itinerary is going to first take you down south, where you can hit the beaches and islands of Thailand first .

Then from the bottom, you can either bus your way back to Bangkok and head North via bus, or you can make life easier and get a cheap internal flight from Phuket to Chiang Mai …

But let’s not get too ahead of ourselves!

Here’s a summary of what to expect ...

Part 1: South Thailand Itinerary

Bangkok > Hua Hin> Koh Samui > Koh Phangan > Koh Tao > Krabi > Koh Phi Phi islands > Phuket

Part 2: North Thailand Itinerary

Chiang Rai > Chiang Mai > Pai > Chiang Mai

To join parts 1 & 2 between Phuket and Chiang Rai, you can either bus up to Chiang Rai, which will probably require a bus change in Bangkok. Or you can fly with Air Asia or Thai Airways for cheap up to Bangkok (which is what I did) and then get a bus to Chiang Rai from there.

The Ultimate 3 Week Thailand Itinerary

Okay, let’s break this Thailand Itinerary 3 weeks route down. 

We have 21 nights and a lot of ground to cover!

Stop 1: Bangkok (2 Nights)

As it’s such a central hub for the rest of Thailand, there is the chance to make 3 individual stops in Bangkok as a part of this itinerary.

But don’t worry, there is so much to do in Bangkok , so I will break it down into what to do there.

Start with 2 nights in Bangkok; use your first night to recover from your flight and go visit Koh San Road (maybe see a ping pong show if you’re not shattered).

Then the next day in Bangkok, go see some of the top temples such as the Grand Palace, Wat Arun, and the Leaning Buddha.

It will be a day of temple hopping then in the evening hit one of the amazing markets and eat street food and drink Thai beer!

Alternatively, if you don’t want to organise your schedule, then check out this awesome Bangkok Instagram tour that takes you to the best photo spots in the city! 

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Zee Thai <-- This was an amazing place: cheap, great location and great backpacker vibe!

Stop 2: Hua Hin (1 Night)

From Bangkok you get a cheap bus to Hua Hin (taxi was 2000 baht in 2015), bus is a lot cheaper and the journey is around 4 hours.

Head early so you get the full day in Hua Hin: you can go visit the amazing elephant sanctuary that allows you to walk, feed and wash the elephants (no riding here!).

Then in the evening hit the fantastic Hua Hin night market. 

Here you will find amazing food galore!

There is also a nice beach in Hua Hin (if you get the time!)

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Jenny Hostel <-- well situated and affordable - not much of a backpacker vibe though. ‍
• Getting There: Book your bus from Bangkok to Hua Hin here .

Stop 3: Koh Samui (2 Nights)

Koh Samui is a beautiful island and you get there via bus and boat from Hua Hin. 

Buy your tickets online with Lomprayah and get ready to see some beautiful beaches.

In Koh Samui you can check out Big Buddha, beautiful beaches and party your heart out if you want to!

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Sirinsamui Boutique Hostel <-- Highly recommend this place! It’s modern, clean and full of other backpackers. The perfect spot to party! Also, the pool is amazing.
• Getting There: Book your boat from Hua Hin to Koh Samui here .

Stop 4: Koh Phangan (2 Nights)

Koh Phangan is well worth a spot on any Thailand itinerary for one reason … the Full Moon Party ! 

It’s the main reason many people head down south in the first place.

Head there by boat a day before the Full Moon Party for the “pre moon” party, and if you really want to you can stay an extra night for the jungle party.

But in the interests of this being a strict 3 week thailand itinerary, I’m suggesting 2 nights!

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Phangan Beach Resort & First Villa Beach Resort <-- I've actually been to two Full Moon Parties over the years and can recommend both of these spots. Both are in amazing spots right on the beach and are great for pre-drinking prior to the Full Moon.
• Getting There: ‍ Book your boat from Koh Samui to Koh Phangan here .

Stop 5: Koh Tao (1 Night)

Koh Tao, best  known for its snorkelling and beautiful beaches, is the smallest of the islands in this region and is well worth a night's stay.

It’s actually the only island I haven’t been too, mainly because I kept running out of time. 

BUT, I have friends who have been and loved the snorkelling, and it’s definitely somewhere I will make a stop next time I am at the Full Moon Party.

• Getting There: You can book tickets to Koh Tao here .

Stop 6: Krabi (2 Nights)

I am suggesting two nights because by the time you get to Krabi, you’ll have wasted a day travelling. 

Despite the journey, Krabi is definitely worth visiting and has the brilliant Railay beach which is beautiful and iconic.

It’s also got an awesome strip of bars and restaurants.

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Haleeva Sunshine ← Pretty basic hotel accommodation
• Getting There: Book your boat to Krabi here .

Stop 7: Phi Phi (2 Nights)

Phi Phi is a small island, now best known for partying. 

You can also visit other islands off Phi Phi, so 2 nights is good if you want a day for recovering then an actual day of sightseeing.

Be sure to book accommodation far in advance as it sells up!

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Phi Phi Sky Resort ← Would definitely recommend ‍
• Getting There: Book boat tickets to Phi Phi here .

Stop 8: Phuket (1 Night)

Other than Patong Beach, Phuket is actually quite a dire place to visit.

Because of a strip called Bangla Road, which is like the party capital/weird sex capital/ ping pong/sex show capital of the area.

If you want cheap shots, then there we go! However, O just found the whole strip to be so seedy, with fat old guys grinding on young Thai girls selling themselves; each to their own I suppose.

The main reason to visit is because Phuket has got an airport, and you need to get back to Bangkok.

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Oscar Boutique Hotel ← Nice and modern, though based on new reviews it looks like it may have let its standards slip since we visited. ‍
• Getting There: Book boat tickets to Phuket here .

Stop 9: Bangkok (1 Night)

The quickest way to get back north is to fly back up to Bangkok.

Whilst in Bangkok for a night, go and organise your bus to Chiang Rai then head and see a Thai boxing match in the evening! 

Always fun!

Tomorrow, it’s time to head north …

Alternatively, it’s now possible to fly directly from Phuket to Chaing Rai ( check prices here ).

Stop 10: Chiang Rai (2 Nights)

Chiang Rai is home to some of the best temples anywhere in Thailand, and probably Asia (in my opinion). 

The White Temple is iconic architecture, and absolutely beautiful, and the blue temple is peaceful, stunning and, best of all, free.

I think more and more people are beginning to visit the Blue Temple so it might be more crowded nowadays, and they may have even started charging. 

Afterwards you’ve got the black temple, amazing waterfalls and mountains to chase; read more in my guide on what to do in Chiang Rai .

Tour option: If you want to see the awesome White and Blue Temple, as well as the Black House, but don't feel confident on a moped, then this is a great value and highly rated tour for less than $20 .

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Ann Guest House <-- Ran by a friendly couple and nicely located, no complaints! ‍
• Getting There: Book your transfers to Chiang Rai here .

Stop 11: Chiang Mai (2 Nights)

Chiang Mai is quickly becoming the digital nomad capital of the world (due to cheap rent and low cost of living), but it’s also got some fabulous temples, waterfalls, waterparks, swimming areas, markets and much more!

My favourite memory is from visiting the Grand Canyon, just outside the city, where you can dive from heights of up to 7 metres into a vast, rain-filled canyon!

I also loved the Old City walls, and the food at the night market which runs every day.

I love Chiang Mai, and you probably will too.

For more ideas of what to get up to, read my guide on how to spend 3 days in Chiang Mai .

• Getting There: Book the bus from Chiang Rai to Chiang Mai here .

Stop 12: Pai (2 Nights)

Pai is in the far north of Thailand, and you can get there by only one road.

So you’ll need to either rent a moped and drive these winding roads yourself, or you get a little mini bus from the Arcade Chiang Mai bus station for 150 baht.

You can buy them in person, or instead get them in advance online here .

There is a good chance you will throw up on the journey, or if you don’t throw up, you’re going to be close to it; so take motion sickness tablets.

But trust me when I say it’s totally worth it!!

Pai is beautiful and just filled with natural beauty and unforgettable things to do !

It has a fantastic night food market (my favourite in the world), amazing natural hot springs dotted everywhere, stunning Buddha's to climb and see, strawberry fields, the Pai Canyon and much more. 

Simply put, Pai is amazing and the perfect spot to end your 3 weeks in Thailand.

To get the most out of your time there, you’ll ideally need to hire a moped when you get to Pai. 

It’s how everyone gets around, and there aren’t a lot of taxis; plus they are very cheap.

Don’t forget that international driving licence before you fly to Thailand (which in the UK you get at the Post Office for £5.50).

• ‍ Where We Stayed: Pai Fuh Pha Resort ← We stayed in this wonderful little Bungalow, just outside of town and surrounded by rice paddies! Highly recommend this place. ‍
• Getting There: Book bus transfers to Pai here .

Stop 13: Bangkok (1 Night)

After Pai, you’ll probably need to make your way back south to Bangkok, which is the central point for flying to your next destination (or back home).

From Pai, you’ll need to catch a bus back to Chiang back and then fly or bus back to Bangkok ( find all your transfer options here ).

I recommend you to spend your last night in Bangkok with dinner and drinks at a rooftop bar with the stunning skyline of Bangkok beneath you. 

Stay in a hotel with a rooftop swimming pool for an extra special send off.

• ‍ Where We Stayed: I Residence Hotel Silom ← pretty cheap, but with a lively rooftop pool right next to the “Tetris Building” (at least that’s what we named this funky building).

21 Nights = 3 Weeks in Thailand!

You could do this 3 week route from back to front and when you end in Bangkok after the islands, you fly home then from there.

If you want to do a Full Moon, then I would do it first and then work my way north.

It’s personally a nicer way to do it.

Both south and north Thailand offer great things, but they are very different. 

South is much more about partying and beaches, and generic backpacking, but the North is filled with natural beauty in the form of waterfalls, hot springs and mountains and I love it!

So now you’ve got the ultimate 3 week Thailand trip, you’re almost ready to go, but check out the rest of my information below to help you make the most of your trip .

Getting Around Thailand

Getting around Thailand is pretty easy, as all routes are well trodden by thousands of backpackers each year. 

To visit everywhere on this itinerary, you’ll need to make use of ...

• ‍Buses: There is a vast tourist bus network In Thailand and I always use 12goAsia to book my bus tickets in advance . Just ease of mind and I hate negotiating in person. ‍
• Aeroplanes: Thanks to AirAsia it’s super cheap to fly between different places in Thailand. You can get flights from Chiang Mai to Bangkok for less than 800 baht. Use Skyscanner to find the best prices. ‍
• Boats: These connect all of the Thai islands and are crucial for island hopping . You can book most boat transfers cheaply on 12goAsia .
• Trains (optional): I personally never used the train network in Thailand, but I do know you can get trains between places like Bangkok and Chiang Mai. It’s a cheap and comfortable way to travel and you can find out more about routes and prices here .

Within cities you can get tuk tuks (which are a great experience in themselves!)

I also recommend using Uber or Grab . 

It saves you the hassle of getting ripped off and you know what you’re in for. 

Also, in every place apart from Bangkok, it’s worth renting a moped to get around and explore. It’s safe and hassle free. You can find out more about renting a moped in Southeast Asia here .

What Are The Best Things To Do In Thailand?

For most destinations listed, I’ve linked through to a guide on that part of the country and within that I’ve listed some top things to do. For the islands, they don’t have their individual guides, but my complete guide on island hopping covers them all individually.

BUT, to get you excited, here are some things you should not miss on a Thailand itinerary.

• Visiting the Grand Palace in Bangkok
• Experience a Floating Market
• Relax in the natural hot springs in Pai
• Try Strawberry Vodka and wine at a strawberry farm
• Party till you drop at the Full Moon Party Thailand
• Snorkel in Koh Tao
• Relax and explore Railay Beach
• Explore the Khao Yai National Park
• Take a Thai cooking class
• Visit a elephant sanctuary (but do not ride)

If you complete at least all of these 10 things, then you’ll have done some of the best things Thailand has to offer.

A Suggested Budget For Thailand

So, how much does 3 weeks in Thailand cost?

Well, Thailand isn’t that expensive anywhere, even Bangkok. 

The most expensive site there is the Grand Palace and it’s only around 500 baht.

You could survive in Thailand on a budget of $USD20-30 a day and this would include accommodation, food and transport.

Bradley and I spent around that, then a little extra for nights like the Full Moon Party.

Food is dirt cheap, especially if you are eating street food: which is typically safe as long as you use common sense and don’t eat anywhere too unhygienic.

If a stall is empty and everywhere else is busy, then avoid it. 

Thai red curry is amazing and Pad Thai is the go-to cheap common dish; I’m craving it now as I write.

Our 3 weeks itinerary takes you through all of the country, not just a focus on the south or the north and you will see a slight variation in price. 

The north is cheaper than the south, but alcohol is cheap across Thailand; you just need to exercise caution and check you are drinking genuine branded alcohol

So watch your drinks being poured, and if buying buckets at the Full Moon Party, make sure you make the bucket yourself with a sealed bottle of spirit at purchase.

Read Also: How To Save Money For Travel

Why visit both north and south Thailand?

The reason I’ve included both north and south Thailand is that those who only go to the south can sometimes feel disappointed in their experience.

This is because the south of Thailand is very well known. 

We’ve all seen the pictures on Instagram many times, and most of them are overly edited and don’t look like that in person; so people are disappointed when they go.

Actually, in the north, with the Blue Temple, I see high travel profiles share photos of the blue temple and they edit the colour so much it turns the temple into sort of a light blue, which looks pretty, but the temple doesn’t have that colour; it doesn’t need a new blue, it’s already beautiful. So, yes, use Instagram to inspire you to go to a destination, but do not expect it to look like the picture with the Lightroom preset on it!

How about a 2 Week Thailand Itinerary?

If you find yourself with only 2 weeks in Thailand, then I’d maybe suggest sticking to the south. You’ll get to explore Bangkok and a lot of beautiful temples, islands and beaches.

Here’s a decent route

Bangkok > Hua Hin > Koh Samui > Koh Phangan > Krabi > Phi Phi > Phuket

• Bangkok: 2 nights
• Hua Hin: 1 night
• Koh Samui: 2 nights
• Koh Phangan: 3 nights
• Krabi: 2 nights
• Phi Phi: 2 nights
• Phuket: 2 nights
• Back to Bangkok and ready to go!

Or if you want a 2 week northern Thailand itinerary, try this one:

Bangkok > Thung Salaeng Luang National Park > Chaing Rai > Chiang Mai > Pai > Bangkok > Hua Hin >Bangkok

• National park: 2 nights
• Chiang Rai: 2 nights
• Chiang Mai: 3 nights
• Pai: 3 nights

Only have 1 week in Thailand?

A 1 week Thailand itinerary will need to follow the highlights, which you can do, but you’ll need to fly!

Bangkok > Koh Samui > Koh Phangan > Koh Tao > fly back to Bangkok

• Koh Phangan: 2 nights
• Koh Tao: 1 night
• Fly back to Bangkok from Samui and fly out!

Or the north option is ...

Bangkok > Chiang Mai > Pai > Chaing Rai > Bangkok

• Chiang Mai: 2 nights
• Pai: 2 nights
• Bangkok: fly home!

A Few Final Travel Tips

I thought I’d include a few final tips/things to know in order to help your Thailand trip go smoothly!

• Get yourself a Revolut Card: In 2016, it was announced that every Thai ATM/bank would charge foreign cards (including travel cards) a stupid fee of around 200 baht per withdrawal. If you get a Revolut card and choose the option “continue WITHOUT conversion” (you’d be surprised at how often people get this wrong) you’ll get the best exchange rate, so lose less money. Basically it’s a good idea to bring as much Thai Baht in with you as you can and your Revolut card is free for ATM transactions so use that.
• Many Thai people are only interested in your money: Thai people really are a mixed bag. Some you get are super chirpy and happy, whereas others act like they’ll only talk to or interact with you if you’ve got money. Which is annoying. But I met many great-hearted Thai people in Thailand and I therefore can’t let the minor few ruin the reputation of everyone.
• Use 7-Eleven! These stores are everywhere and are the best shop for snacks/drinks/AND ICE LATTE. It’s less than a dollar and tastes unbelievably good. I miss them SO much. There are some “Cafe Amazons” in Thailand, which are also just out of this world with coffee.
• Visit the Hard Rock in Bangkok: The Hard Rock Cafe in Bangkok has the best live band (still the same one for the last 5 years), and the best staff. So if you want fun and exciting nightlife away from Koh San Road, then go there.
• Tipping of 10% is customary
• Bring a Shawl:
• ‍ You’ll need to cover up for temples or else you will have to pay to borrow clothes! Our Thailand packing list can help with that

Staying connected in Thailand

So, there you have it! My ultimate 3 week Thailand itinerary! 

I hope you’ve enjoyed this post and if you’ve got any other suggestions, then pop them below.

For help planning your journey in Thailand, check out these other guides we put together:

• Packing - What To Pack For Thailand
• Bangkok - The Ideal 5 Day Bangkok Itinerary
• Chiang Mai - 3 Day Chiang Mai Itinerary
• Chiang Rai - The Best Things To Do In Chiang Rai
• Pai - The Best Things To Do In Pai
• Island Hopping - Complete Guide To Island Hopping In Thailand
• Transport - How To Get Around Thailand

Leave a comment

Let us know what you think.

5 million people can't be wrong

The Perfect 3 Week Japan Itinerary

This page may contain  affiliate links which earn us a commission at no extra cost to you to support the site. Thank you!

Wondering how to spend 3 weeks in Japan? Our itinerary below gives you a perfect starting point for your first time in Japan!

Japan is an absolute dream destination. From traditional temples to beautiful nature reserves and high-tech cities – it has something for everybody. It’s a world on its own and spending three weeks in Japan is a perfect amount to get a good impression of what this country is all about.

This 3 week Japan itinerary will hopefully help you plan a trip to Japan – or inspire you to finally book those flights! From Tokyo to Miyajima Island, let’s dive in!

Day 5 in Tokyo – Tokyo Tower and Roppongi

Miyajima island (1 day), international money card, 3 week japan itinerary.

From Tokyo, all the way to Miyajima Island, stopping at some of the best highlights of Japan. In three weeks, you’re able to see so much of what Japan has to offer . Feel free to adjust the itinerary to your needs and wishes – this is just an idea/inspiration for you!

Tokyo (5 days)

We start these 3 weeks in Japan in Tokyo. Tokyo has two airports, Haneda and Narita , and while it doesn’t really matter which one you fly into, Haneda is a lot closer to the centre. Make sure you know how to get to your hotel from either airport before you fly – especially after such a long flight, the last thing you want is to stress about getting to your hotel!

When you have three weeks to explore Japan, you want to take some time to explore its capital city. Tokyo is BIG. You can literally spend a month here and still find new and exciting hotspots. Five days may seem like a long time, but it’s barely enough to scrape the surface. We divide these five days in Tokyo in some of the most popular wards of the city.

I’d recommend booking a hotel for 8 nights in Tokyo. Even though you will only spend 5 days in Tokyo itself, the three days afterwards will be day trips from Tokyo. To avoid problems with carrying your suitcases from hotel to hotel, it’s much easier to just stay at the same hotel.

Wondering where to stay in Tokyo ? We stayed at Sotetsu Fresa Inn Higashi Shinjuku. Shinjuku is located in the heart of Tokyo, which makes it easy to get to any other part of the city by metro (which is literally located next to the hotel). I really enjoyed staying here and would definitely recommend it.

Day 1 in Tokyo – Shibuya and Harajuku

On the very first day of your trip to Japan, we dive right into the busy streets of Tokyo. There are so many things to do in Tokyo ! But we’ll start by making our way to Shibuya in the morning to see:

• Shibuya crossing: The busiest crossing on the planet can be found in the middle of Shibuya. It’s quite an experience to walk across the street yourself, alongside the sea of others. Head over to the Starbucks across the road for a coffee and an amazing view over the crossing. Perfect for a timelapse or some photos 😉
• Hachiko statue: A statue to commemorate Tokyo’s favourite and most famous dog, Hachiko. You can find the statue right outside Shibuya station.
• Shopping in Shibuya: Shibuya is known to be one of the business and shopping wards of Tokyo, so it makes sense to have a little look around for some souvenirs. Some of the best shops include Vanguard Village, MODI, Shibuya109, Disney Store and Tokyo Hands.

In the afternoon, you can walk from Shibuya to Harajuku. You can take the metro but it’s only a 15-minute walk from Shibuya and it gives you the chance to walk through this beautiful Japanese neighbourhood. Harajuku is known for its vibrant fashion style and pop culture. Here are some things to check out when in Harajuku:

• Shopping in Harajuku: Harajuku is filled with the cutest little fashion boutiques and fun shops that sell the craziest items. The two main streets for the best shops in Harajuku are Takeshita Street and Omotesando Avenue.
• Harajuku crepe: When in Harajuku, try one of the popular Harajuku Crepes. They have multiple shops all over the area and literally hundreds of fillings (from sweet to savoury).
• Purikura: Japanese photo booths are very popular among teens and a must-try when in Tokyo. After taking some photos, you can edit them to look more kawaii and get a little print to remember your time in Harajuku.

Day 2 in Tokyo – Ikebukuro and Meiji Shrine

Start the second day in Japan with some shopping in the upcoming Ikebukuro, then head over to one of the main shrines in the city, Meiji Shrine.

• Shopping in Ikebukuro : This Tokyo ward is huge in shopping, filled with high street stores and restaurants. Some fun ones to check out are Bic Camera, Loft and Sun Drug.
• Tokyo Pokemon Mega Store: One of the main highlights in Ikebukuro is the biggest Pokemon Centre in Japan, Tokyo Pokemon Mega Store. You can find this shop on the second floor of the Sunshine City shopping centre.
• Coco curry: Japan is filled with the most amazing dishes, but one you should really try is Japanese curries. CoCo Curry Ichibanya is a chain in Japan that can be found in quite a few places, but also in the Sunshine City shopping mall. A perfect spot to grab some lunch before continuing your day in Tokyo.

In the afternoon, head back to Harajuku Station. The entrance of Meiji shrine can be found not far from here.

Because Meiji Shrine is so close to Harajuku, it makes sense to grab some dinner in this part of Tokyo. Harajuku is also home to many karaoke bars, where you can experience another piece of Japanese culture.

Day 3 in Tokyo – Asakusa and Akihabara

Day three in Tokyo is a day filled with contrasts. Starting at the traditional Sensoji temple and heading towards the hyper-modern Akihabara (also known as electronic town ) in the afternoon.

Sensoji is located in Asakusa. After arriving at Asakusa station, you can find Tokyo’s oldest temple just a few minutes away. The temple dates back to the year 645. On the temple grounds, you can find many smaller shrines alongside the big attraction. A fun thing to do at Senso-ji is O-mikuji : a Japanese form of fortune-telling. It only costs ¥100 and – if you happen to get bad fortune – you can leave your bad fortune at the temple for a better future.

From Asakusa, make your way to Akihabara by metro. Akihabara is literal heaven for those who like electronics, anime, video games and other pop-culture references. It’s got that real high-tech Japan feel to it and it’s a really cool place to explore. Some highlights to check out include:

• Shop at retro game camp: Akihabara has some amazing retro-game stores which really kick in the nostalgia. Retro Game Camp is by far the best one in Tokyo – all games come with newly fitted batteries and you can barely see any scratches on them!
• Visit a maid cafe: Japan has some crazy cafes. One of the most popular and well-known is the maid cafe – and there are quite a few in Akihabara. Even though it may be a bit strange, it definitely makes for an amazing experience.
• Play in one of the many arcades: As you may expect, Akihabara is also filled with the most amazing arcades. Make sure to explore more than just the first floor (where you can find mainly claw machines). There are some awesome games to play from the second floor up.

Day 4 in Tokyo – Koto City

In Koto City, you can find the interactive art exhibitions Teamlab Planets and Teamlab Borderless . We decided to go to Teamlab Planets and absolutely loved it. It’s such a unique experience (walking up a waterfall, through an infinity room and more) that you really shouldn’t miss when you’re in Japan before they end it.

Just a couple of metro stops from the Teamlabs exhibitions, you can find the Gundam base . Even though I wasn’t very familiar with the anime, my boyfriend absolutely loved it. And to be honest, it was pretty cool 😉 They have a life-sized Gundam outside the shopping mall that moves every hour on the hour.

If your hotel is located in Shinjuku (would highly recommend this!), you’re in for a bit of fun! Shinjuku has a lively night scene, which is perfect for an evening to unwind. Whether you want to drink some sake in one of the many bars or play the famous pachinko game – definitely spend a few hours here before heading to bed.

The fifth and last day to explore Tokyo will be spent at the famous Tokyo Tower and the Roppongi ward. Make your way to Hamamatsuchō station first. From there you can stop by the beautiful Zojoji Temple before heading to Tokyo Tower.

Tokyo Tower itself is obviously one of the most iconic sights of Japan’s capital, and therefore deserves a little visit. You can head all the way to the top for a little fee, but you can also nose around the many shops on the first few floors for free.

In the late afternoon, keep walking towards Roppongi . This part of Tokyo is one of dazzling nightlife for both locals and tourists. Some things to do before heading to the nearest bar:

• Mori Art Museum: The largest contemporary art museum in Tokyo. It’s located at the top of the central Mori Tower where you can take some amazing photos of Tokyo.
• Nogi Shrine: A beautiful samurai shrine.
• Tokyo City View: If you missed the view at Mori Art Museum, definitely check out Tokyo City View in the Roppongi Hills – another opportunity to take some stunning photos of Tokyo.

For a more detailed Tokyo guide, check out my 6-day Tokyo itinerary . This is basically the same 5 days as described in this itinerary, but with an additional day at Tokyo Disney Sea or Tokyo Disney Land.

Get Your Free Japan Guide

Subscribe to our monthly newsletter and receive my FREE downloadable Japan Travel Guide . Including everything you need to know before visiting Japan!

You can unsubscribe anytime. For more details, review our Privacy Policy . (We promise not to spam!)

Almost there!

Thank you! Make sure to go to your inbox to confirm your newsletter subscription for your free Japan travel guide.

Nikko (1 day)

While staying in the same hotel in Tokyo, we’re going to make a few day trips from the city. Rather than having to move all your luggage with you to a new hotel for one night, staying at the same hotel makes life just a little easier 😉 On the sixth day of our Japan itinerary, we take a day trip to Nikko. You can use the Nikko Pass for this day trip.

Nikko lies north of Tokyo in the Tochigi Prefecture. It takes about 2 hours each way to get there and back from Tokyo. Nikko is known for its forests, waterfalls and natural hot springs – a perfect and peaceful day away from the busyness of Tokyo.

You can check out my one day Nikko itinerary , which includes a map and route to take for an optimal day trip from Tokyo. Some of the best things to do in Nikko include:

• Shinkyo Bridge: Not far from the train station, the Shinkyo bridge is our first stop of the day. This sacred bridge is the gateway to the shrines and temples that can be found inside the city.
• Rinnoji Temple: This UNESCO world heritage site was originally founded by the Buddist monk who brought Buddism to the city in the 8th century.
• Toshogu Temple: Nikko’s most notable temple, Toshogu Temple, is the last resting place of Tokugawa Ieyasu. The beautifully decorated temple is unlike any other temple in Japan. It’s absolutely stunning.
• Kegon Falls: In the afternoon, head over to Nikko National Park for an afternoon in Nikko’s beautiful nature reserve. There are many hiking trails inside the park, but when you only have a short time, I’d recommend going to Kegon Falls. At 100 meters in height, this is one of the most beautiful waterfalls in Japan.
• Ryuzu Falls: Add Ryuzu Falls (translated: Dragon Head Falls ) to your day if you have enough time. There is a small observation deck that you can visit for free that gives you a beautiful view over it.

Hakone (1 day)

Hakone is another popular day trip from Tokyo due to it being such a charming little town. You can find a gorgeous view of Mount Fuji here, as well as onsens, shrines and more. When visiting Hakone for the day , check out the following:

• Hakone Shrine: Possibly Hakone’s most famous and iconic sight is Hakone Shrine. Looking out across Lake Ashi, this torii gate gives you such a peaceful and calming feeling. It’s an absolute must when in Hakone to visit this spot.
• Hakone Open-Air Museum: Alongside tons of sculptures and other amazing pieces of art, Hakone open-air museum also hosts some of Picasso’s drawings and paintings.
• Onsen: Hakone is known for its many onsens. If you want to try one of these typical Japanese hot spring spas, check out Yunessun. This onsen allows you to wear a swimsuit and don’t separate men and women. It’s the perfect place to try an onsen out for the first time.
• Owakudani (Boiling Valley): Taking a gondola up the mountain you can already take a peek into the ominous volcanic landscape. Even though this volcano erupted 3000 years ago, the landscape has been forever changed. Walking near the volcanic zone, you can purchase a black egg. This egg has been boiled in naturally boiling water and is said to prolong your life – worth a shot, I’d say 😉

Mt Fuji (1 day)

When spending three weeks in Japan, you kinda have to see the iconic Mount Fuji. From Tokyo, you can easily take a day trip out to visit some of the best Mount Fuji viewing spots. This iconic mountain isn’t one of Japan’s most iconic sights just because of its aesthetics, this volcano is also Japan’s highest mountain at 3776 meters. You can choose to climb Mount Fuji during the climbing season (July-September), but the hiking trails usually take a full day – I’d recommend finding a hotel nearby if you want to climb it!

But you won’t be able to see Mount Fuji when climbing it 😉 There are quite a few places where you can see Mount Fuji – like Hakone – but the Fuji Five Lake region is your best chance of seeing Mount Fuji in all its glory. The mountain is known to hide in the mist quite often, so visiting this area gives you the best chance of capturing it.

• Chureito Pagoda: If you think of Mount Fuji, chances are that you imagine a photo with a red pagoda in the front. This is probably the most photographed spot in the whole of Japan! Especially when the sakura is blooming, this spot embodies so much of what is classic Japan.
• North shore of Lake Kawaguchiko: One of the most breathtaking places to see Mount Fuji is from the north shore of Lake Kawaguchiko. Especially if you’re visiting in spring or autumn, nature makes it look even more beautiful.

You can book a Mount Fuji tour from Tokyo that takes you to the best viewing spots! This way, you don’t have to worry about making it to all the best spots on your own.

Kyoto (3 days)

After those day trips from Tokyo, it really is time to leave Tokyo and head over to Kyoto. Using the shinkansen, it takes about two and a half hours to get to Kyoto.

Wondering where to stay in Kyoto for three nights? I recommend staying in downtown Kyoto, as it’s close to all the major sights, it’s easy to get around, and you can walk to the Geisha district in under 10 minutes. My hotel recommendation is Hotel Resol Kyoto Kawaramachi Sanjo .

Kyoto represents Japan very well. In a way, the city has such big contrasts between traditional and hyper modernity. From temples that have been there for over a thousand years to skyscrapers in Kyoto’s centre.

On the first day in Kyoto, I wouldn’t plan too much. You’ll be travelling by Shinkansen from Tokyo and checking into your hotel. Maybe head into the city centre for a first glimpse of the city – but when travelling through a country for three weeks, it’s not a bad idea to take a little rest day.

Because you only really have two full days in Kyoto , I’d recommend seeing the following highlights:

• Fushimi Inari Taisha: My personal favourite sight in Kyoto. The thousands of red torii gates that lead you up to Mount Inari. The hike to the summit of Mount Inari and back takes about 2-3 hours but is totally worth your time. I’d recommend going early in the morning to avoid the huge seas of tourists.
• Higashiyama and Gion: After Fushimi Inari, head over to the old geisha districts of Kyoto. Higashiyama and Gion lay next to each other and are filled with the most beautiful old tea houses and shrines. Take the afternoon to walk through the neighbourhoods and stop by several sights as Kiyomizu-Dera, Kodaiji Temple and the Yasaka Pagoda. In the evening, stop by Pontocho Alley to dine in one of the most beautiful streets of the city.
• Kinkaku-ji: Start the next day by visiting the Golden Pavillion (also known as Kinkaku-ji). Being one of Kyoto’s 17 UNESCO world heritage sites, this gorgeous zen temple has to be on your Kyoto itinerary.
• Arashiyama Bamboo Grove: Head over to Arashiyama in the afternoon, where you can find the Arashiyama Bamboo Grove.
• Arashiyama Iwatayama Monkey Park: Not far from the Bamboo Grove, you can find Iwatayama Monkey Park. Located on top of a hill, you’ll be rewarded with a beautiful view over this part of Kyoto. 120 monkeys roam around the park freely and you can buy little bags of food to feed them (¥100 per bag).
• Kyoto Tower: In the evening, grab some dinner in Central Kyoto and stop by Kyoto Tower. Even though it’s not as famous as the Tokyo Tower, it’s still worth a visit. You can go to the top for ¥770, where you will find a 360 view over Kyoto (which is especially pretty at night)!

Osaka (2 days)

Using the Shinkansen, head over to Osaka in the morning. You will be staying in Osaka for 4 nights. We stayed in the Sonezaki Luxe Hotel in Osaka and even though it was the cheapest hotel we stayed in, it was also the best hotel we stayed in during our entire trip. Only 5-10 minutes by foot from the train station, lots of things to do around the hotel and a huge room (for Japanese standards).

When spending 2 full days in Osaka , make sure to check out:

• Umeda Sky Building: Almost next to Osaka’s train station, the Umeda Sky Building stands tall. The Floating Garden Observatory is located on the 39th floor for a beautiful view across the city.
• Osaka Castle: Osaka’s pride and joy, the beautiful Osaka Castle. Inside, you can find a museum to learn more about the history of the castle and how it played a huge role in unifying Japan in the 16th century. Personally, I’m not quite sure if the entrance fee was worth it, but the view from the top was stunning!
• Shitennoji Temple: One of Japan’s oldest temples is also located in Osaka. When at the temple, also check out the 5-storied pagoda and the Gokuraku-Jodo Garden.
• Shinsekai : This Osaka district was developed in the early 1900s and modelled after Paris (as you can see looking at the Tsutenkaku Tower, which resembles the Eifel Tower). It’s the perfect place to try some of Osaka’s famous street foods such as Takoyaki and Okonomiyaki.
• Kuromon Market: Another spot to let your inner foodie live its best life. In this market, you can try tons more amazing dishes. Because Osaka stands so close to the sea, they have some of the best and freshest fish dishes in the whole of Japan!
• Minami/Dotonbori: This part of Osaka is filled with life. A sea of neon lights, music and the most amazing smells (street food everywhere!). In this district, you can find the famous Glico Man, the Moving Crab, and Hozenji Yokocho.

Nara (1 day)

From Osaka, it’s super easy to make your way over to Nara for a little day trip. Nara is a city that should not be missed when in Japan, especially if you’re in Osaka or Kyoto. This gorgeous little traditional town was Japan’s first capital city and hosts 8 UNESCO world heritage sites. Alongside the stunning temples and rich history of the city, Nara is mainly known for its deer park. In this park, 1200 deer roam around freely, posing for pictures and begging tourists for some of the tasty deer crackers that are sold all over the park. When in Nara , make sure to check out the following:

• Kōfuku-ji: You can find the first temple of the day just a few minutes from Nara’s train station. The Kōfuku-ji temple site includes the country’s second-tallest wooden pagoda, the southern Octagonal Halls and the Central Golden Hall. The temple grounds are free to enter, but the temples themselves require a small fee.
• Isuien Garden: A stunning Japanese garden that dates back to the 17th century.
• Todai-ji: The world’s biggest wooden structure (and one of Nara’s UNESCO world heritage sites), Todai-ji, was one of my favourite sights in Nara. Todai-ji dates back to the year 752 and its size is so incredible. To know that it’s made from wood only simply blows my mind. Inside, you can find the world’s largest Daibutsu-san (bronze Buddha statue).
• Kasuga-Taisha: Another UNESCO world heritage site, the Kasuga-Taisha. Known for its 3000 stone lanterns lining up towards the entrance.
• Nara Deer Park: And of course, Nara Deer Park. The icons of the city. You can buy some special crackers to feed them at stands all over the park. One fun thing to try is to bow for them. They’ve learned to bow back for a little treat 😉

Kobe (1 day)

Another city you can visit for the day from Osaka is Kobe. The harbour town is mainly known for the tasty (and expensive) Kobe beef steak, but Kobe has way more to offer! From Osaka, it takes about an hour to get to Kobe by train – you can use your JR pass for this trip.

• Ropeway up Mount Rokko: Taking the cable cart up Mount Rokko gives you a stunning view across Hanshin region (Kobe and Osaka). On top of the mountain, you can find some more things to do such as a botanical garden and an observation deck.
• Soraku-en Garden: A traditional Japanese garden in the middle of Kobe. A bit of peace and quiet amidst the busy city.
• Kobe Port Tower: Possibly the most iconic Japan landmark in Kobe city, the port tower. With 5 different observation decks, it’s definitely worth a visit. You’ll be able to see all the way to Osaka on a clear day. As well as the observation decks, you will find many restaurants (including a 360 view restaurant) and shops in the tower.
• Nada Sake Museum: You can’t leave Japan without trying its popular rice wine, Sake. The Nada district in Kobe is actually Japan’s top sake production region. As well as many Sake breweries, you can find some museums here to learn all about this tasty alcoholic drink.
• Try Kobe Beef: Kobe’s claim to fame has to be its special beef. It is considered to be the tastiest beef on the planet. Only 3000 cattle qualify each year to be considered Kobe beef cows and the animals are raised with extraordinary care. No wonder it’s so expensive!

Check out our full Kobe day trip itinerary for a route to optimise your day in Kobe.

Himeji Castle (1 day)

Today, we leave Osaka and make our way to Okayama, where we will sleep for 2 nights. It takes about one hour and forty minutes to get to Okayama from Osaka. But we make a little stop at the famous Himeji Castle on the way to Okayama.

Himeji Castle is one of Japan’s most beautiful castles. Due to its elegant and white appearance, it immediately catches your attention. As the castle has never been destroyed by war or natural disaster, it’s one of 12 original castles in Japan.

For some more information, you can check our one day Himeji itinerary .

Okayama (1 day)

Capital of the prefecture that shares its name, Okayama is a transport hub where the Sanyo Shinkansen meets with the railway connecting to Shikoku. Okayama gets more sun than any other part of Japan, claiming the nickname “Land of Sunshine”. When spending a day in Okayama, check out the following highlights:

• Okayama Castle: Nicknames the Crow Castle due to its black appearance, the Okayama Castle is one of the main highlights of the city. The castle was completed in 1597 after 8 years of building.
• Korakuen Gardens: This 300-year-old Japanese garden is one of the three most beautiful gardens in Japan.
• Kibiji Cycling Road: This 2-hour bike ride takes you along shrines, farmhouses and the beautiful rural Japanese countryside of Okayama. You can hire a bike at either Bizen Ichinomiya or Soja bike shop. It’s a fun and unique way to see this part of Japan.

Hiroshima (2 days)

Hiroshima will forever be connected with the terrible atomic bombing that happened on August 6th 1945, killing between 129.000 and 226.000 people.

The bomb destroyed nearly everything within a 2-kilometre radius. But rather than being a radioactive wasteland, Hiroshima has been rebuilt into a thriving city. You will be staying in Hiroshima for three nights.

• Atomic Bomb Dome: Even though this building was located almost directly underneath the very first atomic bomb dropping in history, it somehow survived. The ruins are now a monument with world heritage status.
• Peace Park: Before the dropping of the bomb, the location of the Peace Park was the political and economic centre of Hiroshima. While rebuilding the city, it was decided to turn this place into a memorial.
• Shukkei-en Garden: A stunning Japanese garden in the middle of Hiroshima.
• Hiroshima Castle: Nicknamed the Carp Castle, Hiroshima Castle was first built in 1589. It was the centre of the city. Unfortunately, it got destroyed in the bombing in 1945. The castle was rebuilt and now hosts a museum where you can learn about Japan’s history. On the top, you can find a beautiful panoramic view of the city.

Our one day Hiroshima itinerary shows you exactly how you can make the most of your time here.

From Hiroshima, you can make the popular day trip to Miyajima Island . The official name of this island is actually Itsukushima, but it’s more widely known as Miyajima (translated to Shrine Island). If you’ve been using a JR pass to travel around Japan, you can also use this pass for the ferry to get to the island. Once you’re on the island, check out the following:

• Giant Torii: The “floating” torii gate of Miyajima has been ranked as one of Japan’s best three views. At high tide, the torii gate seems to be floating, but when the tide is low, you’re able to walk next to it. A fun way to see the torii gate up close is to hire a kayak and paddle your way towards it.
• Itsukushima Shrine: The pride of the island has to be the Itsukushima Shrine. Built over water in the year 593, the shrine seems to be floating above the water surface. It has been listed as a UNESCO world heritage site. The entire island has a long history with the Shinto religion, which is seen back in this old but beautiful shrine.
• Five-storied pagoda : This beautiful pagoda was built in 1407 and restored in 1544. With notable Chinese influences, this is one absolutely stunning building.
• Daisho-in Temple: Even though this temple isn’t as well known as the Itsukushima Shrine, it is definitely worth visiting. 500 statues with unique facial expressions are lined up towards the entrance of the temple and inside the Henjokutsu cave, you will find a dimly lit room with a ceiling full of lanterns. It’s a magical sight.
• The Ropeway: For some amazing views, check out the Miyajima ropeway. This cable cart takes you up Mount Misen, where you can find some more temples to visit. But the main reason to check out the ropeway is to enjoy the stunning views from the cable cart over the Selo Sea.

After this day trip to Miyajima island , enjoy one last sleep in Hiroshima. The following day, it’s the end of this 3 week Japan itinerary. Make your way back to either Osaka or Tokyo for your flight home.

I’d definitely check if you’re able to fly back from Osaka, as it’s much closer to Hiroshima compared to Tokyo. I hope you enjoyed this Japan itinerary and that it has helped you plan your own trip to Japan! Please check out the following tips and tricks to make your three weeks in Japan even more amazing.

If you have more time in Japan, you may want to consider visiting Kyushu too. Our 7-day Kyushu itinerary makes for the perfect addition to this itinerary if you have a month to spend in Japan! Or… save it for your return trip to Japan!

Best times to visit Japan

When planning your three weeks in Japan, the time of year obviously plays a huge role. Depending on what time of year you go, the prices will change and some highlights may be busier than expected. I would personally always recommend going in the autumn because it’s a lot cheaper and quieter while the temperatures are still lovely. But here are the pros and cons of each season in Japan.

Pros of visiting Japan in spring: One of the things Japan is famous for is the iconic cherry blossoms. In spring, they will be in full bloom. What’s more Japan than seeing the sea of pink across the cities and parks? The weather will also be lovely and mild – perfect for travelling around!

Cons of visiting Japan in spring: You won’t be to only one looking to enjoy the sakura… Spring in Japan tends to get quite busy. And when it’s busy, the hotel prices go up too!

If you’re bound to travel in the summer due to school or work, I have no doubts that you’ll still have a wonderful time in Japan. But if you can avoid summer, please do so! Summer is the tourist high season in Japan. Alongside the heat, the humidity and typhoon season – it’s best avoided.

Pros of visiting Japan in autumn: I ADORE Japan in autumn. The leaves are coloured beautifully, the temperature is mild and pretty perfect for travelling around and it’s not very busy. Autumn is a lot quieter and therefore cheaper in Japan compared to spring and summer.

Cons of visiting Japan in autumn: You’ll miss the popular cherry blossoms, but I think that the autumn leaves kinda make up for that!

Pros of visiting Japan in winter: Winter is by far the cheapest and most quiet time to visit Japan. Not many people tend to go there on holiday during this time (apart from going skiing in Sapporo etc.).

Cons of visiting Japan in winter: It is COLD. If you’re planning to travel to Japan in winter, make sure you pack a lot of warm clothes.

Japan Travel Essentials

There are a few things you need to know BEFORE going on your trip to Japan. Sorting these things out before your trip will save you a lot of hassle. For a more in-depth guide to Japan, check out my everything you need to know before going to Japan tips blogpost.

Japan Rail Pass

Before the price increase of the JR Pass in October 2023, the 2-week JR Pass would have been a great option for this itinerary. However, due to the 70% price increase, it no longer is a good idea.

Instead, it’s better to buy individual tickets for the Shinkansen. You can buy them at the station on the day, or you can pre-order them through Klook .

Pocket Wifi

Instead of having to buy a SIM card in Japan and spending tons of money on it, order a Pocket Wifi before your trip. This little device gives you access to the internet everywhere in Japan. Charge it at night in your hotel room and pop it in your backpack during the day.

Staying connected during your Japan trip isn’t just important for updating your social media, but it’s an absolute lifesaver when it comes to Google Maps and simply Googling some more information about the places you’re visiting.

You can get one from Ninja WiFi with 15% discount using code THENAVIGATIO15 .

The currency in Japan is the Japanese Yen (JPY, ¥, 円). Rather than having to guess how much you’re going to spend and exchange it before you go to Japan (and pay a huge fee doing so), get an international money card instead.

These types of cards also aren’t connected to your bank account, so if you’d lose it, you wouldn’t have to worry about someone emptying your entire savings account. You simply top them up whenever you run out of cash.

If you’re in the UK, I’d recommend getting one with Monzo. If you’re outside the UK, go with Transferwise. Using one of these cards allows you to pay the daily exchange rate without any extra fees!

2 Weeks in Japan instead?

If you don’t have three weeks to spend in Japan and want to go for two weeks instead, you can totally do that. You can either decide to cut down this itinerary to one that fits your time schedule better. Or you can check out my 2 week Japan itinerary. This itinerary takes you from Tokyo to Kyoto, Osaka and Nara.

Alternatively, you can use my 10 day Japan itinerary for an even shorter trip.

3 Weeks in Japan Itinerary – Conclusion

That concluded my three weeks in Japan recommended itinerary. I hope it has helped you plan an efficient and very exciting stay in this wonderful country. I, for one, can’t wait to visit again!

Save for later…

Nele (Nay-la) graduated from Manchester Metropolitan University with an English and Creative Writing Degree and has lived in the UK for nearly 10 years. She has had an interest in Japan and its culture for as long as she can remember. Since her first trip in 2018 surpassed all expectations, she has continued to return to Japan to explore more of all it has got to offer. You can read her full story here .

24 thoughts on “The Perfect 3 Week Japan Itinerary”

I absolutely loved Japan! But that was a trip long ago. Thanks for this comprehensive guide. I’ll save this for the next time I visit Japan.

What an amazing country and so gutted that I have yet to visit. Pinned for when I start planning my trip which I hope is happening in 2020. Looks like you had quite and adventure in Japan. Your post really has me want to move this up to early next year.

What a detailed guide. For sure I will use it on my trip to Japan. The photos are beautiful.

This is a monster guide, I love it! I’ve never been to Japan but hope to go someday!

Hi, We absolutely love this article. It has been incredibly helpful. We want to do an overnight stay in either Hakone or Nikko- what would you recommend?

Thank you so much Julie! Either are great cities to stay overnight in. My personal preference would go to Hakone because they have a lot of onsen hotels and stunning views of Mount Fuij – but Nikko gives you a lot of extra opportunities for hiking if that’s something you’re interested in 🙂

Wow what a detailed itinerary and great places. Japan is in my bucketlist.hope to visit someday .thanks for this useful guide

Japan is still very high on my bucket list. The places you’ve visited look amazing and getting a Japan Rail pass sounds like a must. Thanks for sharing all your tips 🙂

This is perfect timing I’ve been considering this exact trip! I went to Tokyo for a de days a year and a half ago and now I want to see much more of the country

Japan is so high on my bucket list! Lovely photos!

Love this! Thank you. Do you have a rough idea on budget including spending money please?

• Pingback: Blogs To Read This September - Bournemouth Girl

What a fabulous guide! Thanks for this!

Thank you so much! You’re website has helped me so much to plan my upcoming trip. It’s the exact time length and you’ve hit all of the main things I want to see for my first vacation trip (been but for work only). You’re the best!

Well, this sure took the mystery out of where to go, stay, see. Absolutely great detail and we will follow most of it with a few tweaks of our own.

Can’t wait.

This is fabulous! We want to go to Japan for 3 weeks in November, I know nothing about Japan, your post sounds perfect, thank you.

Thank you so much for this itinerary ! I planned my whole trip around it and my friends and I had a blast ! You’ve done an amazing job 😀

I am planning a 3 weeks trip to Japan and your blog was super useful! Thank you so much for it! I have a small doubt. You mentioned “If you’re planning to follow this 3 week Japan itinerary, I’d highly recommend getting a JR pass for 2 weeks”. If I am going for 3 weeks, shouldn’t I buy a JR pass for 3 weeks (instead of 2)?

Looking forward to your reply 🙂

Hi Dimple! Since you won’t be needing the JR Pass for the first 7 days, it’s best to get the pass for 2 weeks because it’s much cheaper. In Tokyo, you can use the Suica card instead – it’ll save you a lot of money!

Hi Nele Thanks for all the great tips. Im heading to Japan for 3 weeks at the end of the month and am really excited. Quick additional question on Dimples question/topic of JR Pass … whats the best way to get from Haneda airport into Tokyo, if I am not using a JR Pass for the first 7 days ? Thanks Steve

The easiest way is to use the train, which should only take about 20-30 minutes and doesn’t cost more than a few dollars. You can get a ticket for it at Haneda train station, or use a Suica card (you can add this as a card on your Apple wallet if you use iPhone – or get a physical card at the station, they’re very handy if you’re traveling inside cities in Japan).

Hope that helps!

Hi there Thanks for this guide. I wonder, since now the price has gone up so much, would it still be worthwhile getting the 2 weeks JR pass while following your 3 week itinerary? From my initial calculation, it doesn’t seem worthwhile even if I travel back to Tokyo on last day from Osaka to catch a flight in Tokyo, not sure if you would agree? Also, I was considering to get the 5-day tokyo city pass, do you consider that a good value? This would be my first time to Japan so I’d be visiting as much as I can I reckon.

Hi. Thank you so much for this article. Are you able to email a pdf version as when I go to print this it goes all over the place. Thank you so much

Thanks Vicki! It’s something I’m working on at the moment, I’m hoping to make them available after the summer!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Must-Read Articles

50+ Best Things To Do In Japan

Is The Japan Rail Pass Worth it?

The Perfect Three Week Japan Itinerary

Japan Travel Tips Group

The Japan Travel Newsletter

Sign up to get inspired! Receive insider tips, special discounts and more to plan your perfect Japan trip.

You have successfully joined our subscriber list.

japan travel Blog

Tokyo Kyoto Osaka Hiroshima Hakone Kobe Nikko Nara Kyushu All Japan Content

Plan Your Trip

Best Things To Do Japan Rail Pass 2 Week Itinerary 3 Week Itinerary Accommodation Japanese Phrases

About The Navigatio Work With Us

• BACKPACKERS WANDERLUST - AN AWARD WINNING TRAVEL BLOG
• Work With Me

• DISCLOSURE & PRIVACY POLICY
• United States
• Cook Islands
• New Caledonia
• New Zealand
• Accommodation Goals
• Budget And Cost Of Travel
• Foodie Goals
• Packing & Planning
• Travel Inspiration
• Volunteering Abroad
• Working & Studying Abroad
• Other Travel Tips

3 Week Vietnam Itinerary: Best Route North To South (2024)

Come find out the ideal Vietnam 3 week itinerary for the ultimate adventure. Let’s talk about the best route, things to do, transportation, accommodation, and more during your 3 weeks in Vietnam!

Now Vietnam is for sure one of the best countries you can choose to backpack. It has such varied landscapes, delicious food, and awesome locals. Though it is actually a huge country with so much to offer.

It can be a bit overwhelming to figure out where exactly to go on your travels. Though thankfully there is a well-established backpacking route that I focused on travels in completing during my time in Vietnam.

Therefore I know how long you should spend in each spot, how to travel between them, as well as the best places to eat, sleep, and stay.

Our itinerary will start in the North of Vietnam, in the city of Hanoi. This place has excellent international flight routes ensuring you will easily be able to start your travels there. However we will end in another city called Ho Chi Minh City or Saigon, another spot with excellent international transport links.

This means you will easily be able to switch this itinerary around and do it back to front if your heart, and travel plans, desire. It’s the perfect Vietnam North to South itinerary.

We actually spent 4 weeks traveling this route in Vietnam, 28 days on the dot. Though we spent too long in some cities, so I have altered this Vietnam itinerary for 3 weeks.

Keep in mind that 3 weeks is the minimum amount of time to complete this route with the days in each city I have recommended. Therefore I do not support trying to shorten it anymore.

If you are looking at getting off the beaten track and away from other travelers, then I will say it now; this is not the itinerary for you. This is assuming you are visiting Vietnam for the first time and want to see some of the best places it has to offer.

We will keep you on the well-trodden backpacking Vietnam route. Though with a few extra tips and tricks are thrown in to take your adventure to the next level.

Now, let’s get into this 3 week Vietnam itinerary with all the information you need to know to have the ultimate adventure.

The Best 3 Weeks In Vietnam Itinerary For First-Time Visitors: Travel North To South With This Vietnam 3 Week Itinerary

Hanoi (Day 1 – 3)

Welcome to Hanoi ! It can be a bit overwhelming when you first touch down for your 3 weeks in Vietnam itinerary but trust me, this is one of the craziest cities in Vietnam. Enjoy being among the action!

Enjoy Vietnam’s capital city boasting a well-preserved mix of French and Chinese architectural influences. Wander the small alleyways discovering delicious hidden way local food stalls.

Look in awe at the incredible cathedral contrasting against the noisy motorbikes fulling the road. This city is an excellent starting point for some excellent multiday trips such as Sapa, Ha Long Bay, and Mai Chau.

You will actually need to pop into Hanoi for a couple of extra nights as stop-offs between these multiday trips and other destinations in Vietnam. This is simply because you don’t want to book your other transportation on the same day in case you miss it due to weather, traffic, or simply unforeseen circumstances.

I know it is a hassle, so ignore the extra overnight extra if you want. However just be extra cautious of possible delays on the road.

I have actually written a full 3 days in Hanoi itinerary , with absolutely everything you need to know about spending time in this city, including what to do morning, afternoon, and night.

For now, let’s chat about some of the highlights this city has to offer and what you need to check out while here.

🚗 How I Book Cheap Transport In Vietnam: Baolau & 12.Go Asia

Getting From Noi Bai Airport To The Old Quarter

There are quite a few options you can take when figuring out how to travel from the Noi Bai International Airport to the Old Quarter, which is the best area to stay in Hanoi. They are also a surprisingly long distance apart as Hanoi is a crazy huge place. Depending on your transport method of choice it could take anywhere from 30 minutes to a full hour to travel the distance.

Prepaid Taxi: Taking a prepaid taxi is one of the most popular options when figuring out how to travel from the airport to the Old Quarter. This is also one I highly recommend. You can book a prepaid taxi via your accommodation before arriving in Hanoi. They will make sure the taxi driver is waiting at the airport holding up a sign with your name on it. When I was in Hanoi I paid $20.00 for my taxi from Noi Bai International Airport to The Old Quarter. We also arrived in the country in peak traffic and it took us over an hour to travel the distance in gridlock.

Taxi: You will find taking a regular taxi will be slightly cheaper than a prepaid taxi. It will be super easy to find a taxi. Simply exit the airport terminal and there will be a line of taxis waiting out the front. Your typical 4-seater car will cost somewhere between $14.00 – $18.00 depending on traffic. Organize a fixed price for the journey and do not pay for the meter.

Bus: The cheapest way to travel from Noi Bai Airport to the Old Quarter in Hanoi is by public bus.

• Number 86 Bus is the newest, and most highly recommended bus. It will take you directly to the Old Quarter and finishes at the Hanoi Central Railway Station. The journey will take around 1 hour and cost $1.30 per person.
• Number 7 Bus runs from the airport to Kim Ma bus station, on the western side of the Old Quarter. This is a long journey at an hour and a half and costs $0.40.
• Number 17 Bus: This is a similar bus to the above, though instead finishes at Long Bien bus station. It takes an hour and a half and costs $0.40 as well.

Top Things To Do In Hanoi

Time to start exploring the best of what Hanoi has to offer. You should have one-half day and a full day to explore if you are following this Vietnam itinerary, giving you time to check out what you would like.

This is a list of my personal recommendations:

Wander The Old Quarter – The Old Quarter in Hanoi is a crazy busy place. Think small alleys, stores spilling out the side of buildings, and motorbikes speeding down the street. There is nothing better to do here than simply get lost. Stop at that store selling those cute trinkets, grab a banh mi from that food cart and follow your nose to that delicious-smelling hotpot from around the corner.

St Joseph’s Cathedral – I was lucky enough to stay in a hostel next to St Joseph’s Cathedral during my time in Hanoi. If you are there on a Sunday pop inside during the service and watch. Just remember to be respectful and stay quiet down the back, so as to not interrupt.

Hoan Kiem Lake & Ngoc Son Temple – Hoan Kiem Lake is such a happening place in Hanoi and it is only a short stroll from The Old Quarter. This is the perfect spot to come and people watch as the world passes by. In the middle of Hoan Kiem Lake is Ngoc Son Temple. It is very picturesque, even looking at it from a distance from across the lake you can appreciate the beauty.

Train Street – One of the most popular attractions in Hanoi is Train Street. This is simply a narrow bit of train track that weaves between buildings in the busy city. Though the presence of quaint cafes in close proximity to the moving train has created a phenomenon and quite the Instagram hot spot.

Where To Stay In Hanoi

The area of Hoan Kiem, or The Old Quarter, is the best part of Hanoi for travelers. It is full of culture with temples, old gates, small alleys, and traditional shops, making it a picture-perfect spot.

It’s an obvious choice why many choose to stay here. Everything is within relatively close walking distance with plenty of affordable eateries, backpacker hostels, and luxury hotels.

On my most recent visit, I stayed at a hostel in the Old Quarter. You can check out my review of Chien Hostel for more information, though unfortunately, it has now shut down.

Nevertheless, there are still plenty of affordable, but lux, hostel options in the Old Quarter of Hanoi . One of these is Hanoi City Backpackers Hostel . Here you can find dorm beds starting from $5.00, and with a privacy curtain, personal lights, sockets, and more this is real value for money!

Here are my top picks for the backpacking Hanoi travel guide:

How To Get From Hanoi To Sapa

Sapa is the most Northern this 3 week Vietnam itinerary will take you. Hanoi allows for an easy and simple starting point to travel with plenty of direct options available to book.

Though getting from Hanoi to Sapa can take quite a lot of time due to being such a large distance apart, trust me it is worth it. Unfortunately, air travel is currently not an option. This means you will need to travel overland.

Bus: the trip from Hanoi to Sapa takes approximately 5.5 to 6 hours . Plus it is a direct route so there is no need to stop in Lao Cai like the train. Though as someone who has taken the bus from Hanoi to Sapa let me just say, pick your bus company wisely. Conditions in Vietnam vary greatly and even though your accommodation recommends it, that doesn’t mean it is just a good choice. This just means they are likely getting some sort of commission from it.

Train : from Hanoi to Lao Cai takes 8 hours and 5 minutes . Lao Cai is the nearest railway station, 35 kilometers from Sapa town. From Lao Cai Train Station, it takes approximately an additional 65 minutes to reach Sapa, though minivan journeys the rest of the way are super easy to book. Currently, Vietnam Railways operate this journey twice per day, with either the SP1 or SP3 train.

Car or taxi : it takes between 5 and 5.5 hours to travel from Hanoi to Sapa via the highway. If you have a bit more money to spend why not book a private taxi from Hanoi to Sapa. No doubt this will be the fastest and most comfortable journey you could take. It may even take you less than 5 hours if you don’t do any stops! The easiest way to prebook your private taxi is online with 12.Go Asia . They have a variety of companies on offer who can take you the distance. Prices start from $170.00 for a 9 person van one way.

Mini Van: Taking the minivan is another great way to travel from Hanoi to Sapa. This is slightly a more expensive option than the bus, but some of these minivans are fancy AF. Like they are known as limousine vans. Think plush, lazy-boy-style seats. One of the most popular companies to book with is called Eco Sapa Bus. You get 5 and a half hours of luxury where you can just relax in comfort for the whole time. There are two services every day with the first at 7:30 am and the second at 3 pm.

I recommend booking your journeys online with Baolau . Their website said I didn’t need to print off my ticket and instead just show my ticket on my phone to the attendant on the train. This is what I did throughout my travels in Vietnam and never once had an issue.

Being a third-party agent there is a small additional fee built into the ticket cost. Though this way is easier and cheaper than having to go to the train station!

Sapa (Day 3 – 6)

If you are wanting to experience the countryside in Vietnam then Sapa is the perfect place to do this. Think of bright green rice terraces, mountainous landscapes, and witnessing life in rural Vietnam.

This place is absolutely gorgeous and honestly quite different from other popular towns and cities along the tourist trail in Vietnam.

Whether you want to check out some incredible waterfalls, witness the amazing rice terraces, make friends with the local animals or even hike Fansipan Mountain known as the roof of Indochina.

Once you get here one of the best things to do on your Sapa itinerary is go trekking, allowing you to explore the magnificent rice fields that line the hilly countryside making for the most picture-perfect opportunities. You can also stay at a homestay with a local family. Ta Van is an excellent village to do this.

I have actually written a full 3 days in Sapa itinerary , with absolutely everything you need to know about spending time here, including what to do morning, afternoon, and night. Though for now, let’s chat about some of the highlights this city has to offer and what you need to check out while here.

Trekking In Sapa

One of the best ways to go trekking around Sapa is on a guided tour. These are surprisingly affordable costing less than $20.00 for the day. The price general includes lunch and water as well.

You will be able to visit ethnic minority villages here in Sapa, which depends on exactly what tour you book. However, your guides will be able to take you through the beautiful rice terraces and to some of the most picturesque spots. You will be given plenty of opportunities to interact with the local villagers and learn about their way of life.

If you want to trek Sapa without a guide I first highly recommend you download Maps.Me on your phone. On it, you will be able to get an offline version of a map of Sapa, perfect if you do not have a local SIM card.

Alternatively, you can pick up a map of the surrounding area from the Tourist Information Office. If you are traveling during a part of the year with good weather then you can likely do a variety of hikes. The tracks will be maintained and dry so you should have no problem getting around.

Other Things To Do In Sapa

Sapa is a nature lover paradise full of plenty of things to do.

Mount Fansipan – Mount Fansipan is often referred to as the roof of Indochina. This is because it is not just the highest peak in Vietnam at over 10,000 feet, but also in the whole Indo-Chinese Peninsula which includes Laos and Cambodia! Therefore it is a must-visit!

Waterfalls – Silver Waterfall and Love Waterfall are well worth the visit while you are in Sapa. Love waterfall is a short 15 to 20-minute hike away from the main road. Though it is a peaceful walk underneath a beautiful forest. The entry fee is $3.00 / 70,000VND and it is definitely worth it. A few kilometers drive away is also Silver Waterfall. This can be seen from the roadside. Though I definitely recommend hiking up the stairs to the top for the best view.

Sapa Night Market – This is only held on Fridays, Saturdays, and Sundays. It runs from 4:00 pm to 10:00pm and is located on N1 street in the middle of town so is super accessible. This is the perfect place to partake in a little bit of souvenir shopping or perhaps dinner.

Home Stay In Ta Van – You will want to book your homestay in Ta Van in advance. There are so many places to choose from and the easiest way to book your Homestay is through Booking.com. This is what I used to book my homestay making it a hassle-free experience. You will just need to go through the listings and choose one of the homestay options or look at the map view and choose something, not in the main town.

Cat Cat Village – Cat Cat Village is a popular spot for tourists to visit while in Sapa, but in all honesty it is extremely touristy. It is super accessible being located in the Muong Hoa Valley, just 3 kilometers from Sapa Town. It is a super easy walk to get here and the pathway is well-maintained. The entry fee is $1.10 / 25,000 VND. This place is home to the ethnic H’Mong and Dzao people and here they come together to demonstrate their handicrafts and skills to those interested.

Where To Stay In Sapa

When choosing where to stay in Sapa you will be absolutely spoilt for choice. No matter your budget or the type of traveler you are there is something to fit all your needs. Though most people a mixture of a hotel in the main town and a homestay among the rice terraces.

Sapa town is absolutely full of affordable and more luxurious hotel options. From comfortable guesthouses to sparkling brand-new hotels, it all comes down to your budget and what you are willing to spend. The township is nice and compact making it easy to travel everywhere on foot.

I also recommend while you are in Sapa to do a homestay experience. This is where you will live alongside a local family. You can eat what they eat, see the incredible countryside, and explore to your heart’s content. When I stayed in Sapa I booked mine on booking.com and there were so many choices available. Make sure you read reviews so you know what exactly to expect.

Some will have heating, electricity, and wifi while others may not. They seem to be cheaper than the hotels in the main town, though they will be a lot more basic. Our homestay had limited electricity which meant evenings cuddled up around the fire while eating warm sugarcane.

Hanoi ( Day 6 – 7)

This one night in Hanoi is simply to allow you enough time to get back to the city before you’re Ha Long Bay adventures tomorrow.

It is a long journey, no matter if you book a train, bus, or private taxi, so no doubt you will need a good night’s sleep before venturing on.

Ha Long Bay (Day 7 – 8)

One of the most popular things to do when in Hanoi is take a tour of Ha Long Bay . This amazing UNESCO World Heritage Site is no doubt one of the top experiences to have when in Vietnam and leaves visitors breathless.

Though the problem is, that there are so many options to explore Ha Long Bay. They range in price from the horribly cheap ‘I am not sure how this boat is floating’ type to the luxury junk boat cruise with a six-course dinner included.

Halong Bay is easy to get to from Hanoi by day trip, overnight trip, or even for two or more nights, or you can jump on a day or multiple-day cruise from Halong City. I recommend booking the overnight cruise for the 3 weeks in Vietnam itinerary.

Doing the day trip won’t be long enough as it is a couple of hours one way to Ha Long Bay, and the multi-night trip will be too long. All tours you book should include a return transfer to Hanoi, and I recommend utilizing this service for ease.

Choosing A Ha Long Bay Cruise

Now there is an absolute assortment of cruise options you can book for exploring Ha Long Bay. Honestly, it can get quite overwhelming.

I recommend checking out reviews and booking based on other people’s experiences. Just because it is cheap doesn’t necessarily mean it is going to be bad, and just because one might be the most expensive doesn’t mean it is going to be the best.

Unfortunately, since COVID-19, the one I booked doesn’t seem to be operating anymore. However, I did a 2-night trip to Cat Ong Island. Our first day was spent on board the junk boat, the second day exploring Cat Ong Island, and the last day checking out the nearby Cat Ba Island.

This gave us great variety as we weren’t just stuck on one boat for three days (though I did do an 11-day cruise and loved it). This tour was one of the budget backpacker ones, but not the infamous one where everyone gets drunk and vomits everywhere, this cruise was a bit more chill.

Luckily Get Your Guide has some excellent options available for Ha Long Bay cruises perfect for your Vietnam 3 week itinerary:

Hanoi To Ninh Binh

After your time venturing Ha Long Bay has come to an end your tour operator will transfer you back to Hanoi so you can continue your travels. Luckily the journey from Hanoi to Ninh Binh is relatively short, so you will be able to do this on the same day.

Bus: You will find plenty of buses traveling from Hanoi to Ninh Binh. Most hostels and hotels will be able to book a bus for you which includes hotel pick up, and it should cost between 200,000 – 250,000 VND / $8.50 – $10.70.

Train : 6-7 trains leave from Hanoi to Ninh Binh railway station every day, of which SE5 is the most popular option as it offers very convenient travel times. Soft seats sell between 73,000 VND / $3.10 and 99,000 VND / $4.25. Though you also have the option of booking a sleeper berth from 115,000 VND / $4.90.

Taxi : If you are in a rush, or perhaps traveling with a group of people then you can always book a taxi. The journey is much quicker than the bus, only taking 2 hours to complete and you don’t have to go in circles picking up other passengers.

Mini Van: Taking the minivan is another great way to travel. This is slightly a more expensive option than the bus, but some of these minivans are fancy AF. Like they are known as limousine vans. Think plush, lazy-boy-style seats.

I recommend booking your journeys online with Baolau or 12.Go Asia . I used Baolau and their website said I didn’t need to print off my ticket and instead just show my ticket on my phone to the attendant on the train.

This is what I did throughout my travels in Vietnam and never once had an issue. Being a third-party agent there is a small additional fee built into the ticket cost. Though this way is easier and cheaper than having to go to the train station!

Ninh Binh (Day 8 – 10)

Ninh Binh is certainly a place that has grown in popularity over the past few years thanks to those beautiful Instagram posts from the tall karst mountains with views for days.

Here you can hike to the tallest viewpoints, paddle through caves, or soak up the culture. It is another beautiful spot in Vietnam and highly worth visiting during your 3 week itinerary Vietnam.

For a lot of people, this is the most beautiful destination in Vietnam and will leave you in awe. Nearby Ninh Binh you also have the picturesque town of Tam Coc which is surrounded by mountains with homestays and dreamy accommodation galore.

This spot is a lot less touristy than the forever-popular Ha Long Bay. Even though there might not be any sea, here you will find rivers and lakes in contrast with the huge karst mountains.

You are actually able to enjoy the peace and nature here without all of the crowds.

Things To Do In Ninh Binh

There is an assortment of awesome things to do in Ninh Binh that’ll get you in touch with nature and its impressive landscapes.

Trang An Boat Ride : No doubt this is the most popular thing to do in the region, and where the majority of people get those fancy Instagram pictures. This boat ride will take you through the limestone mountains on a maze of rivers and pass through caves. There are three different tour routes to choose from varying in length, but they all cost the same.

Hang Mua Viewpoint: For the ultimate view, it is definitely worth checking out Hang Mua Viewpoint. It may be quite a climb up the 500 stairs, but it is so worth it. Be aware that the staircase splits about halfway up. The right leads to a tower on the lower point. The left continues upward to the highest point where you can find the pagodas with an elaborate white dragon statue, oh and of course the incredible view.

Hire A Bicycle: One of the best things to do in Ninh Binh is simply to explore at your own pace. Many hostels and homestays offer super affordable bike rentals, and since the region is relatively flat it is super easy to ride around. It is definitely worth cycling to the nearby Tam Coc and exploring the main street and around the lake.

Bich Dong Pagoda: This picturesque spot is found hidden underneath one of the limestone mountains that dot the region. As you explore you will discover more temples protruding from the mountainside. The great thing about this Pagoda is that it is an easy bike ride from downtown Tam Coc, or you can take a taxi or a grab car.

Where To Stay In Ninh Binh On The Vietnam North To South Itinerary

Now as you will see you can either choose to stay in Ninh Binh or the small nearby town of Tam Coc. They are about 15 minutes apart from each other, though the main difference between these two places is what you can find in the towns themselves.

Ninh Binh is larger than Tam Coc. Here you will be spoilt for choices in terms of accommodation, restaurants, and cafes. It’s easy here to find a hostel or a modern hotel.

Though being a larger place means Ninh Binh doesn’t have that whole quaint nature town that a lot of people travel to this region to experience.

In contrast, Tam Coc is a much smaller quaint place. You will be sleeping in a homestay here, though you will get to experience the best this region has to offer. Once the crowds pack out during the day you will have this piece of paradise to yourself.

Ninh Binh To Hue

Next up you will need to travel from Ninh Binh to Hue. Unfortunately, this is going to be quite a long journey. However, if you time it right you could organize your transport overnight so you don’t lose out on a day of exploring.

Train : 6-7 trains are leaving from Ninh Binh to Hue railway station every day, though you will be best off taking the overnight train. There are two different overnight trains, taking between eleven and a half to twelve and a half hours. This should give you more than enough time to have a decent night’s sleep, and enough energy to explore the following day. Prices cost between 500,000 to 600,000 VND / $21.40 – $25.70, though you also have the option of booking the more pricey luxury carriage at a higher price.

Bus: You will find plenty of buses traveling from Ninh Binh to Hue. The bus ride takes 11 to 12.5 hours. Although this option is the cheapest at 325,000 VND / $13.50, it is not recommended. The overnight sleeper buses in Vietnam are notorious for being dangerous, and the train isn’t that much more expensive, for a whole lot more comfort.

Fly: As Ninh Binh does not have an airport you will need to travel back to Hanoi to catch a flight to Hue.

I recommend booking your journeys online with Baolau or 12.Go Asia . I used Baolau and their website said I didn’t need to print off my ticket and instead just show my ticket on my phone to the attendant on the train. This is what I did throughout my travels in Vietnam and never once had an issue.

Hue (Day 10 – 12)

Hue is well worth checking out while on your 3 weeks in Vietnam itinerary. Imagine a city equal amounts quaint and bustling, a beautiful river running along the middle, and an impressive citadel smack bang right in the middle. This is Hue and it is such a unique place.

Honestly, it is quite different from the other towns you’ll visit on this Vietnam itinerary and that is why it is a must-visit. It may not have too much in terms of incredible nature.

To gain a better understanding and appreciation of the history and culture of Vietnam I highly recommend a visit to Hue.

Honestly, you do not need too long to explore here which is why I have recommended spending two days in Hue . Though I have heard of people just spending the day here.

They arrived early morning on the overnight train from Hanoi and then took a late-night train out. This has given them a decent chunk of the day to explore the main thing to do here which is the Hue Citadel or the Imperial City Of Hue.

I have actually written a full 2 days in Hue itinerary , with absolutely everything you need to know about spending time in this city, including what to do morning, afternoon, and night.

Best Things To Do In Hue

Well, the Imperial City of Hue is no doubt the main reason why most people travel to Hue. Though, in saying, that there are plenty of other things to do here. as well.

The Imperial City of Hue: Let’s start with the most obvious thing to do here in Hue, visit the impressive Imperial City of Hue. It was built in 1362 and in 1993 was recognized as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Between these two periods of time, the walls of the city have witnessed a lot of history, even serving as the capital of Vietnam from 1802 to 1945 during the reign of the Nguyen dynasty. Purchase your entry ticket for 150,00 VND / $6.60 and enter inside to explore. The grounds are massive! Personally, we spent 3 hours exploring Hue Citadel. Though in all honesty that felt a bit rushed and we would have stayed longer if it wasn’t so hot.

Thien Mu Pagoda: Thien Mu Pagoda is best known for how high it is. Reaching seven stories, and climbing up the stairs you will be treated to incredible views across the river over the pagoda gardens. To get to Thien Mu Pagoda I recommend either hiring a motorbike from in town, or you can just simply take a Grab taxi (Southeast Asia’s version of Uber).

The Abandoned Waterpark: It will be best to get yourself some wheels to explore The Abandoned Waterpark. Apart from being a reasonable distance away from the city of Hue, the park itself is pretty spread out, and to see it all you will need a motorbike to get around. Also, bring along some extra cash as you will need to bribe a security guard to enter the premises.

The Royal Temple of Tu Duc: The Royal Temple of Tu Duc is a beautiful temple site with a lot of Chinese-inspired architecture. This is also where you will find the tomb of Tu Duc who was the Emperor between 1847 and 1883. The entry fee is 100,000 VND / $4.10.

Tu Hieu Pagoda: This is actually a free pagoda to visit and is home to approximately 70 monks. It’s a much more understated pagoda, though it provides a good contrast to Tu Duc Temple.

Where To Stay In Hue

When choosing where to stay in Hue you will be absolutely spoilt for choice. No matter your budget or the type of traveler you are there is something to fit all your needs.

Whether you want an affordable hostel, welcoming guesthouse, or luxury hotel.

I personally stayed in a lovely little guesthouse in Hue, which was the perfect budget option. There are some great guesthouse choices for less than $20.00 per night.

Alternatively, if you are traveling solo you can find plenty of cute, modern, and clean hostels here also.

Hue To Hoi An

It is relatively straightforward to travel from Hue to Hoi An by plane, bus, or train. However, the way I highly recommend is to do a Jeep Tour over the Hai Van Pass.

This will turn a mundane few hours into an exciting few, checking out some more of the incredible landscapes, and roads, Vietnam has to offer.

This is the perfect top-gear moment where you will ride in an army-style Jeep over the Hai Van Pass. Depending on which tour you decide to book you will also get a chance you check out some other spots of interest along the way.

This could include Marble Mountain, Lang Co Bay, Tam Giang Lagoon, visiting some local villages, and more.

If you want to travel by train you will need to travel to Hue to Da Nang by train and then transfer from Da Nang to Hoi An by bus or taxi.

Hoi An (Day 12 – 15)

Hoi An is a great spot to stop off for a few days to enjoy the beach, culture, and countryside. This is one of the top tourist destinations in Vietnam.

It is equal parts quaint and beautiful, especially in the ancient town. Imagine lanterns lighting the night sky, delicious food, and some incredible photo opportunities.

There are so many things to do here in Hoi An you will be spoilt for choice. Whether you enjoy lying by the beach, exploring the jungle, or hitting the shops, there is something here for everyone.

I backpacked Hoi An in the middle of my Vietnam adventures as I made my way overland from North to South. We found this township quite unlike anything we had come across in this country so far.

Honestly, it was extremely touristic, though nevertheless very beautiful. We stayed a short walk from the ancient town meaning we could be among the action when desired, but could also enjoy a bit of peace.

During our stay, we also traveled around by motorbike and bicycle to check out the best attractions on offer.

I have actually written a backpacking Hoi An itinerary guide , with absolutely everything you need to know about spending time here. This includes what to do morning, afternoon, and night.

Things To Do In Hoi An

Hoi An is an awesome town with literally so many things to do. It can quickly become any visitor’s favorite spot in Vietnam and it is easy to see why.

So let’s get into what you should do in Hoi A n for an epic time on your 3 weeks in Vietnam backpacking itinerary adventure.

Take a cooking class: This is a famous activity to do here in Hoi An and is an excellent way to learn some of those delicious Vietnamese dishes. You can check out Get Your Guide for an excellent cooking class that is very popular with travelers. Highlights include exploring the markets in Hoi An to pick up ingredients, cruising down the Thu Bon River, exploring the coconut palm forest by the crazy-looking bamboo basket boats, and tasting some delicious local dishes.

Shop In The Ancient Town: This ancient town is what makes Hoi An so special. It managed to survive the Vietnam War mostly unscathed and is said to have been settled for at least 2000 years. There is an entry fee to the ancient town of 120,000 VND / $5.00 per person.

Fujian Assembly Hall: This was originally a pagoda built by the Vietnamese in the 17th century. It was then sold to Hoi An’s Fujian-born community as a meeting place to socialize.

The Old House Of Tan Ky: One of the most popular houses in the Ancient Town is the Old House Of Tan Ky. It belongs to the descendants of a wealthy family of local merchants. It was built back in the 18th century. You will notice a mix of Japanese, Chinese, and traditional Vietnamese architecture throughout the house.

Japanese Covered Bridge: One of the most iconic landmarks in Hoi An is no doubt the Japanese Covered Bridge along the river running through the Ancient Town. This structure dating back to the 16th century has been incredibly well preserved over the years.

Get Some Tailor-Made Clothing: Once you’re in the city you will notice the wide variety of clothing stores. A popular choice is Kimmy’s Custom Tailor which is located just outside of the old town. They are well known for their professional service and quality materials.

My Son Sanctuary: This is a UNESCO World Heritage site and it is marketed as the Angkor Wat of Vietnam. Booking a tour is probably the most popular option and is surprisingly affordable. I recommend booking a sunrise tour of My Son Sanctuary . This allows you to beat the crowds, and the heat while having the grounds for your tour group.

Cycle To The Beach: Hire a bicycle and make your way to the coast to An Bang Beach. This is an easy straight cycle 4 kilometers from the ancient town. Seriously it is nearly impossible to get lost, and if you do, just follow all the other bikes.

Tra Que Vegetable Village: Located outside of the popular tourist destination of Hoi An city center and in the countryside is Tra Que Vegetable Village . Full of lush green fields, roaming water buffalos, and locals hard at work making a living. It is the perfect contrast to the bustling Vietnamese streets which lay a few hundred meters away.

Thanh Ha Pottery Village: Here you will find cups, jars, bowls, and pots crafted here are exported all over the world. There is an entry fee into Thanh Ha Pottery Village of 30,000 VND / $1.30. This amount includes a little souvenir which you will receive from one of the houses, but I will leave what you get a surprise!

An Bang South: For a bit more of a quiet beach, head to An Bang South. This is another excellent beach you can chill out on for the afternoon. Hire a sun lounger and an umbrella and sit back as you listen to the waves slowly crash onto the shore.

Marble Mountain: If you are willing to head further away from Hoi An you can visit Marble Mountain in Da Nang. Marble Mountain, also known as Thuy Son, is one of five marble and limestone mountains that rise out of the ground in central Vietnam. On top, you will find colorful Buddhist temples, marble statues, caves, and tunnels.

Hoi An Central Market : This is an excellent place to purchase some souvenirs while you are in the town. Here you will find a huge mixture of products here including silk pieces, lanterns, and other textiles, as well as local food and aromatic spices.

Cam Kim Island: Cam Kin Island is about 30 minutes away from Hoi An. It is easy enough to catch a local ferry here from D Bach Dang. Here you will see numerous artisan woodcarvers who are known for having carved some of the most famous public buildings in Hoi An. Personally, I thought it was a little bit touristy. Though if it is something you are interested in checking out, why not do it?

Where To Stay In Hoi An On Our 3 Weeks Vietnam Itinerary

Whether you want a beachside hotel, city homestay, or hostel set in the countryside there is something here for everyone.

However if you are limited on time in Hoi An, I recommend you stay in the central township area. This will keep you near plenty of delicious restaurants, and things to do, plus you don’t have to deal with hiring a motorbike to get around.

The homestay I stayed in while visiting Hoi An is called Little Leo . This was such a friendly and welcoming hostel/ homestay. It was the perfect choice for 2 travelers on a budget.

We paid $7.00 for a 4-bed dorm room which also included a delicious breakfast and free bicycle hire. The lady who ran it was super helpful and they offered super cheap tours which was a bonus.

Here are my top picks for the backpacking Hoi An travel guide:

Hoi An To Nha Trang

Now you will need to travel from Hoi An to Nha Trang for the next part of our 3 weeks in Vietnam itinerary. Once again, this is going to be another long journey as it’s a 500-kilometer distance being covered, but don’t worry this will be the last long one.

However, if you time it right you could organize your transport overnight so you don’t lose out on a day of exploring.

Train : It is a 10-and-a-half-hour train from Hoi An to Nha Trang. Well technically you will need to travel to Da Nang to catch the train, but this is super easy to do and you can read more about how to do this in my Da Nang to Hoi An post . Prices cost between 500,000 – 600,000 VND / $21.40 – $25.70, though you also have the option of booking the more pricey luxury carriage at a higher price.

Bus: The trip from Hoi An to Nha Trang takes approximately 11 hours. However, this timeframe can vary depending on how often the bus stops and for how long. Hanh Cafe and The Sinh Tourist are the recommended companies that service this route.

Fly: Thankfully it is only a 1-hour flight, though you will need to travel from Hoi An to Da Nang which is where you will find the nearest airport. Flights in Vietnam are pretty cheap with an assortment of affordable airlines operating.

Nha Trang (Day 15 – 17)

Nha Trang is an awesome coastal destination boasting some of the best beaches in Vietnam. I am not going to lie, one of my personal favorite things to do here in Nha Trang is to simply relax, and after all that traveling in Vietnam, it is likely you need some relaxation time as well.

Pull up a chair on the beach, listen to the waves lapping on the shore, and the palm trees swaying in the wind.

Honestly, if you are not a beach-goer type of person, then you may want to give Nha Trang a miss. Perhaps swap it out for Da Lat. Though if you are ready to work on that tan and catch some rays this is the place to be.

I have actually written a backpacking Nha Trang and 3-day itinerary post with absolutely everything you need to know about spending time in this city, including what to do morning, afternoon, and night.

Though for now, let’s chat about some of the highlights this city has to offer and what you need to check out while here.

Things To Do In Nha Trang

Don’t worry there is more to do in Nha Trang than just visiting the beach! Even though that may be my favorite. Here are my top picks of things to do in Nha Trang:

The Beach: It’s incredible how such a beautiful beach in Nha Trang is located right in a city. The beach itself stretches 6 kilometers along the coast side, providing plenty of areas to swim. The most popular area is Tran Phu Beach nearby a lot of the guesthouses and resorts. Be aware little beach bars are located quite some way along the shoreline and each one sets up their own chairs. Some of these locations charge just for use of the chairs and others have a minimum spend that you need to do at their little beach shack, either that is on drinks or snacks up to you.

Po Nagar Cham Towers: This place is one of the most popular sights of Nha Trang and is still an active site for worship by Cham, Vietnamese Buddhists, and Chinese people. The Cham people are an important part of the Vietnamese culture as one of the ethnic minorities in the country. It is located just 2 kilometers out of the city center so is very accessible.

Snorkeling Tour: Why not go snorkeling in Nha Trang! Luckily for ocean lovers like me, Nha Trang has over 12,00 hectares of marine reserve. This coral-filled area is known as Hon Mun Marine Protected Area and is where you will visit. It is the perfect place for both diving and snorkeling as the water is not too deep. Ultimately making it ideal for people of all expertise.

Vinpearl: Here you can find shows, rides, a zoo, an aquarium, gardens, and even a large water park area, all under VinWonders. You will definitely need a full day to explore it all! The tickets for VinWonders and the cable car return trip cost 880,000 VND / $38.00 for adults. It is more of a pricey activity to do in Nha Trang. Though it is certainly worth it for a day of fun out in the sun.

Thap Ba Hot Springs and Mud Baths : Nha Trang is also known for its mud baths. Thap Ba Hot Springs and Mud Baths are one of the most popular places for this experience. The mud is said to have healing properties thanks to its high mineral content and people usually slather their skin with the mud and then lie down in the bath and let it work its magic.

Visit the Buddha : One of the main landmarks of Nha Trang is the large Buddha which sits on one of the hills overlooking the city. You can find it on the summit of a hill behind the Long Son Pagoda. It is sitting on a pretty lotus blossom and measures an impressive 14 meters in height.

Where To Stay In Nha Trang On The 3 Weeks Vietnam Itinerary

There are heaps of options for where to stay in Nha Trang. Whether that is a hotel in the city, a cheap guesthouse, a beach resort, or a seaside hostel a little bit further out of town, there is something here for everyone.

I can highly recommend Tabalo Hostel which is where we stayed. It was a super modern spot and very aesthetic looking for an affordable hostel.

The bathrooms were great and always super clean and the beds were comfortable with a sturdy wooden design, much better than those flimsy metal bunk beds.

There are also heaps of affordable guesthouses here in Nha Trang. It won’t be anything fancy, but it will have everything you need for a decent night’s sleep.

Nha Trang also has an incredible amount of quite nice fancy beachside resorts. Unfortunately, this wasn’t in my budget, and if you’re reading this backpacking guide it’s unlikely to be in yours.

Nevertheless, you can find 3 to 4-star resorts for just $20.00 per night. For such a small step up in price you get a lot more including a pool to relax in.

Nha Trang To Mui Ne

Next up we need to travel from Nha Trang to Mui Ne for the next stage of our 3 weeks in Vietnam itinerary. Thankfully this is a relatively short travel day compared to the others.

The distance from Nha Trang to Mui Ne is approximately 220 kilometers.

If you are wanting a more detailed breakdown of this journey you can check out my Nha Trang to Mui Ne transport guide .

Train : The train ride will take around 4 and a half hours from Nha Trang to Mui Ne. However, you will also need to account to travel to Mui Ne from the Phan Thiet train station. This takes between twenty to thirty minutes. This route will also have you backtracking slightly. Prices start at around 120,000 VND / $5.10 for a soft seater journey.

Bus: The journey from Nha Trang to Mui Ne by bus takes around 5 hours. Though this timeframe can vary depending on how often the bus stops and for how long. Personally, I have done this route with The Sinh Tourist and had a stress-free experience.

Fly: Unfortunately at this time, you are not able to fly from Nha Trang to Mui Ne. There may be an airport in Nha Trang called Cam Ranh Airport (CXR), though there is not one just yet in Mui Ne. Don’t be too disappointed as it is in the works! The nearby town of Phan Thiet is getting an airport said to be completed in 2024.

I recommend booking your journeys online with Baolau or 12.Go Asia . Though in this route I think 12.Go.Asia is the best bet for booking with.

Mui Ne (Day 17 – 19)

Don’t worry we are not leaving the beach just yet, next stop is Mui Ne on this Vietnam itinerary 3 weeks. This cute little seaside town would be like any other if it wasn’t for the landscapes that surround it.

Think huge sand dunes with impressive views over the ocean, small village vibes, affordable accommodation, and food as well as nearby beaches to visit.

The main thing to do here in Mui Ne is to take a sunrise tour. This tour will take you to all the best things in Mui Ne so you can check out those impressive landscapes.

I have actually written a backpacking Mui Ne in 2 days itinerary , with absolutely everything you need to know about spending time here. This includes what to do morning, afternoon, and night.

Choosing A Sunrise Tour

Now I will let you know everything you need to know about booking a sunrise tour and why this is the best way to see the sights around Mui Ne. Walking down the street you will see all the hotels, travel agencies, and even restaurants, advertising this tour.

Sure it is an early wake-up time with your pick up somewhere between 4.30 am and 5.30 am, but trust me it is worth it.

That early start allows you to see the sunrise over the impressive white sand dunes. Plus this tour only costs 160,000 VND / $7.00 so it is a super affordable way to see the best Mui Ne has to offer. For this price, we shared a jeep with other people staying at our accommodation.

However, if you want a bit more freedom you can book a private jeep tour , which is still pretty affordable starting from $20.00 for the entire jeep!

White Sand Dunes: The first stop on your tour will be the White Sand Dunes to watch the sunrise. This will no doubt be one of your highlights here as it was mine. You can either pay a jeep to take you out or hire an ATV. Instead, if you are on a budget like I happened to be you can simply walk out to the dunes from the car park. It is a nice stroll and since it is the morning the heat of the day hasn’t started yet.

Fishing Village: Here you can see all the brightly colored fishing boats bobbing around in the water and fishermen pulling in their catches.

Red Sand Dunes : The third stop of the day is the famous red sand dunes. These are a lot more touristy than the white sand dunes simply because they back right onto the road, literally. This means you can often find large tour buses here, whereas in the white sand dunes you need a 4WD vehicle to access without getting stuck.

Fairy Stream : It is a really nice walk upstream to a waterfall. Though my favorite part was the colors. It was so incredible seeing these bright orange sand cliffs contrast against the green lush jungle.

Where To Stay In Mui Ne On The Vietnam Itinerary 3 Weeks

There is a wide assortment of places to stay in Mui Ne. Whether you are looking for an affordable hostel, beachside resort, or friendly guesthouse. There is a huge selection to be found.

Just be aware it can actually be super difficult to access the beach unless you are staying at beachfront accommodation. This was the mistake we made staying on the other side of the road, luckily there was a pool, but the beach would’ve been nice as well.

A good affordable option I would recommend is called EVA HUT Mui Ne Beach Hostel . With prices starting from $6.00 for a dorm room this beachfront backpackers hotspot is the perfect place to stay in Mui Ne.

This place is smack bang right on the beach, which was definitely something we were lacking during our stay.

Depending on your exact location on the main strip through town it can be quite difficult to access the beach due to all the buildings and no alleyways.

Mui Ne to Ho Chi Minh City

The last stage of the 3 weeks in Vietnam itinerary is traveling from Mui Ne to Ho Chi Minh City. Luckily, this is another relatively short journey, so it shouldn’t be too painful. The distance from Mui Ne to Ho Chi Minh City is approximately 225 kilometers.

You will find if you travel by road the start of this route is along the coast before heading inland to the bustling city. If you are wanting a more detailed breakdown of this journey you can check out Mui Ne to Ho Chi Minh City transport guide .

Train : If you want to take the train you will also need to account to travel to Mui Ne from the Phan Thiet train station. This takes between twenty to thirty minutes.

This route will also have you backtracking slightly. There is only one train that operates on this route daily, leaving Phan Thiet railway station at 13:20 and arriving in Ho Chi Minh at 17:35.

Bus: The journey from Mui Ne to Ho Chi Minh City by bus takes around 5 hours. Though this timeframe can vary depending on how often the bus stops and for how long. Personally, I have done this route with The Sinh Tourist and had a stress-free experience.

Fly: Unfortunately at this time, you are not able to fly. There may be an airport in Ho Chi Minh City, though there is not one just yet in Mui Ne. Don’t be too disappointed as it is in the works! The nearby town of Phan Thiet is getting an airport said to be completed in 2024.

Ho Chi Minh City (Day 19 – 21)

Welcome to our last stop on our 3 weeks backpacking Vietnam route, Ho Chi Minh City. This is the perfect ending point for your adventures where you can easily venture into neighboring Cambodia , or take an international flight further afield.

Ho Chi Minh City is a huge bustling place with loads of history. It is an excellent spot to educate yourself about the country, the culture, and the war.

If I am being honest Ho Chi Minh City wasn’t my favorite stop in Vietnam, I was still glad that I visited. There is a lot of history to explore in this city as well as numerous other things to do.

Also, you need to dedicate some of your time to checking out the delicious foodie spots. It is well worth spending a couple of nights here, and since it is such a huge place with so much on offer there is something for everyone.

I have written a full Ho Chi Minh City Backpacking Travel Guide, with absolutely everything you need to know about spending time here, including what to do morning, afternoon, and night.

Things To Do In Ho Chi Minh City

Time to explore our last destination on our 3 weeks in Vietnam itinerary, Ho Chi Minh City. This place is perfect for discovering some more of the history of the country. Whether you enjoy a spot of shopping, experiencing a different religion, or want to discover the history of the country, Saigon has something for everyone.

Cu Chi Tunnels: The series of underground tunnels played an important part in the War and was an impressive feat of both architecture and engineering. At its peak, there were over 250km worth of tunnels stretching along the countryside, some even leading from Saigon right to the Cambodian border. It is super easy to book a Cu Chi Tunnel tour once in Ho Chi Minh City or in advance online . I booked mine through a local travel agency and paid just $6.00!

Reunification Palace: This is one of the most significant places to visit while you are in the city. It is the former presidential palace for Southern Vietnam, where Saigon fell to the north in what marked the end of the war. You can see the palace from the outside for free. However if you would like to go inside there is an admission fee of 40,000 VND / $1.70.

The City Hall: The City Hall is a super impressive and beautiful building that is a popular landmark in Saigon. If you head here in the evening there always seems to be something going on and people chilling together. You can often find delicious snack-like street food here as well!

War Remnants Museum: The museum is dedicated to the terrible Vietnam War, here you can come and learn all about it and what people had to suffer through. The admission cost is 40,000 VND / $1.70 and you do need to set aside about 2 to 3 hours to see everything.

Notre Dame Cathedral: Surprisingly enough all around Vietnam, you can find colonial buildings from when the French were in charge. One of these is the Notre Dame Cathedral and it has become a popular attraction here in Ho Chi Minh City.

Central Post Office: The Central Post Office is located right next to Notre Dame Cathedral, so you may as well visit while you are nearby. It is free of charge to enter and you can even send a postcard back home from here.

Ben Thanh Market: It may be a bit touristy but no visit to Ho Chi Minh City is complete without checking out Ben Thanh Market. This is the perfect place to pick up some souvenirs, try out some local food, and simply watch the locals go about their day.

Bitexco Tower and Skydeck: If you are looking for an amazing view overlooking Ho Chi Minh City then you need to check out the Bitexco Tower . This is one of the tallest buildings in Vietnam! Make sure to visit the 49th floor where you can find the sky deck with a 360-degree view. The entry fee is a little more pricey compared to other things to do on this list at 200,000 VND / $8.90, but still incredibly affordable.

Do A Free Student Lead Tour: I actually tried out a free student lead tour during my time in Ho Chi Minh City and it was no doubt one of the best things we did in the city. We heard about it from other travelers who constantly raved about their experience, so we knew we had to give it a go.

Where To Stay In Ho Chi Minh City On The 3 Week Itinerary Vietnam

Ho Chi Minh is a huge city split into districts. The majority of backpackers and travelers decide to stay in district 1. This is well set up for tourists with plenty of restaurants, activities, accommodations, and transport links. Nearby is the famous Ben Thanh Market , and the popular nightlife spot of Bui Vien Street.

During our stay in Ho Chi Minh City, we decided to stay on quite a budget and book a small little hostel about a 15-minute walk out of the center. The hostel was run by a lovely gentleman, but it was more rooms in his house he had converted to dorm rooms.

It also featured those horrible old-school metal bunk beds you had as a child. Lastly, it was 35 degrees Celsius plus every day and we only had fans. For those reasons, I am not going to recommend it.

Nevertheless, there are still plenty of affordable hostel and hotel options available in the city. Here are my top picks for this backpacking Ho Chi Minh City travel guide:

Extend Your 3 Weeks In Vietnam Itinerary

Maybe you want to make the most out of your tourist Visa in Vietnam and spend the entire 30 days exploring this incredible country!

It is a great country and there is so much more you can do to turn this 3 week Vietnam Itinerary into a much longer journey. However, be aware you only really have an extra week available as you don’t want to overstay!

A lot of travelers will buy their own motorbike in Ho Chi Minh City or Hanoi and travel the country themselves. This allows you to get off the beaten track and explore at your own pace.

As cool as this sounds just be aware that riding a motorbike long distance isn’t the most comfortable thing in the world and you’ll be traveling much slower than if you were to take the bus or train.

Da Lat is a beautiful mountainous town in South Central Vietnam. It is a popular adventure and honeymoon destination with plenty of activities to keep you busy.

Some travelers venture here instead of going to Mui Ne. It is not connected to the main railway network in Vietnam so you will need to take a bus or flight to get to.

Da Lat is mostly comprised of a scenic mountain town that used to be a hill station during the French colonial period. As a result, you can find some beautiful architecture here.

Da Nang is the gateway to Hoi An which is why many people stop over here. I only stayed one night to catch a train the next day.

Though there are still plenty of things to do here, the most popular being Marble Mountain. It is also a popular spot for digital nomads being a modern city right next to the beach.

Located on the Southern Coast of Vietnam you will find the island of Phu Quoc. Imagine soft, white sand lining its shores with palm trees swaying. This is Vietnam’s version of the Maldives.

On land, you’ll find protected tropical rainforests, plenty of accommodation options, and great diving opportunities.

The Phu Quoc district itself encompasses 28 islands. However, you will find the majority of travelers visit and stay on Phu Quoc island, the largest in Vietnam.

FAQs About Backpacking Vietnam Route

How long do you need to travel thailand cambodia and vietnam.

If you are keen on traveling Thailand, Cambodia, and Vietnam I would recommend a minimum of 2 months, but you could make the most of 30 days entry visa and spend a month in each country.

Can US citizens travel to Vietnam?

Yes, of course US citizens can travel to Vietnam. However, like many other countries, US citizens do require a visa to enter Vietnam. You can organize this ahead of time at an embassy or get a visa on arrival.

Is it safe to travel by train in Vietnam?

No doubt one of the safest ways to travel Vietnam is by train. There is an extensive train network in the country and 90% of the time you will be able to utilize this to travel to your next destination in comfort.

How safe is it to travel to Vietnam now?

Vietnam is a pretty safe country overall. However, as a traveler, you need to be aware of petty theft and scams in Vietnam which often target tourists. Be aware of your surroundings and don’t use your camera or phone near the road; a lot of theft is drive-by snatchings.

What is the best way to travel around Vietnam?

The best way to travel around Vietnam is by taking the train. There is an extensive train network linking a lot of destinations in the Vietnam backpacking route so you can travel in comfort. Also, sleeper buses in Vietnam are known for not being safe due to road conditions and overworked drivers.

What is the best route to travel through Vietnam?

The most common, and best route to travel through Vietnam is either from North to South (Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh), or South to North (Ho Chi Minh to Hanoi). This way you will get to explore a lot of the country and experience many of the highlights. I minimum of 3 weeks is recommended if you plan on doing this Vietnam itinerary.

Your 3 Week Vietnam Itinerary

Now you have read all my recommendations on this incredible country you should have no issues whatsoever coming up with your perfect Vietnam backpacking route!

Whether you choose to explore the mountainous North, hit the beaches, or discover the lesser explored parts of this country you will no doubt be in for an awesome adventure.

Any Questions? Let me know in the comments!

LIKE IT? PIN IT!

Want more Vietnam Inspiration? Check out….

• 3 WEEKS IN VIETNAM ITINERARY
• COMMON SCAMS IN VIETNAM
• BEST THINGS TO DO IN VIETNAM
• COST TO TRAVEL IN VIETNAM & MY BACKPACKING BUDGET
• BACKPACKING VIETNAM TRAVEL TIPS
• TAKING A VIETNAM SLEEPER BUS: WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW
• SURVIVING A VIETNAM SLEEPER TRAIN
• BACKPACKING HANOI TRAVEL TIPS
• 3 DAYS IN HANOI ITINERARY FOR TRAVELERS
• BEST HOSTELS IN HANOI
• VISITING HA LONG BAY ON A BUDGET
• DISCOVERING LAN HA BAY & CAT BA ISLAND
• HANOI TO SAPA
• 3 DAY IN SAPA ITINERARY
• WHAT IS SAPA LIKE IN FEBRUARY
• HANOI TO HUE TRANSPORT GUIDE
• VISITING THE IMPERIAL CITY OF HUE
• 2 DAYS IN HUE BACKPACKING ITINERARY
• HUE TO DA NANG: ALL WAYS TO TRAVEL
• DA NANG TO HOI AN: EASIEST WAYS TO TRAVEL
• TRA QUE VEGETABLE VILLAGE IN HOI AN, VIETNAM
• A MORNING AT THE MY SON TEMPLES IN HOI AN, VIETNAM
• THANH HA POTTERY VILLAGE IN HOI AN
• BACKPACKING HOI AN ITINERARY
• BEST THINGS TO DO IN HOI AN
• HOI AN TO NHA TRANG TRANSPORT GUIDE
• SNORKELING IN NHA TRANG
• BACKPACKING NHA TRANG TRAVEL ITINERARY
• BEST BEACHES IN NHA TRANG WORTH VISITING
• NHA TRANG TO MUI NE TRANSPORT GUIDE
• BACKPACKING MUI NE TRAVEL GUIDE
• BEST THINGS TO DO IN MUI NE
• MUI NE TO HO CHI MINH CITY: ALL WAYS TO TRAVEL EXPLAINED
• CHEAPEST TOUR OF THE CU CHI TUNNELS: IS IT WORTH IT
• BACKPACKING HO CHI MINH TRAVEL GUIDE
• HOW TO TRAVEL VIETNAM TO CAMBODIA: HO CHI MINH CITY TO PHNOM PENH

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links. So, if you click on it and purchase something, I get a small percentage at no extra cost to you. As always all opinions are my own and your support is much appreciated.

Related Posts

2 Days In Hue: Backpacking Hue Itinerary & Travel Tips

Find out the best 2 days in Hue itinerary to ensure you have the ultimate [...]

Hanoi To Sapa: How To Travel By Train, Bus, Taxi Or Fly

Traveling between Hanoi to Sapa is a common route for a lot of backpackers while [...]

Explore Ha Long Bay On A Budget, Vietnam

Choosing a Ha Long Bay Budget Tour One of the most popular things to do [...]

39 Comments

Tasha Amy is a true backpacker at heart and has been discovering the world on a budget since 2015. Based in Gisborne, New Zealand she will spend many months each year traveling overseas as a solo female traveler before coming home and sharing her adventures online with you.

9 thoughts on “ 3 Week Vietnam Itinerary: Best Route North To South (2024) ”

Thank you for the extremely helpful guide!! We are planning a similar trip for June – do you think the weather will be an issue for us at this time or nice enough to explore and enjoy some beach days? Thank you!

Hi Tasha, what’s the general budget you think is needed for this route including travel, accommodation and daily expenses? I couldn’t see anything about this.

Hey Jacob, I actually have an entire post on what I spent during 1 month in Vietnam, which worked out to $25.00 per day. I did stay in hostels and forgo a lot of activities so looking back I would increase this to $35.00 per day so you aren’t missing out on anything. This is the post if you are keen to check it out https://www.backpackerswanderlust.com/cost-travel-vietnam/

Thanks for this helpful itinerary. How did you get from Sapa to Hoi An though? Couldnt find it mentioned

Sorry, I just finally realized that you returned to Hanoi after Sapa. The names are so confusing

Haha no worries, I always get caught between Hanoi and Hoi An :)

Thanks so much, this is incredibly helpful.

Hello, this guide has been awesome and super helpful for us as we are planning our honeymoon in Vietnam.

Hey Clay! Glad you found it helpful! Hope you have an incredible honeymoon in Vietnam!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Best of Nordic Countries in 3 Weeks – Scandinavia Itinerary

Disclaimer: This article includes affiliate links to the products we earnestly love and recommend, meaning at no extra cost to you, we might make a teeny-weeny commission if you click on the link and decide to buy something. The money will be used to sustain this little cozy blog we call our virtual home.

Planning a trip to Nordic countries? We’d be happy to help you craft a perfect Nordic itinerary or, Scandinavia itinerary (as some may call it), or Northern Europe itinerary.

Itinerary for Scandinavian Countries: An Introduction

First off, let me tell you that a trip to Scandinavia is going to be the best trip of your life. Why? Well, Nordic countries are consistently being listed as the top happiest countries, consistently. Plus, they are stunningly gorgeous!

Nordic Countries or Nordics or Norden consists of five beautiful Northern European countries of Norway, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, and Iceland along with their associated territories of Svalbard, Greenland, Faroe Islands, and Åland Islands .

Why am I telling you this?

Because…

The terms Scandinavia (Scandia) and Nordics are used interchangeably by foreigners (I’ve been a culprit too before I explored the Nordic region) but they aren’t.

Finns and Icelanders are always quick to correct travelers who call them Scandinavians .

What’s the Difference between Scandinavian Countries and Nordic Countries?

The term ‘Scandinavia’ is commonly used ONLY for Denmark, Sweden, and Norway while the term ‘Nordic countries’ is used for Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland, Iceland, Greenland, Faroe Islands, and Åland Islands .

However, the associated territories of Svalbard (Norwegian archipelago) and Greenland are technically neither Scandinavia nor Nordics.

The Scandinavian Peninsula (not to be confused with the Scandinavian Region ) geographically comprises Norway and Sweden only.

To sum up, Northern Europe consists of the Nordics (Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland, and Iceland) and the Baltics (Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania). Some definitions of Northern Europe also include the United Kingdom and Ireland .

I guess, this topic makes for another blog post. Let’s now move to Nordics itinerary, the sole reason you’re here 🙂

I’ll be using Scandinavia and Nordics, both terms in my post for the ease of getting found by people randomly searching the terms Scandinavia and Nordic Countries.

The Nordic region is one of the most beautiful and family-friendly regions in Europe. Also, it’s one of the most expensive regions in Europe. Believe you me, exploring the region is worth every penny.

Denmark, Sweden, Finland, and Norway are part of Europe’s Schengen Region. Read everything you need to know to score a Schengen visa for your Nordics trip.

Scandinavia Itinerary: Summer in Scandinavia

We spent 3 weeks in Scandinavia during the summer. The summer is magical here. It’s the time of the year when the sun refuses to go down and shines through the entire day and night. Seriously.

Summer and winter are, in fact, two extremes in Nordic countries.

If winter in Nordics brings sub-zero temperatures, dark days, snow-covered landscapes, and Northern Lights ; summer brings endless days, nightless nights, vibrant landscapes, and Midnight Sun.

The desire to witness the Aurora Borealis dancing in the night sky is such a mad rush among travelers all around the world that they overlook the region’s beauty during summer.

Witnessing the Midnight Sun in summer is as magical as the Northern Lights in winter.

Having said that, the Nordics region deserves two essential trips – one in summer and one in winter and some more to drink in its ethereal beauty.

It’s time to plan your Scandinavia travel !

Scandinavia Itinerary 21 Days: An Overview

Our itinerary lets you explore four epic Nordic countries in 3 weeks.

♥ Denmark ♥ Sweden ♥ Finland ♥ Norway

This is what a brief Scandinavia itinerary 3 weeks looks like –

C openhagen (6 nights) – Ystad ( 2 nights) – Molle ( 1 night) – Helsinki ( 3 nights) – Rovaniemi ( 2 nights) – Oslo (2 nights) – Bergen ( 2 nights) – Hardanger (1 night) – Flam ( 1 night) – Oslo ( 1 night)

Day 1: Fly into Copenhagen Day 2: Explore Copenhagen Day 3: Explore Copenhagen Day 4: Explore more of Copenhagen Day 5: Day Trip to Dragor Day 6: Day Trip to Helsingor Day 7: Road Trip to Malmo (Sweden) via Orseund Bridge Day 8: Explore Ystad Day 9: Explore Skane County. Drive to Kullaberg (Molle) Day 10: Kullaberg to Kastrup, Copenhagen. Fly to Helsinki. Day 11: Explore Helsinki Day 12: Day Trip to Porvoo Day 13: Fly to Rovaniemi Day 14: Explore Rovaniemi Day 15: Fly to Oslo Day 16: Explore Oslo Day 17: Oslo to Bergen train Day 18: Explore Bergen Day 19: Hardangerfjord Day 20: Flam Day 21: Flam to Oslo Day 22: Fly back home

Before we elaborate on our Scandinavia itinerary let’s first discuss the basics of a trip to Scandinavia.

Scandinavia Trip Itinerary: Things to Know Before You Go

Best time to visit scandinavia.

It all depends upon your choices. If you’d love to witness the white nights and want to soak in the Midnight Sun, plan during the months of June , July , and August .

If you dream of sleeping under the Northern Lights , September to March is the best time to go.

The months of May and September see fewer crowds and thus, are less expensive in terms of accommodations.

How much does a Trip to Scandinavia cost?

Scandinavia is infamous for being the most expensive region in the world. To some extent, it’s true. Scandinavia can be exorbitant if you’re not watchful about how you spend your money.

There are ways to cut your costs in Scandinavia –

• A little planning goes a long way. You save money when you plan and book well in advance.
• Prefer apartments over hotels.
• Shop at local grocery stores and cook your own food. If cooking isn’t your thing, you can go for pre-made meals from supermarkets. Aldi, Lidl, Kiwi, Rema 1000, Netto, and ICA are some of the budget-friendly supermarkets in Scandinavia. K-Market in Finland and Coop Prix in Norway are good discount stores.
• Food Market Halls like Kauppahallit in Helsinki or Torvehallerne in Copenhagen are another great option to cut costs on food. They are way cheaper than restaurants yet a great local food experience.
• Take Self-guided city tours and look for free attractions. Almost, all major cities in Scandinavia have tons of free and budget things to do and see.
• Buy City Tourist Cards like Copenhagen Card or Oslo Card that save money on attractions and transport. They work wonders when it comes to saving time, money, and hassle. You can buy them online and collect them at the airport.
• Bring an eco-friendly reusable water bottle. It saves money plus the environment. A water bottle in Scandinavia costs about $5.
• The Everyman’s Right (Right to Roam) in Nordic countries except Denmark makes it easy to camp in the wild. You can save a lot of money on accommodation if you’re traveling to Nordic countries during the summer.
• We found Norway the costlier of all other Nordic countries. You can maybe cut your time in Norway and spend more time in other Nordic countries to save some money.

We roughly spent about $2500 per person for 22 days in Scandinavia.

Getting to and from Scandinavia

From Asia , the USA, Australia, New Zealand, Africa, and the UK, the most convenient way of getting to and from Scandinavia is to fly. If you’re in Europe, you have the option to travel by train, bus, car, or ferry.

From India, only two airlines fly directly to the Scandinavian capitals. Air India flies into Copenhagen directly from New Delhi while Finnair flies into Helsinki directly from New Delhi. There are no direct flights to Oslo and Stockholm from New Delhi.

There are a few airlines that fly directly to the Nordic capitals from North America . Norwegian Air flies into Oslo, Finnair flies into Helsinki, and SAS flies into Stockholm, and Copenhagen, direct from New York.

We use and recommend Skyscanner for the best flight deals.

Getting Around Scandinavia

With a flexible range of transport options, Scandinavia is easy to navigate.

We used a rental car for most of our time in Scandinavia though we tried other modes of transportation like flights, trains, buses, and ferries to make our trip more varied and interesting.

Renting a car in Europe has its own set of rules. You can read our detailed guide to renting a car in Europe which will help you get started .

We always use and recommend Discover Cars for our car rental needs wherever we travel in the world.

We traveled by train from Oslo to Bergen which is considered one of the world’s most scenic train journeys (you gotta experience it), took a ferry from Stockholm to Helsinki, and boarded flights from Helsinki to Rovaniemi and Rovaniemi to Oslo.

I’d recommend taking a night train ( Santa Claus Express ) from Helsinki to Rovaniemi if you’ve more time on hand. Also, Norway in a Nutshell package is a great way to explore the dramatic fjords of Norway .

Make sure to book all your intercountry transportation tickets in advance.

It’s recommended to buy a Scandinavia Pass to get around Scandinavia on a budget .

A Detailed Scandinavia Itinerary: Explore Nordic Countries in 3 weeks

As always, our itinerary is packed with activities and leaves less time to just sit and do nothing. We love to explore and mini-me too loves to be on the move. She’s that restless.

This itinerary is made in a way that’ll fit all kinds of travelers, be they family travelers, or solo travelers, or couple travelers.

You can make slight changes and modify the itinerary as per your needs like it misses the famous hiking attractions in Norway (Trolltunga and Preikestolen) that can be added if hiking is what appeals to you.

First Destination: Denmark

Days to spend: 6 days.

You’ll start your Scandinavia exploration with the world’s most bike-friendly city and capital of Denmark, Copenhagen.

How to Get to Denmark

There are regular airline connections from the rest of the world to Copenhagen, Denmark. If you have got a direct flight, that’s awesome else book a flight with the least layover time.

You’ll fly into Kastrup International Airport in Copenhagen which is just about 15 minutes away from the city center.

You can rent a car at the airport or else you can take a train or bus to Kobenhavn H (Central Train Station) from where you can take a subway, bus, or taxi to reach your hotel or apartment in Copenhagen.

If you’re not renting a car, it’s best to book a hotel in and around the city center for ease of access.

Discover the Best Places to Stay in and around Copenhagen City Center, Denmark

Where to Stay in Denmark

Travelers usually keep Copenhagen as the base and prime destination in Denmark. Other cities worth visiting and spending a night or two in Denmark include Aarhus, Aalborg, Skagen, Ribe, and Odense. Dragor, Helsingor, and Roskilde can be visited on a day trip from Copenhagen .

Here are our recommendations for the best places to stay in Danish cities:

• Hotel in Copenhagen: citizenM Copenhagen Radhuspladsen
• Hotel in Aarhus: Villa Provence
• Hotel in Aalborg: Aalborg Hotel Apartments
• Hotel in Skagen: Skagenhus ved Kirken
• Hotel in Ribe: Den Gamle Købmandsgaard Bed & Breakfast
• Hotel in Odense: Hotel Odeon
• Hotel in Dragor: Dragør Hotel & Apartments
• Hotel in Helsingor: Charming and cozy annex
• Hotel in Roskilde: Ann’s cottage

Related Read: 10 Days in Denmark Itinerary

Day 1 – Arrive in Copenhagen

Today, you’ll arrive at the Danish capital, Copenhagen. The day is at leisure.

You can explore the streets of Copenhagen and get familiar with the city depending upon the time you get here or can head to your hotel to relax after a tiring flight journey.

Where to dine in Copenhagen on day 1?

Laundromat Cafe is quite a nice place to have a quick bite. Kids will love it.

Where to Stay in Copenhagen : We recommend CopenhagenApartment and citizenM Copenhagen Radhuspladsen .

Read our detailed guide to the best hotels in Copenhagen .

Day 2 – Explore Copenhagen

Start early to beat the crowds and make the most of your day.

The attractions you’ll be visiting today include:

• Frederik’s Church
• Amalienborg Palace
• Rosenborg Castle
• Statens Naturhistoriske Museum
• Round Tower
• Christiansborg Palace

Where to dine and drink in Copenhagen on day 2?

• Breakfast: Bowl Market Copenhagen
• Lunch: Torvehallerne or Restaurant Amalie
• Coffee and Snacks: Original Coffee ILLUM Rooftop
• Taste the traditional Danish pastry at Conditori La Glace, one of the historic cafes in Europe .
• Dinner: Riz Raz

Special Recommendation: A scoop or two of organic ice cream at Hansens Is .

You can visit all the Day 2 attractions on foot. The day-wise itinerary is crafted in a way that needs minimal walking.

Transportation and many attractions are free with the  Copenhagen Card . It’s such a time and money saver!

Day 3 – Explore Copenhagen

This day is reserved for kid-friendly attractions. I mean, today you’ll explore the best things to do with kids and kids-at-heart 🙂

• Copenhagen Zoo
• Frederiksberg Palace
• Assistens Cemetery
• Jægersborggade
• Superkilen Park
• Experimentium

Recommended dining in Copenhagen for day 3:

• Coffee and Cakes: Hart Bageri
• Lunch: The Sixteen Twelve
• Dinner: The South Indian Frederiksberg

Day 4 – Explore more of Copenhagen or Take a Day-Trip to Roskilde

If you’re done with Copenhagen (which I doubt), you can take a trip to Roskilde .

Or you can explore:

• Freetown Christiana
• Gefion Fountain
• The Worker’s Museum
• The Copenhagen Lakes
• Tivoli Gardens

Food recommendations in Copenhagen for the 3rd day:

• Breakfast at Reffen
• Lunch: Restaurant Kastellet
• Coffee and Snacks: Mad & Kaffe
• Dinner: Tivoli Food Hall

Read our detailed 3 days in Copenhagen itinerary

Day 5: Day Trip to Dragør from Copenhagen

Head to Dragor , a cute little fishing town on Amager Island in Denmark.

The visit to this beautiful historic village gives you enough time to relax and take a break from the helter-skelter of sightseeing.

Make sure to take your kids to Den Blå Planet (National Aquarium Denmark), the largest aquarium in northern Europe. It’s on the way to Dragor.

If you plan to spend a night in this quaint village, we suggest booking the classic and beautiful Dragør Fort Hotel .

Where to eat in Dragor? Harborfront Dragør Strandhotel , and Restaurant Beghuset . Don’t forget to taste ice cream at Nam Nam Is .

Read our complete guide to Dragør, Denmark

Day 6 – Day Trip to Helsingor from Copenhagen

How can you visit Denmark and not visit Helsingor aka Elsinore , the home of Shakespeare’s Hamlet?

Encircled by Orseund, the Sound, and the expanse of water between Sweden and Denmark, Helsingor is a colorful town with cobbled streets and a rich history.

Kronborg Castle , a UNESCO World Heritage Site in Helsingor has been a perfect setting for Shakespeare’s Hamlet. The castle hosts Shakespeare’s Festival every summer where international stars portray Prince Hamlet.

You can also visit the Maritime Museum of Denmark, the Culture Yard by AART , and the Danish Museum of Science and Technology .

Where to eat in Helsingør? Værftets Madmarked and Elsinore Street Food .

Note: You can add Aarhus to your Denmark Itinerary if you have an extra day or two. You’d love its Aros Aarhus Art Museum and Infinite Bridge.

How to Get Around Copenhagen? For the most part, Copenhagen is very well accessible by foot and public transportation. A rental car is good for day trips but not suggested for city excursions of course for obvious reasons. Guided tours are also a pretty good option to explore the city without any tension.

We love and recommend Discover Cars to rent a car wherever you go.

Second Destination: Sweden

Days to spend: 3 days.

On the sixth day of your Scandinavia adventure, you’ll say goodbye to Denmark as Sweden welcomes you with a friendly and warm smile.

How to Get to Sweden

Our itinerary needs you to have a rental car as you’ll be exploring the Swedish countryside which is otherwise inaccessible by public transportation.

It’s quite easy to get from Denmark to Sweden by air, bus, or train. There are buses and trains from Copenhagen to Gothenburg, Malmo, and Stockholm.

If you are planning to explore the far north of Swedish Lapland like Kiruna and Abisko, there are regular flights by Norwegian Air and SAS from Copenhagen.

Where to Stay in Sweden

There are umpteen good stay options all across Sweden. Stockholm, being the capital and major city of Sweden offers a variety of hotels, apartments, and hostels for all budgets. Gothenburg, Gotland(Visby), Kiruna, and Skane (Ystad, Malmo, Molle, and Helsingborg) are other popular destinations in Sweden.

Malmo can be easily visited on a day trip from Copenhagen.

Here are the hotel recommendations for popular cities in Sweden:

• Hotel in Stockholm: NOFO Hotel; BW Premier Collection
• Hotel in Gothenburg: Hotel Vanilla
• Hotel in Visby: Hotel Villa Borgen
• Hotel in Kiruna: True Nature
• Hotel in Ystad: Charming Townhouse
• Hotel in Mölle: Pensionat Strandgården
• Hotel in Helsingborg: The Vault Hotel

Day 7 – Drive from Copenhagen to Malmo | Explore Malmo | Drive from Malmo to Ystad.

Take a beautiful drive to Malmo from Copenhagen via Öresund Bridge .

Check with your car hire company if your rental agreement allows you to cross international borders. Our car hire company gave us a paper that we showed at the border check.

If you don’t have a rental car , you can take a train (ACP Rail) or a bus (Flixbus, Netbuss, or Gråhundbus) from København H (Copenhagen Central Station).

Whichever mode of transport you choose, it usually takes about 40 minutes to reach Malmo from Copenhagen.

Great coffee with cakes and croissants at Noir Kaffekultur , that’ll be all you need for a great head start.

You’d love to check Turning Torso, Malmo Castle, and St. Peter’s Church before you have lunch at Sajvva , a great place in Malmo for vegans and vegetarians like me.

Once done with lunch, fasten your seat belt for another beautiful drive from Malmo to Ystad.

It’s a real delight to drive the awe-inspiring Sweden countryside.

We stayed at a lovely holiday cottage in Löderups Strandbad.

That’s all we needed – I mean a secluded cottage in the middle of the lush forest with a beach nearby, a perfect summer holiday.

Spend the day taking long walks through the forest and soaking in the warmth of the Midnight Sun while sitting at the beach with a glass of wine while kids cycle, run around, and play with the sand.

It’s always good to add such destinations to your otherwise action-packed itinerary. Isn’t it?

Here, you need to visit the nearest supermarket as you’ll have to cook your own dinner at your cottage.

If the idea of cooking on a vacation scares you, check out the best hotels to stay in Ystad, Sweden.

Day 8 – Explore Ystad

Ystad, a gorgeous town located in Skane county on the southern coast of Sweden with its cobbled streets lined with medieval, pastel-colored half-timbered houses, white-sand beaches, centuries-old historical sights, and ravishing rolling countryside all around is well worth a visit.

I instantly fell in love with its beauty.

Kurt Wallander’s crime series by Henning Mankell was set in Ystad. If you’re a Scandi-noir and Wallander fan, you can take one of the Wallander guided tours to see all the locations where the scenes were shot.

Don’t forget to visit the largest film studio in Scandinavia, Ystad Studios .

Where to eat in Ystad? Villa Strandvagen , Maltes Mackor , and Glassmakeriet .

Where to stay in Ystad? We recommend Hotell Bäckagården and Charming Townhouse .

Day 9 – Explore More of Skane County | Drive to Kullaberg

There are a whole lot of things to do in and around Skåne County (Scania) but we chose a few of those as we only had a day to explore Skåne.

We started our day with Ales Staner , a ship-shaped henge. It’s located in the tiny and beautiful village of Kåseberga . Legend has it that the ancient stone ship stands on the grave of a mythic king, King Ale.

Forget about history, the site where the stones are erected in the shape of a ship is utterly impressive. As soon as you hike the hill, you can’t help but admire the views overlooking the Baltic Ocean.

Our next stop was Skånes Djurpark in Höör Municipality, Skåne – a must-visit with kids. The zoo has more than a thousand wild as well as tame Nordic animals – elks, foxes, wolves, lynxes, bears, seals, and many more.

Kids had unlimited fun getting up close with animals, trying horse riding, enjoying the Shaun the Sheep theme park, and climbing the wooden bridges in the trees. Definitely, the best family fun in Skåne.

It was time for us to head to Kullaberg in Mölle, Sweden. It took us a little over an hour to reach Kullaberg Nature Reserve , a haven for outdoor lovers.

You can take scenic hikes, experience Porpoise Safari , check out the mysterious caves and coves, go fishing, admire the views from vantage points, paddle, swim, and so much more.

We enjoyed the Porpoise Safari in a RIB boat. The tour lasts for about an hour and costs Kr 450 per adult and Kr 300 per child.

We stayed at Pensionat Strandgården in Mölle. Wowzers it is! Highly recommended.

Where to eat near Kullaberg Nature Reserve? There aren’t many places to eat near the nature reserve. We tried Molle Krukmakeri and Ransvik Havsveranda and found them decent.

PS: And you can’t leave Sweden before you experience fika, one of the most beautiful coffee traditions around the world .

We wanted to extend the time in Sweden and explore Gothenburg and Stockholm and then take a ferry to Turku, Finland, or a flight from Stockholm to Helsinki, Finland but we came back to Copenhagen to catch our flight to Helsinki because car rental companies charge exorbitantly high if you pick your rental from one country and drop it in another. Check out 10 unusual things to do in Stockholm if you’re planning to add Stockholm to your Scandinavian itinerary.

Our car rental charges for 8 days (pick up and drop at Copenhagen Airport) were 8,000 INR ($ 100) and if we returned the car in Gothenburg, we’d had to pay 65,000 ($ 900).

Third Destination: Finland

Days to spend: 5 days.

You’d fall for this little country wrapped cozily into the far up north. Day 9 of the Scandinavia itinerary takes you to Finland.

How to Get to Finland

There are quite a good number of regular flights (Sichuan Airlines, Norwegian, SAS, and Finnair) from Copenhagen, Denmark to Helsinki, Finland. The journey takes a little less than 2 hours.

Where to Stay in Finland

Finland has awesome and unique stay options. For travelers, Helsinki remains the prime or first location in Finland. Summer or winter, you gotta plan a stay in Finnish Lapland to experience the Midnight Sun or the Northern Lights.

Here are our recommendations for Hotels in Finnish cities:

• Hotel in Helsinki: Hotel F6
• Hotel in Turku: Solo Sokos Hotel Turun Seurahuone
• Hotel in Porvoo: Small historic wooden house in Porvoo old town
• Hotels in Rovaniemi: Santa Claus Holiday Village ; Glass Resor t
• Hotel in Saariselka: Villa Karhunpesä ; Kakslauttanen Arctic Resort – Igloos and Chalets

Day 10 – Fly from Copenhagen to Helsinki | Explore Helsinki

Today, you have to drive back to Kastrup Airport (a 2-hour drive) and leave your car at the car rental drop to catch a flight to Helsinki .

Take a taxi, train, or bus to your hotel in Helsinki to drop off your bags and spend your day exploring the Finnish capital, Helsinki.

Take a self-guided or guided walking tour starting from Helsinki Central Station to explore the beautiful churches, charming streets, and markets of Helsinki.

Where to dine and drink in Helsinki on day 1?

• Lunch at Zucchini
• Coffee and Snacks at Karl Fazer Cafe
• Dinner at Kauppatori Market Square

Day 11 – Explore Helsinki

On your second day in Helsinki, you can go on island-hopping. Take a ferry from Market Square that takes you to the Suomenlinna Sea Fortress, Vallisaari, and Lonna .

Once you’re done with the island-hopping, have a cup of coffee and snacks at Cafe Regatta .

If you’re traveling with kids, take them to the Linnanmaki Amusement Park, or else you can try the famous Finnish Sauna at Löyly , one of the most popular activities in Helsinki .

Where to eat in Helsinki on day 2?

• Lunch at Juuri  
• Coffee and Snacks at Cafe Regatta
• Dinner at Restaurant Savotta

Recommended Reading: Best things to do in Helsinki, Finland A First Timer’s Guide to Visiting Helsinki, Finland

Day 12 – Day Trip to Porvoo from Helsinki

Want a break from city sightseeing? Hop on a bus and head to the little fairytale town of Porvoo. Less than an hour away from Helsinki, Porvoo makes for a perfect day trip.

What’s so special about it? Well, you’ll know once you’re there 🙂

It’s so pretty that you’d want to just pack it in your bag and take it back home 😉

Stroll the cobbled streets adorned with pretty rows of pastel houses, museums, and cafes, and make sure to taste Runeberg’s Torte and Brunberg’s truffle .

If you’ve time, you can take a bus from Porvoo to visit Klovharun , fondly known as Moomin Island.

Where to eat in Porvoo? Ani’s Cafe , Zum Beispiel ,  Sinne , and SicaPelle are some of the best places to dine and drink in Porvoo.

If you plan to stay in Porvoo, please, please book this Small historic wooden house in Porvoo’s old town .

Here’s the ultimate guide to the charming town of Porvoo in Finland

Day 13 – Fly from Helsinki to Rovaniemi | Explore Rovaniemi

This day is solely for kids – the most awaited experience for kids. You are off to Rovaniemi – the official hometown of the kid’s beloved Santa Claus.

Norwegian Air and Finnair have regular flights from Helsinki to Rovaniemi. It takes about 1 hour and 20 minutes from Helsinki to Rovaniemi by air.

Santa Express Train is another good option provided you’ve enough time on your hands.

Pick up your rental car from Rovaniemi Airport and spend your day exploring Santa Claus Village – Cross the Arctic Circle, meet Santa Claus himself, feed the reindeer, and visit Husky Park.

Take that mandatory pic with the jolly man in the red!

Relax at your hotel and apartment before you start your hike to Ounsvara to witness the most unique and iconic natural phenomenon, the Midnight Sun .

Rovaniemi is one of the best places in northernmost Finland where you can experience full Midnight Sun when the sun stays above the horizon for about 70 days.

You can spot the magical phenomenon from May to August with June and July being the best months.

Where to eat in Rovaniemi on day 1?

• Lunch at Kotahovi Lapland Restaurant
• Coffee and Snacks at Coffee House
• Dinner at Restaurant Valdemari’s

Where to stay in Rovaniemi? Ukonloma Cottages , Kyyhkynen , Arctic Light Hotel , and Hostel Cafe Koti .

Day 14 – Explore Rovaniemi

Today, you’ll take a day trip to Ranua Wildlife Park , home to about 200 Arctic animals like polar bears, foxes, and lynxes.

Where to eat near Ranua Wildlife Park? We found the Wild Arctic restaurant good.

Try Rosso for Dinner and don’t forget to try Nordic’s pure ice cream by Arctic Ice Cream Factory . There are many outlets in Rovaniemi.

Read to know how a trip to Finnish Lapland in summer looks and feels like

Fourth Destination: Norway

Days to spend: 7 days.

Think Norway, think fjords. Majestic Norwegian fjords – there’s no match to them. There are 1000s of them dotting Norway’s coastline. It’s time to explore the sheer and unmatched natural beauty of Norway .

How to Get to Norway

Rovaniemi, Finland to Oslo, Norway is about 4 hours away by flight with a stopover in Helsinki. There’s no direct flight from Rovaniemi. You can come back to Helsinki and spend a day maybe before catching a flight to Oslo.

Where to Stay in Norway

Norway’s capital, Oslo has amazing accommodation options. Other cities of interest in Norway include Bergen, Flåm, Stavanger, Tromsø, Trondheim, the Lofoten Islands, Kristiansund, and Ålesund.

Here are the hotel recommendations for major Norwegian cities:

• Hotels in Olso: Thon Hotel Storo ; Camillas Hus
• Hotel in Bergen: Scandic Flesland Airport
• Hotel in Flåm: Flåm Ferdaminne
• Hotel in Stavanger: Historical apartments in the heart of the old town
• Hotel in Tromsø: Water-View Home
• Hotel in Trondheim: Affordable three-bedroom apartment
• Hotel in Lofoten: Sennesvik Apartments
• Hotel in Kristiansund: Blåbærdalen 20 Luksusvilla
• Hotel in Lyngstad: Ola Bua Near The Atlantic Road
• Hotel in Ålesund: Hotel Brosundet

Day 15 – Fly from Rovaniemi to Oslo | Explore Oslo

Your Norway itinerary starts in the capital city of Oslo.

From Rovaniemi, it’s about a 4-hour flight to Oslo including a short stopover at Helsinki. Take a shuttle train (Flytoget) to the city center and maybe a taxi from there to your hotel, drop off your luggage and freshen up before you start the sightseeing.

It’s always a good idea to book a hotel in the city center to save time and money on transportation.

On your first day in Oslo, you’ll explore:

• Oslo Opera House
• Frogner Park
• Slottsplassen
• Karl Johans Gate
• Nobel Peace Center
• Oslo City Hall

Where to eat in Oslo on day 1?

• Lunch at Tunco
• Coffee and snacks at Funky Fresh Foods – DogA
• Dinner at Freddy Fuego Burrito Bar Tjuvholmen

There are many awesome places to dine in Oslo but are expensive. I’ve suggested the ones we found cheap yet best – the absolute value of money.

Where to stay in Oslo? Mad Architect’s Shared Apt – Sørenga – Homestay, Thon Hotel Storo , and Camillas Hus .

Day 16 – Explore Oslo, Norway

The second day in Oslo starts with an Oslofjord cruise and then a ferry to the Bygdøy peninsula . The peninsula is brimming with famous Norwegian museums like the Kon-Tiki Museum, Fram Museum, Viking Ship Museum, and the Norwegian Museum of Cultural History .

You can’t visit Oslo with kids and not visit one of its amazing museums.

Make sure to grab an Oslo Pass to save money on museums and other major attractions in Oslo.

We recommend visiting the Norwegian Museum of Cultural History (Norwegian Folk Museum), Fram Museum, and Kon-Tiki Museum.

Dining recommendations for your 2nd day in Oslo: Mamma Pizza Osteria , Haralds Vaffel , Habits Coffee , and Oslo Street Food .

Try Statholdergaarden if you want to splurge on food.

Read our guide to the best things to do in Oslo, Norway

Day 17 – Oslo to Bergen on Bergen Railway | Explore Bergen

Day 16 of your Nordic Countries tour is beautiful. Today, you’ll ride one of the most scenic train journeys in the world, the Bergen Railway (Bergensbanen) from Oslo to Bergen .

This train journey is a part of the famous Norway in a Nutshell tour but that needs you to get down at Myrdal to board the Flåm Railway ( Flåmsbana ), another popular scenic train ride from Myrdal to Flam.

We didn’t take the package so traveled to Bergen.

The journey is exhilarating and the best introduction you can have to the Norwegian landscape.

Read all about the scenic train journey from Oslo to Bergen

If you book Norway in a Nutshell Tour , your transportation is managed by them but if you’re exploring Bergen (Gateway to the fjords) and Norwegian fjords on your own like us, the best way is to rent a car.

The car rental services aren’t available at the Bergen Railway Station which means you’ll have to catch a bus (Flybussen) to reach the Bergen Airport and rent a car.

Once you’ve rented a car, check in your hotel, relax, and spend the evening strolling the colorful lanes and pretty harbor of Bryggen and check out the Bergen fish market.

Where to dine in Bergen?

• Coffee and snacks at Lovetann Kaffebar
• Dinner at Trekroneren

Where to stay in Bergen? Thon Hotel Rosenkrantz Bergen , YM40 , Bjørnestrand Fjordside View , Scandic Flesland Airport

Day 18 – Explore Bergen

The entire day is dedicated to exploring Bergen . Ride the Fløibanen funicular and/or the Ulriken cable car to get 360-degree panoramic views over the city.

Visit the KODE Art Museums , especially KODE 4 which has Kunstlab where kids can learn the art while playing.

Next, you can visit Bergen Science Center Vilvite (kid-friendly) or Bergenhus Fortress depending upon the time and interest.

You can take the cruise along the Osterfjord if you’ve time and energy. The cruise leaves from the fish market pier. The last cruise leaves at 6 pm during the summer season and 2 pm otherwise.

Dining suggestions for 2nd day in Bergen:

• Lunch at Bare Restaurant
• Coffee and snacks at Godt Brod
• Dinner at the Horn of Africa

With more time, you can take one of many beautiful day trips from Bergen .

PS: We loved Bergen so much that the plan for the second visit is already on my mind. We explored Bergen in the summer and now are keen to witness the magic of Bergen in winter.

Day 19 – Drive to Hardangerfjord from Bergen | Explore Hardanger

The day finally is here when you’ll witness the majestic Norwegian fjord up close. A beautiful drive from Bergen to Hardangerfjord takes less than 2 hours.

The third-longest fjord in the world and second-longest in Norway, Hardangerfjord is wild and stunning.

There are many ways you can revel in the beauty of the fjord – hiking, walking, cruising, kayaking, and many more.

Where to eat in Hardanger? Hardangerviddahallen Restaurant & Cafe, Restaurant Fjell & Fjord, and Mabodalen Camping and Hyttesenter.

Where to stay in Hardanger? Hardangerfjord Hotel , Mo Gardsferie , Apartment in Herand , Vik Pensjonat Og Hytter , and Jaunsen Gjestegjevarstad .

Day 20 – Drive to Flam | Explore Flam

Today, drive the beautiful stretch from Eidfjord to Flam. There are many beautiful stops on the way to Flam like Voss, Gudvangen, and Stalheimskleiva .

Don’t rush but try to soak in the experiences.

You can opt for a Norled express boat from Bergen to Flam along the Sognefjord if you’ve enough time. The round-trip takes the entire day and the single journey takes over 5.5 hours. The boat leaves at 8:00 and makes brief stops at fjord villages on the way before it reaches Flam. The return trip starts at around 15:00 in the afternoon.

Once you reach Flam, take a fjord cruise or fjord safari through UNESCO Nærøyfjord , the most dramatic and wildest arm of the Sognefjord.

The three-hour tour passes through endless waterfalls, mountainside farms, little fjord villages, and colossal mountains.

One of the tours ( Heritage Taste Fjord Safari ) lets you get down to the beautiful village of Undredal , famous for its authentic goat cheese.

You can taste different varieties of cheese and jams at Eldhuset.

Once you’re done with the fjord cruise, board the Flamsbana for the most enchanting train journey from Flam to Myrdal and back.

Where to eat in Flam? Fretheim Hotel Restaurant, Flam Marina and Appartement Cafe, Green Norway Flam, and Bakkastova .

Where to stay in Flam? Flåm Marina , Flåm Ferdaminne , and Visit Undredal .

Related Read: 7 Days in Norway Itinerary 2 Weeks in Norway Itinerary

Day 21 – Road Trip from Flam to Oslo

Day 21. Sigh! We are almost done with our Nordic Countries exploration. Wait! The best is yet to come 🙂

Today, you’ll drive one of the loveliest road trips you’ve ever driven in your life. Believe you me.

The road trip from Bergen via Flam to Oslo passes through exciting tunnels, medieval churches, cute towns, mountain passes, national parks, dramatic fjords, and whatnot.

The entire road journey (300+ km) takes around 5 to 6 hours including the time spent at stopovers.

Here’s a detailed post about the road trip from Bergen to Oslo

You can retire to your hotel or check out the Holmenkollen Ski Museum and Tower in the evening. Climb the observation deck on top of the jump tower to enjoy the panoramic views over Oslo. The evenings are special as they bring beautiful sunsets over Oslofjord .

Day 22 – Fly Back Home

Finally, it’s time to say goodbye to the Nordics. I don’t like the endings especially when it comes to beautiful trips but as they say, “All good things must come to an end.”

You’ll fly out from Oslo to head home, wherever in the world it is. If you have a flight late afternoon or evening, you can spend some time exploring more of Oslo or maybe shopping for souvenirs. We recommend Way Nor for souvenirs.

Phew! This is an exhaustive guide to Scandinavia and we hope it helps travelers across the world to travel to this beautiful region in Northern Europe.

So, it’s basically a Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Finland itinerary! You can add Iceland to this itinerary to explore the entire Nordic region. I purposely left Iceland as we have planned to visit it sometime soon during the Northern Lights season 🙂

Suggested Scandinavia Itineraries

For all those who don’t have 3 weeks to devote to the trip but still want to explore Scandinavia. Don’t worry, we have got you covered!

Here are suggested itineraries for Scandinavia for 15 days, 14 days, 12 days, 10 days, and 7 days:

Scandinavia Itinerary 15 Days

Day 1: Arrive in Copenhagen, Denmark | Explore Copenhagen

Day 2: Explore Copenhagen

Day 3: Take a Day trip to Kronborg Castle from Copenhagen

Day 4: Fly from Copenhagen to Stavanger, Norway | Explore Stavanger

Day 5: Hike Pulpit Rock

Day 6: Fly from Stavanger to Bergen | Explore Bergen

Day 7: Hike Trolltunga

Day 8: Take a Day Trip to Flåm to experience Norwegian Fjord Cruise (Nærøyfjord) and Flåm Railway

Day 9: A Scenic Train Journey or a Road Trip from Bergen to Oslo

Day 10: Explore Oslo

Day 11: Fly from Oslo to Stockholm, Sweden | Explore Stockholm

Day 12: Explore Stockholm

Day 13: Fly from Stockholm to Helsinki, Finland | Explore Helsinki

Day 14: Explore Helsinki

Day 15: Fly Back Home

Scandinavia Itinerary 14 Days (Bonus: Vibrant Estonian Capital of Tallinn)

Day 1: Arrive in Helsinki, Finland | Explore Helsinki

Day 2: Explore Helsinki

Day 3: Take a Ferry to Tallinn, Estonia | Explore Tallinn

Day 4: Explore Tallinn | Overnight Cruise from Tallinn to Stockholm, Sweden

Day 5: Explore Stockholm

Day 6: Fly from Stockholm to Copenhagen | Explore Copenhagen

Day 7: Explore Copenhagen

Day 8: Fly from Copenhagen to Oslo, Norway | Explore Oslo

Day 9: Explore Oslo

Day 10: A Scenic Train Journey or a Road Trip from Oslo to Bergen

Day 11: Explore Bergen

Day 12: Explore Flåm and the Norwegian Fjords

Day 13: Drive or Fly from Bergen to Stavanger | Explore Stavanger

Day 14: Fly Back Home

PS: Alternatively, you can join Norway in a Nutshell Tour on Day 10 that starts in Oslo and covers the beautiful Flåmsbana train ride and fjord cruise, and ends in Bergen. In that case, you can trade the day dedicated to Flam for the Trolltunga hike.

Scandinavia Itinerary for 12 Days: An Exciting Scandinavia Road Trip Itinerary

Day 3: Drive to Gothenburg, Sweden | Explore Gothenburg

Day 4: Drive from Gothenburg to Stockholm | Explore Stockholm

Day 6: Drive from Stockholm to Oslo

Day 7: Explore Oslo

Day 8: Drive from Oslo to Bergen

Day 9: Explore Bergen

Day 10: Explore Flam and Norwegian Fjords

Day 11: Drive from Bergen to Stavanger | Explore Stavanger

Day 12: Fly Back Home

Scandinavia Itinerary 10 Days

Day 3: Fly from Copenhagen to Stockholm, Sweden | Explore Stockholm

Day 4: Explore Stockholm

Day 5: Fly from Stockholm to Oslo, Norway | Explore Oslo

Day 6: Fly from Oslo to Bergen | Explore Bergen

Day 7: Take a Day trip from Bergen to Flåm | Cruise Nærøyfjord | Ride Flåmsbana

Day 8: Fly from Bergen to Helsinki, Finland | Explore Helsinki

Day 9: Explore Helsinki

Day 10: Fly Back Home

Scandinavia Itinerary 7 Days

Day 1: Arrive in Stockholm, Sweden | Explore Stockholm

Day 2: Fly or Board a Train from Stockholm to Copenhagen, Denmark | Explore Copenhagen

Day 3: Explore Copenhagen | Overnight Cruise from Copenhagen to Oslo, Norway

Day 4: Explore Oslo

Day 5: Fly or Board a Train from Oslo to Stockholm | Explore Stockholm

Day 6: Explore Stockholm

Day 7: Fly Back Home

Scandinavia Trip Itinerary: FAQs

What are the Scandinavian countries?

Denmark, Norway, and Sweden are Scandinavian countries, geographically. However, Finland, and Iceland, along with the Faroe Islands, Greenland, and Åland are also considered Scandinavian countries, traditionally. Ideally, they all together are called – Nordic countries.

How many days do you need to visit Scandinavia?

You need at least 10 days to explore the best of Scandinavia. 10 days in Scandinavia allows you to tick off the highlights of Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Finland, however, it’d be a bit rushed trip. 2 weeks in Scandinavia are perfect to discover Scandinavia in a relaxed manner while 3 weeks in the region lets you discover the hidden gems or add some of the lesser known places.

What are the best months to travel in Scandinavia?

If you go by book, the summer months of June, July, and August are the best months to visit Scandinavia. It’s when the weather is just perfect, the days are endless, and the magic of the midnight sun adds to the experience. However, I feel winter in Scandinavia is extra special too because it brings the otherworldly northern lights and hygge , mysa , and koselig !

Is it expensive in Scandinavia?

Yes, Scandinavia is costly! Denmark, Sweden, Norway, and Finland rank on the top among the most expensive countries to travel to and live in the world. Yet, there are many ways you can visit Scandinavia on a budget if you choose rental vacation homes over hotels, cook your own food over eating out, visit free attractions, use discount passes, and plan well in advance. Also, planning to go during the low season also helps.

Which Scandinavian country to visit first?

It doesn’t matter which Scandinavian country you visit first. You can start in Sweden or Denmark or Norway or Finland depending on where there are a good number of direct as well as cheap flights to and from your home country available. Your Scandinavian itinerary mostly starts and ends in different countries.

Which country is better in Scandinavia?

Denmark, Sweden, Norway, and Finland; each Scandinavian country is different and more beautiful than the next. Denmark has world-class design and architecture, Norway has unearthly fjords and wilderness, Sweden has lush woodlands, pristine lakes, and islands, and Finland has stunning lakes, and traditional sauna culture, and it is home to the Santa Clause.

Is it easy to travel between Scandinavian countries?

Yes, traveling between Scandinavian countries is quite easy and comfortable. With extensive road, rail, air, and sea networks, getting around Scandinavia is a breeze. Express trains, overnight cruises, short ferry rides, long-distance coaches, low-cost flights – options abound. And, not to mention, a road trip around Scandinavia is the way to go if you have time.

What’s Scandinavia known for?

Scandinavia is famous for its Viking heritage, stunning landscape, endless forest cover, pristine lakes, magical fjords, gushing waterfalls, beautiful beaches, remarkable design, and architecture, royal palaces, pretty churches, unique culture, mouth-watering cuisine, charming towns, northern lights, midnight sun, and happy vibe. It’s one hell of a region!

So, when are you planning your trip to Scandinavia? If you need any further assistance as you plan to travel to Scandinavia, let us know in the comments section below. We’ll be more than happy to help!

Recommended Reading:

• Renting a Car in Europe
• Schengen Visa for Europe
• How to Plan a Trip to Europe
• Cheap and Free Things to do in Copenhagen
• 3 Days in Copenhagen Itinerary
• 13+ Incredible Day Trips from Copenhagen
• Best Hotels in Copenhagen for Families
• Dragør in Denmark
• Best Places to Visit in Denmark
• Cool Danish Words
• Trip to Finnish Lapland in Summer
• Best Things to do in Helsinki
• A First-Timer’s Guide to Visiting Helsinki
• Porvoo in Finland
• Where to Stay in Rovaniemi
• Best Places to Visit in Norway with Kids
• Oslo with Kids
• Where to Stay in Oslo
• Undredal in Norway
• The Train from Oslo to Bergen
• A Road Trip from Bergen to Oslo
• 7 Days in Norway Itinerary
• 2 Weeks in Norway Itinerary
• Beautiful Norwegian Words
• Cool Swedish Words

Save the Itinerary for Nordic Countries to Pinterest

Sharing is nice 🙂 If you have liked our post please share it with your friends and family and feel free to  subscribe  to our mailing list or you can also follow our stories on  Facebook ,  Instagram ,  Pinterest , and  Twitter .

Anjali Chawla

7 thoughts on “Best of Nordic Countries in 3 Weeks – Scandinavia Itinerary”

Hello Anjali! What a nice web travel spot you ve created. I am heading to Denmark, Sweden and Finland for 10 days with 3 kids ( 13 to 20 yrs.), mid january. I am from Argentina and that´s our summer holidays. Do you think it still would be an acceptable idea ( short days, cold cold cold ).

Hey Fernando!

I and Neha love it when our readers find our content helpful because that’s our ultimate goal 🙂 Thank you so much for your kind words.

Fernando, the plus points of visiting the Nordic countries in winter are – fewer crowds, lower costs, loads of winter activities, and a chance to witness Aurora Borealis while the downsides include chilly and windy weather, shorter days (translates to less exploration time), and closed roads (matters if road tripping is on your list). Also, many sights and activities remain closed or open on a limited schedule during winter.

Having said that, I’d say winter is a good time to go if your travel goal is to catch the northern lights and indulge in winter sports.

If you can postpone your plan then I’d recommend visiting from late May to early June when the weather is just perfect, days are long, crowds are limited, and all the sights and activities are open.

If you can’t put off your plan then make sure to pack well for your winter adventure as you’ve kids traveling with you. As they say, “there’s no such thing as bad weather, only bad clothes.” You gotta exercise caution while packing for your trip so you and your kids can feel comfortable during wintertime and enjoy snowy activities.

Be ready to layer up or bundle up. You must pack insulated, well-ventilated, and weather resistant jackets, waterproof lower, fleece leggings, long-sleeved tops, thermal underwear, warm sweaters to layer on tops, waterproof boots with a good grip, warm cap, war, and waterproof gloves, warm scarves, and thick socks. Make sure that the material of clothes is lightweight and quick dry.

Hope that helps. If you’ve any further questions or concerns, please let me know. I’m here to help!

Happy Travels!

Glad you liked the article and found it helpful. Hope it helps you plan your Scandinavia trip

The best information I read and don’t know even what is Nordic. It’s nice to know and learn other countries and one day we can visit this places.

So beautiful even looking only on the photos. Just saving money for the next holiday. Bon Voyage!

This sounds amazing! Thank your for your hard work in putting it together. I I’m not sure when we’ll be able to go, but it sounds like a dream vacation.

Excellent info – thank you! If I have 4 weeks to travel around these gorgeous countries, is there anywhere you’d add to the above itinerary?

If you have 4 weeks in Scandinavia, I’d suggest you to add 2 or 3 more days in Denmark to explore the charming cities of Aarhus and Odense and 2 to 3 days in Norway for Stavanger, Pulpit Rock Hike, or maybe a visit to Jostedalsbreen National Park. You can also refer to the itineraries for Denmark and Norway on my blog for more ideas.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

© 2024 Travel Melodies. All Rights Reserved.

As an Amazon Associate, we earn from qualifying purchases.

EPIC 3-week itinerary for Japan (perfect for first-timers)

By: Author Kris

Posted on Last updated: May 28, 2024

Have you been looking for a 3-week Japan itinerary, because you aren’t sure what to do while you’re there? Don’t worry, we have you covered.

Japan is an amazing country where ancient traditions and modern customs go hand in hand.

If you think 3 weeks is too long for Japan, think again. It’s easy to travel for 3 weeks in Japan without getting bored. You need three weeks in Japan just to visit the highlights. 

Our first trip to Japan was one of slightly over 3 weeks and when we were planning our Japan trip, we found it very difficult because we had to select from among an over the choice of sights that all looked worthwhile. 

This is our 3-week Japan itinerary that we eventually came up with. 

Insider tip: Looking for the best Japan travel tips, click here.

There is a really good chance that this post contains affiliate links. If you click one of them, we may receive a small commission (for which we are deeply grateful) at no extra cost to you.

In a hurry? Here we share an overview of our 3 weeks in Japan

If you don’t have time to read through the full Japan itinerary, use this overview to get an idea of the things to do on each day and save it for later.

• Day 1-4 Tokyo: Visit Shibuya,  the Imperial Palace, Yoyogi Park, the Sensoji temple, Harajuku, Asakusa, and the neighborhood around the Skytree.
• Day 5: Matsumoto: Visit the Samurai castle and explore the small streets.
• Day 6-7 Yudanaka: Go watch the snow monkeys and relax in one of the many local onsens.
• Day 8 Kanazawa: Visit the Kenrokuen Garden, Kanazawa Castle , and the old Geisha district.
• Day 9 Takayama: Visit the Hida Folk Village and the old town of Takayama.
• Day 10 Ise: Pay a visit to the Ise Shrines
• Day 11-14 Osaka: Explore the Namba district, visit Osaka Castle, walk along the river to the Kema Sakuranomiya Park, visit Shinsekai, attend a cooking class, and see the city from above.
• Day 15 Koyasan: Spend the night in a temple and walk from temple to temple, attend the morning prayer, and visit the cemetery of Koyasan.
• Day 16-18 Kyoto: Explore Gion, the Inari Shrines, walk the philosopher’s path, visit the Golden Temple, and make a side trip to Arashiyama.
• Day 19 Hiroshima: Visit the peace park and Hiroshima Castle.
• Day 20 Miyajima: Admire the floating Torii gate and the colorful Daisyoin Temple and feed the deer.
• Day 21-22 Nagasaki: walk along the harbor, the cozy Dejima wharf, and Chinatown. Explore the Dutch history at the old trading post-Dejima and the Dutch Slope. Visit Battleship Island.
• Day 23-24 Tokyo: Visit Akihabara, Tokyo DisneySea.

Table of Contents

Japan Essentials

We almost always find the best flights to Tokyo and Osaka on Momondo .  It may be worthwhile to compare these with Skyscanner and a new but promising flight aggregator, WayAway .

Don’t lose time upon arrival at the airport and order your Japan travel SIM  or portable WiFi device in advance so that it’s ready and waiting for you at the airport when you arrive.

Find out which JR Pass will save you the most for your trip to Japan.

Check out our ultimate Japan travel blog where you can find many more interesting Japan articles to prepare for your trip.

Need help with your Japan trip planning? Check out this post on how to plan your trip to Japan.

Insider tip: Is this your first Japan trip and are you feeling a bit overwhelmed about planning this trip, what to see, and what to do in Japan, check out our  Japan travel planner.  This document will help you plan your trip smoothly. 

For more Japan tips, take a look at our Japan Travel Guide.

Japan 3-week itinerary: Our 3 weeks in Japan

Here we share an overview of our 3 weeks in Japan.

Day 1-4: Tokyo

Things to do in tokyo.

Tokyo is a logical starting point for your 3-week Japan itinerary as chances are you will land at one of Tokyo’s two busy airports. Wondering what to see in Tokyo? Hopefully, you’re not too jetlagged because the capital has a lot to offer.

We were here during the cherry blossom season so we visited several different places to witness this beautiful spectacle.

Our tips about the  best places to see the cherry blossoms are in this separate article .

But you will have no problem filling up these 4 days, even if you are not here during the cherry blossom season.

We visited the busiest intersection in the world at Shibuya as well as the Imperial Palace, Yoyogi park, the Sensoji temple, Harajuku, Asakusa, the neighborhood around the Skytree and much more.

Here you will find more information about the best places in Tokyo to visit.

If you are looking for a detailed itinerary for the best of Tokyo in 4 days, take a look here.  If you stay 5 days in Tokyo, take a look at our 2-5 days detailed Tokyo itinerary.

Getting from the airport to Tokyo

When someone refers to Tokyo International Airport, they mean Haneda Airport. In reality, Tokyo has 2 international airports: Haneda and Narita airport.

Haneda is closer to Tokyo and is probably the best choice for you as a tourist. Still, as both are well-connected to the capital it isn’t that much of an issue if your flight arrives in Narita. It will just take a little longer to get to your hotel.

Haneda International Airport  is located 14 kilometers south of Tokyo Station. It is the oldest of the two airports. 

It used to mainly handle domestic flights after Narita airport opened but with the addition of a new international terminal in 2010, it now also handles international flights. The general rule is that Narita focuses more on leisure routes.

In reality, you will notice that there isn’t really any logic in how the flights are divided between the 2 airports. Here’s just one example, ANA’s flight from Washington arrives in Narita on Wednesday, Thursday, and Sunday and in Haneda on the other days of the week.

This is because there are not enough landing slots in Haneda and ANA sometimes has to look to Narita when it adds extra weekly flights to a certain destination.

All this is just to say that you have to look for flights to both airports (HND, NRT), or you can use (TYO) to instantly search for flights to Haneda and Narita.

The two main ways to reach central Tokyo from Haneda Airport are the Keikyu Line and the Tokyo Monorail. Both require a transfer to the JR Yamanote Line to reach major stations in central Tokyo.

Depending on the location of your hotel and the length of your flight (and the amount of sleep you could get) you might not be looking forward to train and subway rides in your first hours in Tokyo.

After a long flight, a direct transfer from the airport to your hotel will be a lot more comfortable.

You can find more information about a shared or private transfer here:

Shared Transfer

Private Transfer

Narita is the smaller of the 2 airports but does serve as the international hub of both major Japanese airlines, Japan Airlines, and ANA. 

It lies 60 km east of central Tokyo. Although it is located further from central Tokyo than Haneda it is also well-connected to the city. 

There are plenty of public transportation options to reach central Tokyo from the airport.

You could take the JR Narita Express, the Keisei Skyliner, buses, and taxis.  Those who like to make a grand entrance can even opt for a helicopter transfer.

The JR Narita Express , abbreviated as N’EX, is covered by the Japan Rail Pass.  This makes N’EX your best option if you have a JR Pass. 

To use this train with your Japan Rail Pass you need to exchange your voucher for the actual pass at the airport.

Once exchanged you will also need to reserve seats as N’EX is one of the few trains that only has reserved cars.

Japan Rail Pass is it worth it?

The Keisei Skyliner is a good alternative to N’EX if you have no Japan Rail Pass.  The prices, comfort, and schedule of both trains are comparable.

The main difference is that N’EX will take you to Tokyo station, Shinagawa, Shibuya, Shinjuku, Ikebukuro & Yokohama.  The Keisei Skyliner heads to Nippori station and Keisei Ueno (close to Ueno station). 

Both trains offer easy transfer to the JR Yamanote line, the main loop line in Tokyo.

As with Haneda, you can also book private or shared transfers from Narita to Central Tokyo. After a long flight, a direct transfer from the airport to your hotel will be a lot more comfortable.

Getting around Tokyo

If you have a Japan Rail Pass you can use this pass on  the JR trains that run on the inner-city network in Tokyo,  a very extensive network that can be compared with a metro network.

If you don’t have a Japan rail pass or you choose to activate your Japan rail pass after your visit to Tokyo, we recommend getting a Tokyo subway pass .

You can buy this pass at tourist information centers, BIC camera shops, and certain hotels.

There’s a  list of selling points on the Tokyo Metro website . Be sure to bring cash as credit or debit cards are usually not accepted.

The pass can also be  bought online  which is even more convenient.

When you buy your pass online you will receive a voucher that you can use to quickly and easily collect your pass at the airport and seconds later you will be on your way to your hotel. Your pass can be used immediately, so you can use it if you would have to change to the metro en route to your hotel.

Click to read reviews or buy your Tokyo Subway Pass: Tokyo Subway Pass

A full guide on how to navigate Tokyo’s Public transport like a local

Top attraction in Tokyo 

Here is an overview of the best attractions in Tokyo. 

We partnered up with GetYourGuide or Klook for most of these activities.  We love GetYourGuide because they’re flexible.  Sometimes your plans change last minute and then you want to be able to cancel your tickets and get your money back.  It’s also good to know that GetYourGuide has your back when the local tour operator doesn’t show up or cancels your trip.

Klook is a trustworthy travel company headquartered in Hong Kong that teams up with local operators to offer all kinds of travel experiences. Chances are the name is not familiar If you haven’t been to Asia before. They are big in Asia and have and have a very wide range of activities in Japan and other Asian countries.

We selected 3 excellent activities in Tokyo just for you.

Unfortunately, the Robot restaurant is still closed and it is uncertain if it will ever reopen. Let’s keep our fingers crossed.

Enjoy the Robot Show at the Robot Restaurant

The Robot Show is touristy, expensive and the food isn’t so great so you might wonder why you need to visit it.  Well, it’s something you can only experience in Japan.  The show is grotesque and completely over the top like one can only experience in Japan.

For this activity, we decided to partner up with Klook because they often have the cheapest tickets for the Robot Restaurant.

Read our full guide about the Robot Restaurant here.

More information and booking:

Robot Restaurant Tickets

See Tokyo from above

The   Tokyo Skytree   is, with a height of 634 meters, the highest building in Japan. It’s also the highest free-standing tower in the world. The tower houses 2 observation platforms that offer a fantastic view of Tokyo. They are respectively at a height of 350 and 450 meters and are amongst the highest in Japan. Here you can enjoy a breathtaking view of Tokyo. An absolute Tokyo must-visit when you want to see Tokyo from above.

The lines are often very long so we recommend you to book skip the line tickets.

Tokyo Skytree Tickets

If you are looking for a free alternative, you should head to the   Metropolitan Government Building.   This building has 2 towers that each offer a viewing platform at a height of 202 meters. The northern tower stays open until 11 p.m. and ‘Tokyo By Night’ is really spectacular.

Make a Day Trip to Mount Fuji

A day tour to Mount Fuji is the perfect way to escape busy Tokyo.

But there are so many day tours that choosing one, isn’t easy.

To help you choose, we made this handy Day trip to Mount Fuji overview. 

Day Trip Mt. Fuji

Where to stay in Tokyo

Hilton Tokyo

The Tokyo Hilton is situated in the lively neighborhood of Shinjuku. It’s about a 15-minutes walk to Shinjuku train station but you can also make use of the free shuttle service offered by the hotel.  The shuttle runs every 20 minutes. The airport limousine bus has a stop at this hotel.  There’re multiple restaurants and supermarkets in this area. Last but not least, after a busy day exploring this vibrant city you can relax in the indoor pool or sauna.  Highly recommended if you are looking for a good hotel in the vicinity of public transport.

Booking.com

Or read our article about the best place to stay in Tokyo for first-time visitors. If you are looking for the best Airbnb’s in Tokyo, click here.

For those that are looking for a more traditional stay, check out this post in which we share an overview of Ryokans in Tokyo with a private onsen.

Day 5: Matsumoto

Things to do in matsumoto.

During our 3-week itinerary in Japan, we also paid a quick visit to Matsumoto.  The main reason for this is the Samurai Castle . 

A Samurai castle is a must-visit and while there are still lots of Samurai castles everywhere throughout Japan most of these are reconstructions.

In Matsumoto, you can visit one of the few remaining original castles. It’s a major landmark in Japan.

Most castles have been destroyed by fires or during one of the many wars but this castle was never under attack.

Several official guides are available who will be happy to guide you around the castle for free.

They can tell you more about how life used to be in the castle and the different wars that prevailed over Japan. 

The guides are located in a cabin right after the entrance of the castle.

Did you know that the inspiration for the helmet of Darth Vader comes from the Samurais?

If you have only 5 days in japan, check out our post where we share the best 5 days Japan itinerary suggestions. 

Where to stay in Matsumoto

Hotel kagetsu.

This hotel more than exceeded our expectations.  Hotel Kagetsu is situated 20-minutes by foot from the train station and really close to Matsumoto Castle and the small but picturesque old town.  The hotel offers free bicycles to explore the area.  It also features a good restaurant but you will also find other restaurants within walking distance.  You get a comfortable and spacious room, certainly by Japanese standards, and your Yukata and slippers will be waiting in your room if you want to use the onsen.  A great option in this charming city.

Day 6-7: Yudanaka

Things to do in yudanaka.

The next stop on our three-week Japan itinerary was Yudanaka. This countryside village is famous for the snow monkeys that like to bathe in the hot springs.

The prime reason for our visit to Yudanaka was to see the monkeys, but just like the monkeys, we also took some time ourselves to relax in one of the many local onsens.

If you have only 1 week in Japan, check out these Japan 7 days suggestions.

We spend about half a day with the monkeys. Not because the park was that big, but it was very cute to see the monkey’s doing their thing.

Judging by the name you could probably already guess that the best time to visit the snow monkeys is, …., the winter. During other periods it’s best to head to the park very early when it’s not yet too warm. The colder it is, the more likely you will see the monkeys warming themselves in the water.

To relax in the onsen we recommend going to Shibu onsen. This is a village a few minutes’ walk from Yudanaka.

In the picturesque car-free high street of Shibu Onsen you will find 9 public onsens that are supplied by the hot springs.

You can wander from one bathhouse to another in your Yukata and on your traditional wooden sandals.

Where to stay in Yudanaka

Shimaya ryokan.

Shimaya Ryokan is not a normal hotel but a Ryokan.  After staying there I would even say that it felt more like a Minshuku.  A Ryokan is a traditional Japanese Inn and a Minshuku is a small-scale,family-run, version of a Ryokan.  Where Ryokans can sometimes offer very high-scale and luxurious experiences, a Minshukus offers more of a cozy intimate atmosphere.

The rooms of the Shimaya Ryokan are very simple, and look a bit dated. But the hospitable owners made up for all of this. The owner picked us up at the train station, offered us a ride to the monkey park and back and gave us tons of tips about all the places we would visit next during our trip.

Sleeping in a traditional ryokan or Minshuku is something you should do at least once when you’re in Japan, so why not do it here with these friendly hospitable owners.

Day 8: Kanazawa

Things to do in kanazawa.

Kanazawa charmed us enormously and we had the impression that this city was less touristy than other places we visited during our 3 weeks in Japan. This in itself is a reason to visit this city.

We were here to see the Kenrokuen Garden .   An absolute highlight of any visit to Kanazawa and especially during the cherry blossom season.

The garden is regarded as one of the most beautiful in Japan.

The weather was a bit disappointing during our visit so we couldn’t fully appreciate the park.

We certainly thought it was beautiful, but not better than what we already saw in Tokyo. Still, we could not get enough of the cherry blossoms.

Right next to the Kenrokuen garden is the reconstructed Kanazawa castle.   You can visit it for free and it can easily be combined with a visit to the Kenrokuen Garden.

The main reason for our visit to Kanazawa was the Kenrokuen Garden but another absolute must in Kanazawa is the old Geisha district Higashi Chaya , often just called: “Old Town”.

The old town of Takayama is often praised for its old-world charm but we found the old city of Kanazawa to be much more charming.

Besides, it was also a lot less crowded which made exploring it much more pleasant.

You could take a quiet stroll, look around, and enjoy the beautiful old houses.

A walk through the geisha district in the evening , where you learn more about the mysteries and intrigues of this old neighborhood, was an unforgettable experience.

We also went to take a look at Nagamachi , the old Samurai district. There’re some really spectacular villas in this district, but Higashi Chaya impressed us more.

For lunch and/or dinner we recommend going to the Omicho market. It’s a large fresh food market. Originally it was just a market but nowadays there are many small restaurants housed in and around the market. To find the best addresses you just have to look for the queues at the front doors.

Here is a complete 2-day Kanazawa itinerary. 

Where to stay in Kanazawa

We stayed in the Holiday Inn ANA Kanazawa and loved our stay.

Holiday Inn ANA Kanazawa Sky

The Holiday Inn ANA Kanazawa Sky is centrally located within walking distance of the station and just across the Omicho market.

The Kanazawa castle and Kenrokuen Garden are just a few minutes’ walk away.

You have spectacular views on Kanazawa from the lobby and the restaurant.  A perfect choice for your stay in Kanazawa.

If you are looking for a more traditional place to stay, check out our list of ryokans in Kanazawa.

Day 9: Takayama

On the train on our way to Takayama, we witnessed some of the most spectacular scenery of our trip to Japan.

As our train squeaked through the bends in the railway and made its way from one tunnel to the other it reminded me of the train trips to the ski resorts in Switzerland I used to make when I was a child.

Things to do in Takayama

In Takayama, we visited the Hida Folk Village . The village consists of 24 traditional houses. They’re all very well preserved and at each house, you will find information panels. 

To take a look inside the houses you have to wear slippers. 

They’re provided at the entrance of the houses. 

Its fun to peek inside the different houses but if you want to do so it is best to wear comfortable shoes that you can easily take off and put back on.

From the Hida Folk Village, we continued our way to Takayama’s old town.

It was extremely and uncomfortably busy in the old town. We noticed that most of the crowd just visited the part of the old town situated to the right of Kajibasi Bridge. 

So luckily we could escape the crowds by crossing the main road and continuing our way toward the Yoshijima Heritage House. 

As you cross the main road you will notice that in this section historical houses alternate with restored or modern houses. 

It’s less authentic than the other section but at least you can enjoy the houses without the masses. 

But as we already said before when we were writing about Kanazawa, the Higashi Chaya district in Kanazawa was so much more enjoyable that we would take it any day over Takayama.

Here is an overview of the best things to do in Takayama.

Not enough time to visit both Takayama and Kanazawa? Here we share the biggest differences between the two cities and help you decide which city you prefer.

Getting hungry?

Takayama is known for its beef, so if you like meat you should definitely try Hida Beef a variety of the famous wagyu beef. Many Japanese even prefer Hida-gyu over Wagyu.

Where to stay in Takayama

Hotel wood takayama.

Hotel Wood Takayma is a great hotel in the old town. You will stay in a spacious room.

Friendly staff and small but good spa.

Day 10: Ise

Today we took the train to Ise to see the Ise shrines, the most sacred Shinto shrines in Japan. According to Shinto tradition, these are completely rebuilt every 20 years.

We had imagined there would be something special about this place, but it let us down.

The Ise shrines are not that different from any of the other shrines you can see in Japan. At least not for us who are not initiated into these deeply rooted beliefs. In addition, the shrines in Ise can only be seen from the outside.

In our opinion, it’s better to go to other shrines during your three weeks in Japan. In retrospect, we didn’t think Ise was worth the detour.

Day 11-14: Osaka

In Osaka, we are once again in a metropolis.

Prepare yourself for some tiring but oh-so-exciting days. There’s no time to get bored in this city that’s always alive into the wee hours.

Things to do in Osaka

We took an evening stroll in the Namba district . The least you can say about this is that it is simply spectacular. Especially at night, it’s very impressive.

Are you wondering what to do in Osaka at night? Take a look at this article.

Planning on joining a food tour in Osaka? Check out this overview in which we share the best guided Osaka food tour.

We also went to Osaka Castle. This is a restored castle.  The castle is also a very good spot to witness the beauty of the cherry blossoms.

From here we took a walk along the river to the Kema Sakuranomiya Park, another beautiful park with lots of cherry trees.

Shinsekai is also a district you have to visit and we attended a cooking class in Osaka .

Here you can find all our Osaka posts:

• Free Things to Do in Osaka
• Best Things To Do in Osaka
• 1-Day Osaka Itinerary
• 2-Day Osaka Itinerary
• Hidden Gems in Osaka
• Best Osaka Food Tours
• Best Things To Do In Osaka At Night

We also did a side trip to Nara from Osaka.

Here in the Todaiji Temple, you will find the largest wooden building in the world, the Daibutsuden (“big Buddha hall”).

As its name says inside the building you will find a gigantic Buddha.

Don’t limit yourself to this temple only. Venture up the mountain to “Nigatsu-do” for a breathtaking view. 

Nara was the original capital of Japan but once Buddhism became too powerful in the country the government decided to move the capital. 

The many temples, the city is literally dotted with them, are one of the remains of Nara’s glorious past. 

Besides the impressive temples, there is also a second reason to come to Nara. A visit to Nara is also fun because of the deer that roam freely in the park and no doubt will come begging for cookies. Here is an overview of the best things to do in Nara.

Here you can read our complete 2 days Osaka itinerary. If you have only one day in Osaka, click here.

Where to stay in Osaka

Holiday inn osaka namba.

The Dotonbori Hotel is well-known in Osaka for its distinctive large head-statue pillars on the exterior.

It is located in the center of the Namba-Dotonbori district and so is convenient for access to the best restaurants, shopping, bars, and more.

This is a great choice in Osaka.

• For more info about the most popular districts to stay in Osaka, read our detailed where to stay in Osaka article.
• If you prefer an Airbnb, take a look at our post about the best Airbnb’s in Osaka.
• For a more traditional stay in a ryokan in Osaka, click here.
• Here is a list of Osaka ryokans that have a private onsen.
• For a cheap stay, check out this list of best capsule hotels in Osaka. 

Day 15: Koyasan (Mount Koya)

Koyasan is a remote place in the mountains. 

A trip to Koyasan is a true expedition during your three weeks in Japan.

After 2 train rides, we got onto a funicular and then a bus to finally reach our temple. The last 2 train rides were very scenic, and once again reminded me of Switzerland. 

Koyasan is the center of Shingon Buddhism and we had booked a Temple stay of 1 night.

Things to do in Koyasan

At least 50 temples in Koyasan offer temple stays and probably there’re even more. You literally walk from temple to temple.  It rained that day and we got soaked very quickly so we didn’t explore much of the town but decided to retire to our room.

The rooms are very much like a room in a Ryokan. At 5 p.m., it was time for dinner. A vegetarian dinner with a variety of different flavors proved that vegetarian food can be just as delicious as regular food.

At the end of the day, we hadn’t seen any monks, not even in our temple.  Probably we didn’t recognize them as they were walking around in day-to-day clothing.

This took away a lot of the charm as we didn’t get the feeling that we were in a temple.

The next day, we got off to an early start for the morning prayers. I hoped this was going to change our experience and we would witness 1 of the daily rituals of the monks.

When entering the prayer room it turned out that the prayers were led by 3 monks and except for these only about 25 tourists were present.

It felt more like a show that was performed for tourists than an authentic experience.

After prayer and breakfast, we went to the enormous cemetery of Koyasan. It looks like this cemetery is as big or even bigger than the town itself.

With many of its shrines, altars, and gravestones overgrown, this place radiates a special atmosphere.

It would be the perfect place for a Halloween walk.

After what felt like a never-ending walk, we reached the mausoleum of Kobo, the founder of Shingon Buddhism.

This cemetery was without a doubt the highlight of our trip to Koyasan. Is it worth a detour? I am not sure. I would skip Koyasan if you are short on time. If you would like to stay overnight in a temple, there are other places where you can do that.

If you’re going to Koyasan it is good to know that the temple that we recommend below is not the one we stayed at.  We were disappointed by our experience but the Shubuko Fudoin temple gets consistently good reviews from travelers.

Perhaps a different temple will provide a completely different experience.

Where to stay in Koyasan 

Koyasan shubuko fudoin temple.

The Koyasan Shubuko  Fudoin Temple lies in a quiet area. You are welcomed by friendly monks and you spend the night in traditional Japanese-style comfortable rooms. There is a tasty vegetarian breakfast and dinner. The temple has a gender separated public onsen and organizes night walks that are very popular.

Day 16-18: Kyoto

Kyoto is Japan’s cultural, as well as touristic capital. 

We spend two days in the city.  Below is a brief overview of what we did. 

We wrote about our 2 days in Kyoto in much more detail in our 2-day Kyoto itinerary and we also have some tips to discover Kyoto at night .

Things to do in Kyoto

The first afternoon we went to explore the Gion neighborhood together with a local guide. It was a great experience as our guide was able to teach us all kinds of things about the many special traditions in Japanese culture.

We mainly talked about the geisha as Gion is the oldest geisha district in Japan. It is a pleasant neighborhood to explore at night and you should keep your camera ready as chances are you will see geisha on their way to their customers.

Here you can read the story of our evening walk in the Gion district .

Book a private walking tour:

GetYourGuide

The next day we started our day at the Inari Shrines where you find thousands of Torii gates.

Thousands of instagram posts have made these shrines very popular among tourists. Luckily it’s enough to move further away from the entrance, higher up the mountain, to escape the crowds.

And of course, we also took a stroll along the philosopher’s path . You come across plenty of temples along the path.

Unlike Tokyo where all temples are free, there is an entrance fee for all temples in Kyoto. Most of them are however not that different from temples that you will find elsewhere in Japan.

Kinkakuji, or the Golden Temple , is one temple that you should not miss when you’re in Kyoto. This is probably the most beautiful temple we saw in Japan. (Kinkakuji is not situated along the philosopher’s path.)

We also made a trip to Arashiyama , a district on the outskirts of Kyoto that is well-known for its bamboo forest.

Expect a big crowd! We had read how popular Arashiyama was but were still surprised by the crowd outside the train station. Fortunately, it immediately becomes a lot quieter as soon as you make your way away from the center.

We discovered some charming quiet spots in Arashiyama.  You can go to the park around the Jojakkoji temple from where you have a stunning view.

From there, you can walk further north to Saga-Toriimoto Street. This is a picturesque street lined with preserved, traditional houses.

Best of all, we had the street to ourselves while we were wandering through it. When you reach the end of the street, you will reach the Adashino Nenbutsuji Temple, and adjacent you will find a bamboo forest that is just as beautiful as the one close to the center where all the tourists are.

When we just got off the train and ended up in the crowd, we were afraid it would be an unpleasant day because of the bustle. But in the end, we did have a really enjoyable day as we have discovered some pleasant quiet spots in and around Arashiyama.

The bus tours seem to limit their visit to the Togetsukyo bridge and the nearby Tenryuji temple and bamboo groves.  Other places were not nearly as crowded.

The best  things to do in Kyoto at night. 

Where to stay in Kyoto

According to the statistics, Kyoto is the most touristic city in Japan. And by looking at the prices for a hotel room that might be right.

Here is a list of the best areas to stay in Kyoto . If you are looking for cool hotels in Kyoto, click here . If you prefer staying in an Airbnb, take a look at our post with the best Airbnb’s in Kyoto.

Looking for a more authentic place to stay? Check out this list of Kyoto ryokans and ryokans in Kyoto with private onsen in Kyoto.

We stayed in the in the Marriott lake Biwa, a nice hotel that is located 20 minutes outside Kyoto by train, but it meant a serious difference to our wallet.

Marriott Lake Biwa

This Marriott hotel is located alongside the coast of beautiful Lake Biwa, an ideal setting if you want to escape busy Kyoto at night.  The hotel offers a free shuttle service to the train station where you can catch the train to Kyoto station.  As Marriott Rewards Platinum members we enjoyed an upgrade to a suite with a private onsen and a fabulous view of the lake. As platinum members, we also had access to a lounge area in the lobby where we could enjoy free breakfast, snacks, cocktails and a small buffet in the evening. The only drawback of this hotel is that you have to take into account the schedule of the shuttle which only runs once every hour. But considering what we got in return and the tremendous difference in price this is no big deal.

Royal Park Hotel Kyoto

The Royal Park Hotel Kyoto is a good choice for those who are looking for a hotel in the center of Kyoto. It is within walking distance of the Gion district, two metro stations, and various temples. The rooms are neat and the bathroom is fully equipped. You can enjoy a nice breakfast at the bakery next to the hotel.

If you aren’t convinced of these hotels, you will find a lot of other hotels in Kyoto on booking.com:

Or read our complete guide about where to stay in Kyoto.   If you prefer staying in an Airbnb have a look at our list with the best Airbnb’s in Kyoto.

Day 19: Hiroshima

Things to do in hiroshima.

Hiroshima undoubtedly rings a bell with most of you.

We visited the peace park and made a small detour to take a peek at the castle.

In the Peace Park, you will find an interesting museum about the atomic bomb and touching stories about how the survivors had to rebuild their city and their lives.

If you have a Japan Rail Pass, you can make free use of the hop-on-hop-off bus operated by JR. When you arrive at the station, just drop in with the tourist office. They have route maps of the buses and will be able to explain to you which bus to take and which stop to get off to get to your hotel.

Here you can read our full article about Hiroshima and Miyajima. 

Where to stay in Hiroshima

Ana crowne plaza hiroshima.

The Ana Crowne Plaza is within walking distance of the peace park and near shops and restaurants. The rooms are not too big but clean and fully equipped. The staff also speak good English.

Day 20: Miyajima

We opted to spend the night in Miyajima but you could just as well make it a side trip from Hiroshima. 

You can get from Hiroshima to Miyajima in about half an hour both by tram or by  JR train. The latter is, of course, the cheapest option if you have a Japan Rail Pass.

Once you arrive at the train station in Miyajima, it is nothing more but a short 5-minute walk to the harbor where you then take the ferry to Miyajima island.

You can choose from 2 ferries, one is operated by JR and is free for holders of a Japan Rail Pass.

Best islands in Japan.

Things to do in Miyajima

On the island or rather just in front of the island you will find the photogenic Torii gate which seems to float on the water during high tide.

The times of high and low tide are signposted at the entrance of the ferry terminal.

The Torii gate is the tourist attraction of the island, but also the colorful Daisyoin Temple is worth a visit.

We took the time to wander around this temple and it seemed like we found a hidden gem on this island.

Where to stay in Miyajima

Below we list  2 hotels on Miyajima island. As there are only a handful of accommodations on the island you could also for alternatives near the ferry pier on the mainland.  This is an area called Miyajimaguchi.

Since the ferry runs very frequently you don’t lose a lot of time by staying on the mainland and it can save you quite a few bucks.

Premium Comfortable hotel

Iwaso ryokan.

This Ryokan offers simple Japanese-style rooms with tatami flooring, shoji doors, separate WC, separate deep short bath and separate sink areas.  Your room has a typical Japanese low table and some comfy cushions. There’re no beds, futon mattresses are spread out each night. The staff is very helpful and friendly.

The chef offers an excellent Kaiseki dinner , this is a traditional set dinner.

This is definitely something you should try when you stay in a ryokan.

The Ryokan also has 2 beautiful open-air Onsen, an excellent place to relax after you have climbed Mt. Misen.  You may even spot some deer while you bathe in the onsen.

This is an authentic, beautifully maintained, good quality Ryokan.

Sakuraya Ryokan

This ryokan lies on the island within walking distance from the ferry pier and has v ery helpful staff. The rooms are simple but very comfortable and spacious for Japanese standards, with tatami and comfortable futon. The location is very close to restaurants and there is a delicious oyster cart parked right out front. 

A traditional Japanese hotel with great service.

Day 21-22: Nagasaki

Nagasaki is where the 2nd bomb fell in Japan. Just like in Hiroshima, you will find a peace park with a museum and many commemorative statues. The city treated us to some very pretty views.

Things to do in Nagasaki

First, we walked along the harbor and the cozy Dejima wharf where we waved goodbye to a cruise ship that was getting ready to leave port.

From there we continued our walk to the top of Mt. Inasa . It was quite a tough hike but the sunset we enjoyed from the top more than made up for it. We used the cable car on our way back.

It is of course possible to go up and down with the cable car but if you do have the time to hike up we recommend it as it is quite worthwhile.

The day after, we explored the other parts of Nagasaki.

We did find some Dutch history at the old trading post, Dejima, and the Dutch Slope. The houses didn’t look very Dutch to us. They rather reminded us of houses you would find in Aruba or Curaçao.

We walked through Chinatown and took the funicular and elevator to the Glover Garden from where you also have a nice view of the city and the harbor. From here we went down again to the Nagasaki Cathedral which brings you back close to the harbor.

We found Nagasaki to be a very pleasant city and moreover, it felt completely different than Kyoto or Osaka.

We didn’t visit Battleship Island but fans of old industrial places should definitely consider booking a cruise to this Island that was also featured in the James Bond movie Skyfall.

Where to stay in Nagasaki

Jr kyushu hotel nagasaki.

The JR Kyushu hotel is located near the station and within walking distance of shops and restaurants. The staff speaks sufficient English. The rooms are pretty spacious according to Japanese standards. Only the breakfast could be better because there is not much choice. The main reason we would recommend this hotel is its good location.

Day 23-24: Tokyo

At the end of our trip, we end up back in Tokyo. This time we visit the Akihabara district as we’re here on a Sunday.

The main street that runs through the Akihabara district is closed to cars on Sundays. This makes a visit to Akihabara much more fun.

Foresee enough time. Browsing through the shops like Mandarake is what makes a visit to Akihabara worthwhile but you will quickly spend several hours snooping around these stores, looking at all the curiosities.

On the last day, we chose to have a relaxing day in Tokyo DisneySea . Next to Tokyo DisneySea is Tokyo Disneyland but we chose DisneySea because Disneyland is a sort of replica of all the other Disneyland Parks in the world.

And above all, DisneySea won an award for its design.

We loved the design of the park and there were some great attractions.  It was also fun to see how some Japanese completely dress up in Disney magic. 

It was a nice way to end our trip around Japan.

Our visit fell in the golden week so we knew in advance that it would be very busy.  Still, getting there and back with public transport was not that much of a problem.

If you want a more comfortable ride to the park you can book tickets including private transport .

Click here to get more information about the Disney tickets:

Disney makes a great day trip from Tokyo. For a list of more day trips from Tokyo, click here.

Japan travel tips

Here we share our best travel tips for Japan.

Going independent or joining an organized tour

We found it easy and straightforward to create our own travel itinerary.  It was also fairly easy to travel through Japan independently.

Despite the fact that the Japanese don’t always speak English very well, they are enormously helpful.

But if you want the company of a group, don’t have the time to create your own itinerary, or just don’t want to go independent, you could also join an organized tour.

TourRadar is a trustworthy company where you can book an organized 3-week tour of Japan to make it easy for yourself.

Here you can find all organized tours to Japan: Organized tours Japan

Here you can find an overview the best Japan tours. If you are looking  5 days Japan tour packages, click here. For a 7 day Japan package tour, click here. 

Looking for a self-guided Japan tour, click here.

Finding cheap flights to Japan

If you want to score cheap flights to Japan we advise you to have a look at Momondo and Skyscanner.  Both are flight aggregators that compare several hundreds of booking sites and give you an overview of the best flights and the cheapest sites to book them. 

Momondo and Skyscanner are both very good at finding good deals, of the two, Momondo is probably the one with the most intuitive user interface.

Read our full review of 10 booking sites here. 

How much does a trip to Japan cost

Although Japan is not a cheap country to travel around, especially not during the Sakura season and the Golden Week, we still thought it was pretty affordable.

Here we share how much we paid for accommodation, food, and public transport. 

Accommodation

The most expensive aspect is your accommodation. We advise you to book your accommodation well in advance. 

On average, we paid €108 per night (for a 2-person room) in 2018. We stayed in Ryokans, a temple stay, and various 3- or 4-star hotels.

Eating and drinking in Japan is cheaper than it is in Belgium, the Netherlands, and the US.

These are the budgets you must provide for food:

Low budget: € 18 (€ 5 bfast / € 5 lunch / € 10 dinner) This budget should be sufficient for local fast-food restaurants that offer sushi, ramen, etc.

Middle-class: € 35 (€ 8 bfast / € 12 lunch / € 15 dinner) There are many such restaurants. The staff usually speaks limited English but with a little help of Google translate you can order some delicious local food.

Luxury: € 92 (€ 16 bfast / € 16 lunch / € 60 – 80 dinner) For this budget, you can have breakfast at a luxury hotel and enjoy dinner at Japanese fine dining restaurants. Think restaurants that offer French cuisine, delicious Kobe beef, and Kaiseki dinners.

Public transport

Public transportation will most likely take the second-biggest bite out of your travel budget.

Japan has an extensive railroad network that takes you to all major tourist sites. Although traveling by train isn’t cheap, it is still cheaper than renting a car.

The price for a Japan Rail Pass might seem rather high at first, but it can still save you lots of money. We explain how you can check how much you save here.

We go into much more detail about the cost of these 3 items in our Japan Travel Guide .

Do I need travel insurance for Japan

The quick answer to this question is yes.

Travel Insurance is something that can be overlooked when you prepare for your vacation.  Certainly when you’re traveling to a safe and civilized country such as Japan. 

Overall, chances are slim that you will encounter any problems while traveling through a civilized country such as Japan. But when things go wrong in civilized countries, the medical costs can be high. 

We learned it the hard way when we once had to visit a hospital in the United States. 

The medical care was excellent but we had high out-of-pocket expenses as it turned out the insurance that came without credit cards didn’t cover these costs.  It turned out we were underinsured.

Drawing up a travel insurance policy may seem expensive at first but it can potentially save you a significant sum, significantly more than the small insurance fee.  Good travel insurance covers things like medical expenses, trip cancellation, overseas medical costs, evacuation, baggage damage or loss, and theft. 

Therefore we love SafetyWing and HeyMondo insurance . Both are good and trusted insurance companies.

Get a free quote:

Or read our in-depth post with everything you need to know about Japan travel insurance. 

Best way to pay in Japan

We took a little bit of cash with us but most things we paid with our credit card.

Expenses abroad can be seriously inflated by fees from your bank or credit card.  That’s why we’re huge fans of our N26 account . 

The account is available to most EU residents.

The checking account is free as well as the associated Mastercard and there’s no exchange rate provision when you use to card for payments abroad. 

There’s a 1,7% exchange rate provision when you withdraw money abroad but even that is free with the premium Black Mastercard.  

The app is another great feature of the card, you can follow your expenses in real-time and instantly block your card if you see any signs of fraud.

Local Sim card or a pocket WiFI device

A local SIM card or pocket Wifi device comes in handy.

We have often used Google Maps to find our way around major cities.

When looking for a Japanese SIM card, there are so many options that you cannot see the forest for the trees, therefore we created this useful article so you can choose the best Japanese SIM card for you. If you prefer a pocket WiFi device, you can read our detailed post about the best WiFI pocket device here. 

How to travel around Japan

We traveled around Japan by train and could save a few bucks by buying a Japan Rail Pass in advance.

Get more information about the Japan Rail pass here: Japan Rail Pass

Or read this article in which we describe how you can find out whether you would also benefit from a Japan Rail Pass .

When you’re traveling by train it’s also a good idea to forward your baggage.  You can read these tips and much more in our separate article about traveling to Japan for the first time .

What to wear in Japan

Wondering what to wear in Japan? Take a look at our complete Japan packing list. 

We enjoyed every minute of our 3 weeks in Japan.  The major cities kept us busy exploring from early morning until late at night.

Japan certainly has more to offer than what we have described in this itinerary but this route will take you along many of the highlights.

We missed some nature during our trip and would have preferred to do a side trip to Okinawa but this was not the right season.

If we would ever come back during another season we would certainly spend a week or more on this island.

Monday 22nd of April 2019

What a wonderful travel guide! I was just wondering about a few things and I hope you could elaborate on them.

1. How was the trip from Nagasaki back to Tokyo? I assume that you were traveling by train and a quick search on google shows that the ride is quite long. Was is a boring/difficult travel back? Would greatly appreciate it if you could please elaborate on this part. 2. I am currently planning to travel myself, but I am unsure of whether I should spend a few extra days in Osaka or in Kyoto as I have a total of 21 days in Japan. Which did you find more appealing?

Hope to hear from you soon :)

Hi Chris, I'm glad you like the travel guide. From Nagasaki we continued onward to Seoul. You could indeed go back to Tokyo with the train but the plane would be much faster. There're many daily flights and several low-cost companies fly the route. You should be able to find tickets well below 100€ (with probably some extra costs for luggage). If there're no reasonable priced flights from Nagasaki you could look at Fukuoka which I think is a slighter larger airport. The train would be cheaper (if you can still use your Japan Rail Pass at that point) but the trip would take much longer... Osaka and Kyoto are just 30 minutes apart with the train. It's easy to visit one city and stay in the other. Both are relatively big cities but they're different in many ways. Kyoto has the Philosopher's path and thousands of temples. Osaka has the Namba district with all the crazy neon-lights. That sort of illustrates the differences we experienced. In Kyoto you can spend your evenings in the beautifully romantically lit temple compounds. (And you should certainly go to Gion, we have an article about the Geishas in Gion at night) In Osaka you can join the huge crowds in the busy shopping, dining and entertainment districts. The temples in Kyoto are busy as well but it still is a totally different experience. I would make your decision based on what you want to do in the evenings. It's easy to travel back- and forward between Osaka and Kyoto during the day. The trains do run late but the idea of spending half an hour on the train when you're tired might stop you from going out at night and that would be a shame. Both cities are very different but both of them are well-worth exploring after dark.

Monday 3rd of December 2018

Hi there Kris & Sylvia!

What a wonderful travel you both made, it's nice too see that you got to meet so much of this wonderful country. I'm thinking of doing a 3 week travel through Japan myself, and so I wanted to ask you. How much did the trip cost you from start to end? I'm looking forward to your response!

Tuesday 4th of December 2018

I had a look at our expenses. We stayed in Japan for just over 3 weeks and the costs for that part should have been something between €3900 - €4200. I cannot be more precise because I'm missing a detail of 1 credit card statement that covers part Japan and Part South Korea. That amount is for both of us and includes 3-week Japan Rail Passes for both of us. (comes at +/- €450 pp). So the cost for lodging, food, excursions and other local expenses in Japan would have been +/- €3000 - €3300. Kris

Planned outage: Files stored in our eDOCS platform may be temporarily unavailable today from noon to 1 p.m.

Skip to Content

511 Travel Info

News releases

May 28, 2024

Latest news releases

Highway 115 Randall to Camp Ripley roadwork begins June 3

Plan for two-week detour.

BAXTER, Minn. – The Minnesota Department of Transportation will begin a $3.2 million project on Monday, June 3, that will resurface and improve eight miles of Highway 115 from Randall to Camp Ripley, Morrison County. The project will require a two-week detour.

Here’s what to expect June 3 until late July:

• Prep work June 3–7 : Prepare the work zone and set up the detour.
• Motorists will encounter periodic lane or shoulder closures along Highway 115.
• Detour June 10–18: Replace four drainage pipes beneath the roadway. Crews anticipate the work to take up to eight days.
• Highway 115 will close between Highway 10 in Randall and the Mississippi River bridge in Little Falls. Motorists will follow a signed detour along Highway 10 in Randall and Morrison County Road 76 (Haven Road) in Little Falls. Get the detour and pipe locations map
• Lane or shoulder closures June 19–late July : Resurface road from Highway 10 to the east entrance of Camp Ripley, upgrade pedestrian sidewalks at Camp Ripley’s main entrance at County Road 213 (Grouse Road) and upgrade guardrail.
• Motorists will encounter segments of alternate one lane, one-way traffic, flaggers and use of a pilot car through the work zone. Be prepared to slow down, stop and wait.
• Local traffic : Highway 115 will remain open to those who live, work or visit those along the work zone; however, expect changes and use of alternate accesses. Please slow down, follow construction signs and stay out of barricaded areas.

Schedule is tentative and subject to change.

When complete in late July, travelers will benefit from a smoother road surface, improved drainage and improved safety for motorists and pedestrians.

For more information, to view detour maps or contact MnDOT, visit the Highway 115 project web page: www.mndot.gov/d3/projects/hwy115/

For real-time travel information anywhere in Minnesota, visit 511mn.org or get the free smartphone app at Google Play or the App Store.

Advertisement

Trump Has Been Convicted. Here’s What Happens Next.

Donald J. Trump has promised to appeal, but he may face limits on his ability to travel and to vote as he campaigns for the White House.

• Share full article

By Jesse McKinley and Maggie Astor

• May 30, 2024

The conviction of former President Donald J. Trump on Thursday is just the latest step in his legal odyssey in New York’s court system. The judge, Juan M. Merchan, set Mr. Trump’s sentencing for July 11, at which point he could be sentenced to as much as four years behind bars, or to probation.

It won’t stop him from running for president, though: There is no legal prohibition on felons doing that . No constitutional provision would stop him even from serving as president from a prison cell, though in practice that would trigger a crisis that courts would almost certainly have to resolve.

His ability to vote — for himself, presumably — depends on whether he is sentenced to prison. Florida, where he is registered, requires felons convicted there to complete their full sentence, including parole or probation, before regaining voting rights. But when Floridians are convicted in another state, Florida defers to the laws of that state, and New York disenfranchises felons only while they are in prison.

The Trump Manhattan Criminal Verdict, Count By Count

Former President Donald J. Trump faced 34 felony charges of falsifying business records, related to the reimbursement of hush money paid to the porn star Stormy Daniels in order to cover up a sex scandal around the 2016 presidential election.

“Because Florida recognizes voting rights restoration in the state of conviction, and because New York’s law states that those with a felony conviction do not lose their right to vote unless they are incarcerated during the election, then Trump will not lose his right to vote in this case unless he is in prison on Election Day,” said Blair Bowie, a lawyer at the Campaign Legal Center, a nonprofit watchdog group.

Mr. Trump will almost certainly appeal his conviction, after months of criticizing the case and attacking the Manhattan district attorney, who brought it, and Justice Merchan, who presided over his trial.

Long before that appeal is heard, however, Mr. Trump will be enmeshed in the gears of the criminal justice system.

A pre-sentencing report makes recommendations based on the defendant’s criminal record — Mr. Trump had none before this case — as well as his personal history and the crime itself. The former president was found guilty of falsifying business records in relation to a $130,000 payment to Stormy Daniels, a porn star who says she had a brief sexual tryst with Mr. Trump in 2006, in order to buy her silence.

At the pre-sentence interview, a psychologist or social worker working for the probation department may also talk to Mr. Trump, during which time the defendant can “try to make a good impression and explain why he or she deserves a lighter punishment,” according to the New York State Unified Court System.

The pre-sentencing report can also include submissions from the defense, and may describe whether “the defendant is in a counseling program or has a steady job.”

In Mr. Trump’s case, of course, he is applying — as it were — for a steady job as president of the United States, a campaign that may be complicated by his new status as a felon. Mr. Trump will likely be required to regularly report to a probation officer, and rules on travel could be imposed.

Mr. Trump was convicted of 34 Class E felonies, New York’s lowest level , each of which carry a potential penalty of up to four years in prison. Probation or home confinement are other possibilities that Justice Merchan can consider.

That said, Justice Merchan has indicated in the past that he takes white-collar crime seriously . If he did impose prison time, he would likely impose the punishment concurrently, meaning that Mr. Trump would serve time on each of the counts he was convicted of simultaneously.

If Mr. Trump were instead sentenced to probation, he could still be jailed if he were later found to have committed additional crimes. Mr. Trump, 77, currently faces three other criminal cases: two federal, dealing with his handling of classified documents and his efforts to overturn the 2020 election , and a state case in Georgia that concerns election interference.

Mr. Trump’s lawyers can file a notice of appeal after sentencing, scheduled for July 11 at 10 a.m. And the judge could stay any punishment during an appeal, something that could delay punishment beyond Election Day.

The proceedings will continue even if he wins: Because it’s a state case, not federal, Mr. Trump would have no power as president to pardon himself .

Jesse McKinley is a Times reporter covering upstate New York, courts and politics. More about Jesse McKinley

Maggie Astor covers politics for The New York Times, focusing on breaking news, policies, campaigns and how underrepresented or marginalized groups are affected by political systems. More about Maggie Astor

Our Coverage of the Trump Hush-Money Trial

Guilty Verdict : Donald Trump was convicted on all 34 counts  of falsifying records to cover up a sex scandal that threatened his bid for the White House in 2016, making him the first American president to be declared a felon .

Next Steps: The judge in the case set Trump’s sentencing for July 11, and Trump already indicated that he plans to appeal. Here’s what else may happen .

Reactions: Trump’s conviction reverberated quickly across the country and over the world . Here’s what Trump , voters , New Yorkers , Republicans  and the White House  had to say.

The Presidential Race : The verdict will test America’s traditions, legal institutions and ability to hold an election under historic partisan tension , reshuffling a race that has been locked in stasis and defined by a polarizing former president.

Making the Case: Over six weeks and the testimony of 20 witnesses, the Manhattan district attorney’s office wove a sprawling story  of election interference and falsified business records.

Legal Luck Runs Out: The four criminal cases that threatened Trump’s freedom had been stumbling along, pleasing his advisers. Then his good fortune expired .

Connecting the Dots: As rumors circulated of Trump’s reported infidelity, two accounts of women  being paid to stay silent about their encounters became central to his indictment.

We've detected unusual activity from your computer network

To continue, please click the box below to let us know you're not a robot.

Why did this happen?

Please make sure your browser supports JavaScript and cookies and that you are not blocking them from loading. For more information you can review our Terms of Service and Cookie Policy .

For inquiries related to this message please contact our support team and provide the reference ID below.

• Travel Travel collapsed link
• Projects & Studies
• Programs Programs collapsed link
• News & Outreach News & Outreach collapsed link
• Business Business collapsed link
• Careers Careers collapsed link
• About Us About Us collapsed link
• Traffic & Safety
• Bridges & Crossings

Our goal is to keep Michigan's motorists safe, informed, and mobile. That is why MDOT offers many ways to help ease the stress of commuting by providing information that commuters want and need as they make daily travel decisions.

• Report Potholes
• Carpool Lots
• Ridesharing

Did you know that millions of people visit the Great Lakes State every year? Whether you are from out of state or right here in Michigan, we want to ensure your travel throughout Michigan is informative, comfortable, and fun.

• Welcome Centers & Rest Areas
• Roadside Parks & Scenic Turnouts
• Pure Michigan Byways

At MDOT, safety is paramount. It is our goal to improve overall safety for all road users, internal staff, contractors performing work on roads, and emergency responders.

Every year, MDOT produces an updated version of the state transportation map. The department also produces numerous geographic information system maps to assist commuters, tourists, and businesses.

In Michigan, there are three publicly-owned and operated bridges: Mackinac Bridge, Blue Water Bridge, and International Bridge. There are also two privately-owned and operated border crossings: Ambassador Bridge and Detroit-Windsor Tunnel.

• Aeronautics
• Maritime and Port Facility Assistance Office
• Public Transportation
• Initiatives
• External Civil Rights
• Title VI Nondiscrimination
• Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) for Contractors
• Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)
• Bridges & Structures
• Grant Programs
• Highway Programs
• Research Administration
• Transportation System Management & Operations
• Tribal Affairs

MDOT's Office of Business Development (OBD) manages external civil rights programs, such as the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program, the On-the-Job Training Program, and the Small Business Program, and ensures compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, equal opportunity requirements for contractors, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.

MDOT is committed to ensuring that projects, programs and services are performed without discrimination, under Title VI.

Contractors and vendors who work on federally assisted projects are required to establish and carry out policies to assure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, color, national origin, age, or disability.

Resources for minorities, women, and other socially/economically disadvantaged persons.

The Bureau of Bridges and Structures is responsible for statewide policy, procedure development, and execution to ensure all bridges and structures are designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to ensure safety.

• Geotechnical Services
• Structure Construction
• Structure Design
• Structure Preservation & Management

MDOT provides funding for competitive grant and loan programs primarily, but not exclusively, for state and local road agencies for the greatest impact on economic development and job creation.

• Transportation Economic Development Fund (TEDF)
• Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)
• Shared Streets and Spaces Grant Program (SSSG)
• State Infrastructure Bank (SIB)
• Rural Task Force Program
• Small Urban Program
• National Summer Transportation Institute Program

MDOT's Highway Programs focus on the development and management of the department's roadsides, environmental efforts and policies, and federal-aid highway information.

• Federal-Aid Highways
• Environmental Efforts
• Roadside Property Management

The Bureau of Transportation Planning develops and implements a comprehensive transportation planning process which results in investments that are consistent with the policies of the State Transportation Commission. 

• Five-Year Program
• Michigan Mobility 2045 Plan
• Asset Management
• MI Travel Counts
• Carbon Reduction

Research Administration supports and promotes innovative research that encourages safe, sustainable and cost-effective transportation solutions throughout Michigan.

• Partners in Research
• Announcements
• Participating in Research
• Archived Reports

MDOT provides technologies and partnerships in order to make the transportation system safer and less congested.

• Maintenance

MDOT has ongoing government-to-government communication with 12 federally recognized sovereign tribal governments whose lands are situated within Michigan.

• Media Relations
• Public Outreach
• News Releases
• Transportation Events
• Transportation Reality Check
• Sign-up for E-mail Updates

The Office of Communications works with the media to inform the public of MDOT's mission, policies and practices in a positive, consistent and credible manner. The office is responsible for media relations, social media, and website development.

• Social Media

Public participation is integral to efficient, effective and responsive transportation decisions. At MDOT, we want to ensure your voice is not only heard, but makes a difference in moving Michigan forward.

MDOT News Releases

Transportation Reality Check takes on transportation myths and misconceptions, and explains why MDOT does things the way they do.

• Construction
• Contractors
• Vendor & Consultant
• Local Government
• Real Estate
• Work Zone Mobility
• GIS & Open Data
• Technical Training

Resources for the development of quality transportation project documents and services.

• Design Advisories
• Preconstruction Project Management
• Road & Bridge Design Publications
• Roadside Management

Resources for specialized engineering and technical support for construction staff.

• Standard Specifications & Publications
• Construction Operations
• Pavement Operations

Resources for prequalification, bid letting, contract awards, and payments.

• Small Business Program
• OJT Program
• Bid Letting
• Awards & Payments
• Construction Prequalification
• Innovative Contracting
• Environmental License Agreement

Resources for consultant advisories, prequalification information, contracts, and proposals.

• Purchasing Services

Resources for grant and economic development opportunities and project coordination.

• Local Agency Program
• Local Agency Program Construction
• Governmental Agreements

Resources for local governmental agencies that regularly require access to state right of way.

• Highway Advertising Permits
• Junkyard Permits
• Oversize/Overweight Permits
• Right-of-Way Construction Permits
• Utility Coordination
• Environmental Permits
• Local Government Agency

Resources for MDOT real estate standards, policies and procedures, and training.

• Project Support
• Program Services
• Property Management

Resources for general work zone mobility guidelines for engineering and technical staff.

Resources for rules, guidelines, restrictions, and permits to safely transport goods.

Resources for transforming data into information, and information into knowledge.

• Internship Program
• Transportation and Civil Engineering Program
• Transportation Career Pathways Program
• Engineer Development Program
• Transportation Diversity Recruitment Program
• Veterans Internship Program
• Engineering Week

The Internship Program offers undergraduate and graduate students interested in civil engineering and construction management careers, valuable experience by working with professional field staff.

TRAC engages high school and middle school students in solving real-world problems, such as designing bridges or analyzing the environmental effects of building a highway.

The MDOT Transportation Career Pathways Program is committed to helping you build a fulfilling and rewarding career in the transportation industry, even if you're not entirely sure where to start.

• Bay Region TCPP
• Metro Region TCPP
• North Region TCPP
• Southwest Region TCPP
• Superior Region TCPP
• University Region TCPP

MDOT's Engineer Development Program (EDP) is a rotational program that provides new engineers experience in multiple work areas while being assigned a senior-level mentor.

The HBCU TDRP is a unique partnership between MDOT and Michigan colleges and universities to offer on-the-job training to undergraduate students pursuing degrees in engineering or transportation-related careers.

The Veteran Internship Program assists honorably discharged veterans of the United States Armed Forces as they transition into the civilian workforce.

Engineering Week videos and lesson plans are all-inclusive resources to show early elementary to high school students the career of civil engineering at MDOT.

• Contact MDOT
• Organization
• MDOT Regions
• Governmental Affairs
• Commissions & Councils
• Performance
• ACEC Partnership
• History & Culture

At MDOT, we are here to help. If you can't find what you are looking for in our popular topics, frequently asked questions or website search, give us a call at 517-241-2400 or fill out our contact form.

MDOT's seven region offices each handle transportation-related construction, maintenance and programs within the region's geographic boundaries.

• Grand Region
• Metro Region
• North Region
• Southwest Region
• Superior Region
• University Region

Governmental Affairs represents MDOT's interests as new or amendatory legislation is developed or moving through the legislative process.

Commissions and councils provide a public forum for policy development and implementation.

• State Transportation Commission (STC)
• Michigan Aeronautics Commission (MAC)
• Mackinac Straits Corridor Authority (MSCA)
• Mackinac Bridge Authority (MBA)
• Sault Ste Marie Bridge Authority (SSMBA)
• Michigan Council on Future Mobility
• Transportation Asset Management Council (TAMC)
• Engineering Operations Committee (EOC)
• MDOT - FHWA Partnership

Policies help the department implement its mission of serving and connecting people, communities, and the economy through transportation.

• Complete Streets

Allows MDOT's regions and engineers to expand their knowledge on how Michigan freeways are operating over time and how they compare to each other. 

• Transportation World Firsts
• Transportation National Firsts
• Road & Highway Facts
• Aeronautical Facts
• Rail & Transit Facts
• History & Archaeology
• Archaeological Lesson Plans
• Transportation Hall of Honor
• News & Outreach

Search is currently unavailable. Please try again later.

Popular on michigan.gov

• Agriculture and Rural Development
• Civil Rights
• Environment
• Health and Human Services
• Natural Resources
• Secretary of State

How Do I...

• Register to Vote
• Renew My License Plate
• View assistance programs

The web Browser you are currently using is unsupported, and some features of this site may not work as intended. Please update to a modern browser such as Chrome, Firefox or Edge to experience all features Michigan.gov has to offer. 

• Google Chrome
• Microsoft Edge

Lane closures for US-2 Escanaba River Bridge maintenance set for June 3-10

May 29, 2024

ESCANABA, Mich. - Crews from the Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) will be performing bridge expansion joint maintenance work on the US-2 Escanaba River Bridge between the cities of Escanaba and Gladstone next week. 

Beginning Monday, June 3, motorists should expect the outside southbound lane and shoulder of US-2 to be closed while work is performed and concrete cures. All lanes are expected to reopen Monday, June 10.

This project will help ensure continued safe and reliable operation of the bridge.

Media Contact:

Dan Weingarten

MDOT Superior Region Media Representative

[email protected]

906-250-4809

Related News

M-50 lane closures between hopcraft road and us-127 for maintenance in jackson begins monday.

LANSING, Mich. - The Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) will close one lane of M-50 in each direction between Hopcraft Road and US-127 in Jackson beginning Monday for maintenance.

Detour required for M-119 Five Mile Creek tributary culvert replacement June 10-14

GAYLORD, Mich. - The Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) will be replacing the culvert that carries a Five Mile Creek tributary beneath M-119 between Harbor Springs and Good Hart.

US-41 railroad crossing project in Marquette County starts June 3

ISHPEMING, Mich. - The Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) is investing about $500,000 to rebuild the Wisconsin Central Railroad crossing near Champion in Marquette County.

Westbound I-96 lane closure in Lansing Tuesday, Wednesday for barrier wall work

LANSING, Mich. - The Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) will close one lane of westbound I-96 from Washington Avenue to M-99 (Martin Luther King Boulevard) 9 a.m.-5 p.m. daily on Tuesday, June 4, and Wednesday, June 5, for barrier wall work and pavement marking.

25 millionth Mackinac Bridge crosser returns to celebrate a 50-year anniversary

ST. IGNACE, Mich. - On May 21, 1974, Bob Kuchar was a 24-year-old General Motors employee on vacation when he crossed the Mackinac Bridge on his 1972 Suzuki 250 motorcycle.

Eastbound M-25 lane closures for patching work start June 3 in Bay City

BAY CITY, Mich. - The Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) will implement lane closures on M-25 (McKinley Avenue/7th Street) from Madison Avenue to Veterans Memorial Bridge in Bay City for concrete patching work.

M-99 closed at I-96 for bridge demolition in Lansing June 8-10

LANSING, Mich. - The Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) will close northbound and southbound M-99 at I-96 for bridge deck demolition beginning June 8, 2024.

M-53 (Van Dyke Freeway) to close this weekend between 18 Mile Road and M-59 (Hall Road) for bridge deck demolition

STERLING HEIGHTS, Mich. ­- Beginning at 9 p.m. Friday, May 31, northbound M-53 (Van Dyke Freeway) will be closed from 18 Mile Road to M-59 (Hall Road) for bridge deck demolition of the Clinton River Road bridge over M-53.

Lane closures for UP bridge inspections June 3-7

HOUGHTON, Mich. - Crews from the Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) will be performing routine bridge inspections on structures in the Upper Peninsula from June 3 to 7.

AAA Newsroom

Automotive, Travel, and Traffic Safety Information

Pump Prices Keep Slip Slidin’ Away As Atlantic Hurricane Season Looms

By: andrew gross.

WASHINGTON, D.C. (May 30, 2024)—The national average for a gallon of gasoline has fallen by a nickel since last week to $3.56, the largest one-week drop thus far for 2024. The primary reasons are tepid demand and a lower oil price.

“Gas prices will likely keep up this slow sag now that we are past the Memorial Day travel weekend and more locations, east of the Rockies, will be selling gas below $3 a gallon,” said Andrew Gross, AAA spokesperson. “But it’s time to start weather watching as the Atlantic Hurricane Season begins June 1 st , and forecasters predict it will be very active. A storm impacting the Gulf Coast oil production and refining centers could push prices temporarily higher, so stay tuned.”

For the complete report, including the latest EIA data and oil market dynamics, please visit:  https://gasprices.aaa.com/pump-prices-keep-slip-slidin-away-as-atlantic-hurricane-season-looms/

• Election 2024
• Entertainment
• Newsletters
• Photography
• Personal Finance
• AP Investigations
• AP Buyline Personal Finance
• AP Buyline Shopping
• Press Releases
• Israel-Hamas War
• Russia-Ukraine War
• Global elections
• Asia Pacific
• Latin America
• Middle East
• Election Results
• Delegate Tracker
• AP & Elections
• Auto Racing
• 2024 Paris Olympic Games
• Movie reviews
• Book reviews
• Personal finance
• Financial Markets
• Business Highlights
• Financial wellness
• Artificial Intelligence
• Social Media

Travelers cope with crowds and high prices on the busiest day of Memorial Day weekend

Highways and airports are likely to be jammed the next few days as Americans head out for Memorial Day weekend getaways and then return home.

Airports around the country are bracing for the travel rush as Americans head out for Memorial Day weekend. AAA predicts 43.8 million people expected to travel between Thursday and Monday. (AP Video: Tassanee Vejpongsa)

Highways and airports are likely to be jammed this weekend, as Americans head out on Memorial Day weekend getaways. AAA says this will be the busiest start-of-summer weekend in nearly 20 years.

Travelers on Florida’s Turnpike are experiencing relatively light traffic at the start of the Memorial Day weekend, with no major congestion reported, allowing them to focus on their wallets instead of their anxiety about traffic. (AP video by Cody Jackson)

Travelers walk through Salt Lake City International Airport Friday, May 24, 2024, in Salt Lake City. A record number of Americans are expected to travel over the 2024 Memorial Day holiday. (AP Photo/Rick Bowmer)

• Copy Link copied

Travelers move through Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport ahead of Memorial Day, Friday, May 24, 2024, in Atlanta.(AP Photo/Mike Stewart)

Michelle Winters plays the violin as passengers stand in line at Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport ahead of Memorial Day, Friday, May 24, 2024, in Atlanta.(AP Photo/Mike Stewart)

Cars drive through Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport ahead of Memorial Day, Friday, May 24, 2024, in Atlanta.(AP Photo/Mike Stewart)

Gasoline prices are displayed on a sign outside a service station as the Memorial Day holiday travel period kicks off Thursday, May 23, 2024, in Greenwood Village, Colo. (AP Photo/David Zalubowski)

Traffic slowly moves along Interstate 405 on Thursday, May 23, 2024, in the Bel Air section of Los Angeles. Highways and airports are likely to be jammed in the coming days as Americans head out on and home from Memorial Day weekend getaways. (AP Photo/Mark J. Terrill)

Travelers contended with big crowds and flight delays Friday, which was expected to be the busiest day of the Memorial Day weekend.

More than 6,000 U.S. flights were delayed by early evening on the East Coast, continuing a trend that has tested the patience of travelers all week. Cancellations were more modest, at slightly more than 200, according to tracking data from FlightAware.

There were delays on the highways, too.

Along Florida’s Turnpike, Wallis Tinnie said a traffic accident and road work slowed her drive to an African American history commemoration in the Florida Panhandle, the site in 1816 of the first battle of the Seminole Wars.

“But we’re comfortable with it,” the Miami woman said during a stop at Port Saint Lucie. “We left early, and our event is tomorrow. So hopefully — God willing, creek don’t rise — we’ll be there in plenty of time.”

The Transportation Security Administration predicted that Friday would be the busiest day of the holiday weekend for air travel, with nearly 3 million people expected to pass through airport checkpoints . TSA screened just under 2.9 million people Thursday, coming within about 11,000 of breaking the record set on the Sunday after Thanksgiving last year.

Pasha Pidlubniak waits for a domestic flight at Miami International Airport, Thursday, May 23, 2024, in Miami. A record number of Americans are expected to travel over the 2024 Memorial Day holiday. (AP Photo/Lynne Sladky)

“Airports are going to be more packed than we have seen in 20 years,” AAA spokesperson Aixa Diaz said.

Highways also are likely to be jammed as motorists head out of town and then return home. AAA predicted this will be the busiest start-of-summer weekend in nearly 20 years, with 43.8 million people expected to roam at least 50 miles from home between Thursday and Monday — 38 million of them taking vehicles.

The annual expression of wanderlust that accompanies the start of the summer travel season is happening at a time when Americans tell pollsters they are worried about the economy and the direction of the country.

“Memorial Day is a holiday weekend. I get to hang with family and friends, so I’d say that’s priceless, right?” Nene Efebo said during a two-hour wait for a delayed flight at Denver International Airport. “Anything to hang out with family and friends.”

Victoria Ramos Valdes of Miami was taking a driving vacation with her husband, Blake, and their children, ages 3 and 4 months old.

“We said, hey, we’re going to go for a $300 budget, and the hotel is around $150,” she said, but it has a water slide, providing plenty of entertainment. “We’re taking a nice family trip and doing our best to have the best Memorial Day weekend possible.”

Some travelers reported experiencing sticker shock when they booked their trips. Upon arriving at Philadelphia International Airport, Ciarra Marsh said the city “was not our original destination, but we chose here because it was cheaper.”

At Chicago’s O’Hare Airport, Larisa Latimer of New Lenox, Illinois, said her airfare was reasonable but other expenses for a getaway to New Orleans were not.

Motorists travel along Interstate 24 near the Interstate 40 interchange Thursday, May 23, 2024, in Nashville, Tenn. A record number of Americans are expected to hit the pavement over the 2024 Memorial Day holiday. (AP Photo/George Walker IV)

“I just have to make the accommodation,” she said. “The rental car is up ... this year, the hotel accommodations were very unusually expensive.”

Kathy Larko of Fort Myers, Florida, used frequent-flyer miles — and some flexible scheduling — to pay for her trip to Chicago.

Travelers wait at a TSA checkpoint at the Los Angeles International Airport, Thursday, May 23, 2024, in Los Angeles. A record number of Americans are expected to travel over the 2024 Memorial Day holiday. (AP Photo/Ryan Sun)

“I’m really conscious of looking at the cost of the entire trip. We’re staying a little farther out than we normally would” to get a lower hotel rate, she said. “We’re also flying back a day later, because we could get cheaper miles.”

The weekend’s highway traffic and crowded airports could be a sample of what is to come for several more weeks. U.S. airlines expect to carry a record number of passengers this summer. Their trade group estimates that 271 million travelers will fly between June 1 and August 31, breaking the record of 255 million set – you guessed it – last summer .

George Ridley, 4, left, rides on a suitcase as he and his father Chris Ridley make their way through the Nashville international Airport, Thursday, May 23, 2024, in Nashville, Tenn. A record number of Americans are expected to travel over the 2024 Memorial Day holiday. (AP Photo/George Walker IV)

This story was previously updated to correct the spelling Fort Myers, Florida.

Cody Jackson in Port Saint Lucie, Florida, Melissa Perez Winder in Chicago and Shelley Adler in Washington contributed to this report.

Memorial Day weekend airport rush sets new record, with a blockbuster summer travel season expected

A record was broken  ahead of the Memorial Day weekend for the number of airline travelers screened at U.S. airports, the Transportation Security Administration said Saturday.

More than 2.9 million travelers were screened at U.S. airports on Friday, surpassing a previous record set last year on the Sunday after Thanksgiving, according to the transportation security agency.

“Officers have set a new record for most travelers screened in a single day!” the TSA tweeted. “We recommend arriving early.”

The third busiest day on record was set on Thursday when just under 2.9 million travelers were screened at U.S. airports.

In Atlanta, the world’s busiest airport had its busiest day ever. Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport broke a traffic record on Thursday when 111,000 passengers, airlines crew and airport employees were screened at security checkpoints. The second busiest day followed on Friday when 109,960 people were screened, according to the TSA.

With 104.6 million passengers, the Atlanta airport was the busiest in the world last year, according to Airports Council International.

U.S. airlines  expect to carry  a record number of passengers this summer. Their trade group estimates that 271 million travelers will fly between June 1 and August 31, breaking the record of 255 million set  last summer .

AAA predicted this will be the busiest start-of-summer weekend in nearly 20 years, with 43.8 million people expected to roam at least 50 miles from home between Thursday and Monday — 38 million of them taking vehicles.

The annual expression of wanderlust that accompanies the start of the summer  travel season  is happening at a time when Americans tell pollsters  they are worried  about the economy and the direction of the country.

In what had long been celebrated every May 30 to honor America’s fallen soldiers, Memorial Day officially became a federal holiday in 1971, observed on the last Monday in May.

Jason Redman, a retired Navy SEAL who fought in Iraq and Afghanistan, told The Associated Press last year that he honors the friends he’s lost. Thirty names are tattooed on his arm “for every guy that I personally knew that died.”

Latest in Lifestyle

Mark Zuckerberg is quietly sitting on a shopping empire with 4 times the customers of Amazon, as Facebook Marketplace skyrockets

Snouts, muddy puddles and British accents: How Peppa Pig became a global cultural phenomenon—and a $1.7 billion franchise

Summer travelers are flocking to northern and central European cities like Brussels and Munich to avoid Mediterranean heat and crowds

Nike’s secret department named ‘DNA’ is home to the first Air Max—but even staff on the mysterious team can’t avoid $2 billion cost-cutting scheme

Nearly half of master’s degree programs leave students financially worse off—and just one subject results in a starting salary over $100k

Lab-grown meat isn’t on grocery store shelves yet, but Florida and Arizona have already banned it

Most popular.

Millennials’ midlife crisis looks different from their parents’ sports cars and mistresses—it’s a ‘crisis of purpose and engagement’

Reality star Judge Judy says Gen Zers are difficult to work with because they got too many trophies: ‘When I grew up, you ran a race, you came in first, you got a trophy’

A teacher suddenly quit her job after 24 years because parents drove her to a breaking point: ‘We didn’t sign up to be a glorified babysitter’

A 35-year-old Chinese man has been tagged as the alleged mastermind behind a gargantuan botnet used to steal billions from zombie computers

Two 39-year-old Estonian men are the alleged kingpins behind a massive half billion fraud targeting thousands of U.S. investors